Home
        GCAS® Desktop Manual Guide revision 14 - i
         Contents
1.                                  If you are on unattended mode  first stop data capture operation  show the options panel via 5  Collapse button and then deactivate the unattended mode to see this button  Alternatively  simply  open Action menu and select View Error Log     Error log shows you the error messages why the record could not commit on every occasion of failed  record  In this example  Unauthorised access exception means either the CSV file was marked  as read only  or your Windows user account do not have write permission on the folder where the  CSV file resides     Page 319 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    GC Connect Error Log    Error timestamp   06 February 2014 11 00 14    Response factor data    Methane Nitrogen CO  Ethane Propane i Butane n Butane  0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0    Retention time data    Heptane Propane i Butane n Butane Neopentane i Pentane n Pentane    0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00    Exception type   UnauthorizedAccessException  Message   Access to the path  C  Users ryang O00 Desktop A   2014 02 06  RF and RT  cav  is denied     Save error log  txt  Clear error log       25 2 9 Data Capture Connection Log    The connection log records several types of event during data capture operation  For example  when  the connection Is started  connection is stopped  poll results  whether the record successfully  committed  unattended mode only   and error codes     One device has one connection 
2.                    Note    1  Username cannot contain spaces   2  Empty time zone information is replaced by the default Europe London time zone        27 1 2 Edit an Existing User    To edit a user  tick the user on the list and click the Edit button on the toolbar  Make changes as  required then click Save  Otherwise click Reset to roll back to the previous user profile     Page 331 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    bY     CE  New Edit    Delete    Edit User  e    Login name Lser_B       Reset password   Reset password                                                            User type General User v    User role   Engineer 2 w                                                                                   User status    p Active O   Inactive    Profile       Full name                         Ernail                            Fhone                                                               Europe London                                                       Cancel            About reset password    You cannot alter the user s password directly  but you can rather reset it to the default password        password   all lowercase   Do this on an explicit request from the user himself to reset his password     To set user as inactive  edit the user and set his status as 4 Inactive  Alternatively  tick multiple users  on the list then click  amp  Set as Inactive button on the toolbar  Inactive users cannot log in to GCAS     To set the user back as active aga
3.              13 30 14 00 14 30 15 00 15 30 16 00 16 30 17 00 17 30 18 00    13 3 5 Colourblind Assistance    To aid users with colour blindness  protanopia and deuteranopia   GCAS Desktop provides an  alternative colour scheme for the chart  Use the    Colourblind assist button to switch colour  scheme     13 3 6   Uncertainty Trend Diagnostic    Should you notice the uncertainty trend chart has some erroneous data points  the calculation at that  point might have included too few or too many calibration data  To see exactly which records were  included in the calculation of a data point  run GCAS Desktop with additional  UTdiagnostic  parameter   UT   Uncertainty Trend         Type the name of a program  folder  document or Internet         resource  and Windows will open it for you     C  GCAS GCASMain exe  UTdiagnostic     Cancel   Browse             With uncertainty trend diagnostic mode activated  click on any dot on the chart  GCAS Desktop  displays the Uncertainty Trend Diagnostic form that lists the calibration records used to calculate the  uncertainties of this dot     Page 182 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14                Series name   Ufc   Data point index Ze                   Marked empty   gt  No   X value  0A value   gt  47951 7780555556   X Value  date time    November 2014 17 14 00  Y value   0 1038599089328  Calculation direction   Forward   Was error    No   Bumped into footprint    Wot relevant   Number of data   33   Data used in calculati
4.             CV Trend bel Save Chart as Picture  62 80 ol   Copy Chart Image  62 60    Zoom In Here  62 40   Generate Summary Here      a   Df Frame This Selection  62 20    Remove Frames  62 00 A E p  Set Underlying Mole Composition Recods as Inactive  61 80   2 Zoom All Out  61 60 r      1200 1300 14 00 15 00 Vx Hide Crosshair Cursors       W Clear Selection Area                     Show Values  Show Legend   Show Gridlines  Show Previous Chart  Use 8 Decimal Precision on Labels                 Page 240 of 388                GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    20 8 Selection Mode Menus    Assuming the chart is on selection mode and you have a selection rectangle  these menus are    available     Chat Comments    62 80  62 60  62 40  62 20  62 00  61 80    61 60  12 00 13 00    CV Trend bd Save Chart as Picture  Oo  Copy Chart Image       Zoom In Here    Generate Summary Here   ft Frame This Selection  Remove Frames  Set Underlying Mole Composition Recods as Inactive  Zoom All Out   14 00 15 00 va Hide Crosshair Cursors     Clear Selection Area  Show Values   Show Legend   Show Gridlines  Show Previous Chart    Use     Decimal Precision on Labels       Zoom In Here    Generate Summary Here    Frame This Selection    Remove Frames    Set Underlying Mole  Composition Records as    Inactive    Zooms in to the selection rectangle     Generates statistical summary for all data points inside the   selection rectangle      Ifyou activate previous chart alongside current ISO 6976 
5.            SO Export data from GCAS database      The export was successful  Click Finish to exit the wizard      Exp       Page 351 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    This is an example Microsoft Excel worksheet after export process is finished                                                                    H    gt  Sheet    Excel 7  amp      XxX  HOME INSERT PAGE LAYOUT FORMULAS DATA REVIEW VIEW DEVELOPER OFFICE REMOTE TEAM Yusuf Adriansyah 7  Br 6 Cut Calibri qn Qes    m V  Bweaptert General   1a Fy E sem xq fay 2 Autosum   Ay eb  Paste  a      4 ES 1      0 00 a id as a nsert Delete Format   Sort  amp  Find  amp     W Format Painter BY Be QA SSS SE Mergel Center v fR       ee Formatting    Tabley Styles   i         amp  Clear   Filter   Select    Clipboard F Font F Alignment F Number F Styles Cells Editing A  A8       Device  Al    v  A B C D E F G H J K L M a  3 Export range  01 September 2013 to 31 January 2014  4  5  6  7 FPID Timestamp Flag Status RF Methane RF Nitrogen RF C02 RF Ethane RF Propane RF i Butane RFn Butane RFNeopentaneRFi Pentane RI  hed Device A1 aii  G 1 01Jan 2014 05 27 00 Footprint Active 11097900 13534000 15946600 17993700 23004100 26936800 28005500 29012500 30829900  10      Device  B1     11 2 13 Jan 2014 11 11 27 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 10186890 9946967 0 11456810  12 4 13 Jan 2014 11 23 49 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 10186890 9946967 0 11456810  13 5 13 Jan 2014 11 24
6.        a J  CASE STUDY   BE  CaseStudy1   ba  CaseStudy2   by  CaseStudy3   byt  CaseStudy4   BrE  CaseStudys          amp  Network Problem    WEJ  DEMO  WE  370XA DEMO  bE  8425R    LPS  Test Connection to database server was disconnected  Please check your network connection   LP  UK21C1813 Do not attempt to continue working on any existing open forms  as they will raise errors     by  370XA DEMO1  WE  DEMOT Did you know GCAS can switch to work offline mode  You need to set up a temporary database beforehand     WE  DEMo2 Later when you are online  go to menu File  gt  Work Offline  gt  Initialise Temporary Database to create one     WE D    a O 2    D Disconnected    lt   gt  Network problem       arch device          5   e   gt   ih Disconnected    lt   gt  Network problem         because of network problem and you do not have work offline capability included in your licence  or you do have one but  you ve never set up a temporary database before     Wait for network connectivity to recover and then go to the File menu  gt  Reconnect Database in  order to reconnect  If the reconnection attempt is successful  GCAS Desktop displays a tooltip  notification while all workspaces and devices are reloaded  Please close and reopen all windows and  dialogues that were opened before network disconnection     View Comms Tools Administrator Window Help    Reconnection successful  GLAS is now connected to 101 255 900 246           Page 39 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14 
7.       8 934 3453 19993       A 79 607 30656      8 934 830  70720       4 104 3139     414 102 2897          ape tegen Bae  _OMSIFGUITS    Composition         79 618 39134       7  79 595 30626          79 589 99313         7 7 79 616 85880     e    779 034 1 7223       779 645 21 701        7 79 670 59014       8 934 346 28691        934 938 6 7821        934 306 06952       6 934  770 19993        934  734 69271     3 934  762 59126     3 934  746 64923     2 934  774 4778       10 314 115 6496     0 314 075 1651     10 31  0 314 116 4595     10 314 105 1236     10 314 105 1236                Export to Excel   l Copy to clipboard       The leftmost column  Graph  provides a quick glance of how these converted records would look like  in an RF chart  It generates a mini RF chart similar to the screenshot below  By default the chart omits  zero values especially if the records don   t have gases like C8  C9  or C10  You can override this  behaviour by ticking Draw zeroes         Draw zeroes    25 000 000    20 000 000 Single Point RF    a uw       B E        co oo    Neopenta ne  i  Pervta rie  n  Perrta re        When you get a nice ascending chart for single point RF or nice flat chart for MLC RF  most likely the  three prerequisites  coefficients  certificate  and constraints  are correct  However if you get a bad  chart such as one or two dots skyrocket to hundreds of millions  it may indicate one or more among  the three prerequisites are wrong     Page 280 of 388    GCA
8.       Retention time chart for ABB devices and Daniel C9  C10  is also sorted by value and you can apply  filter to show data from which detector     7 3 View Previous Footprints Calibration Data    To browse previous record of footprint or calibration data  click he Change footprint or bie Change  calibration data button at the top region of the form     Page 66 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       Footprint  Test4    E Change footprint    ES Load latest footprint    yim ae BETES STATUS TIMESTAMP  Test4 Active 01 November 2013 07 24              iF ATi fal i aT    el  Gg LI  LAG LO  Pools    Calibr    ie Load latest calibration data    VIC   STATUS CALIBRATION DATA TIMESTAMP  Test4 Active 23 November 2013 17 53    Select a different record then click OK button or double click the record on this list     Date Time Status  Footprint timestamp   19 October 2012 07 30 00    11 Novernber 2012 07 30 00 Active  10 Novernber 2012 07 30 00 Active  09 November 2012 07 30 00   08 Novernber 2012   07 November 2012    NB Klaveernber DAT    Filter      List all calibration data      List calibration data between    26 Jul 2013 and Sort     Newest to oldest    30 Jan 2014    Oldest to newest    Sas       You can always reload the latest record through E gt  Load latest footprint or E gt  Load latest    calibration data button     7 4 Import New Footprint Calibration Data    To import a new footprint or calibration data  follow the steps below     1  Select the desired GC dev
9.      A    Ali   VOY          Mean and standard deviations  for this slice are calculated  from all these records    and similarly for  this slice    Mean and standard deviations  for this slice are calculated  from all these records    Special case if you are drawing RF or RT deviation trend and you have chosen a particular  footprint as a comparison base  this option will calculate the mean and twice the standard    deviations from all records between the selected footprint and one next footprint thereafter      New footprint New footprint New f    wW TOoTorIN          sh AI  Wi    HANA Ali   os         Mean and standard deviations are calculated  from all records between the selected footprint  and the next one    c  What being displayed  The mean and twice standard deviations are simply calculated from all the data points which    have been drawn on the chart for your choice of date range  Unlike the other two options which    require database reload through the Refresh button  this option uses the data already there on  the chart area     In addition  GCAS Desktop provides simple statistics when mean and standard deviation lines are on     Click View summary link below the three radio buttons  then the Data Analysis form generates a  statistics summary for you     Page 129 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       5 Data Analysis  DEMO  o  e       Device name  DEMO   mm  Plotfrom  02 Nov 2014 00 00 Mv   to  05 Aug 2015 15 57       Select parameter Select chart t
10.     6 600 000 0    6 800 000 0       Chart is then drawn within the new  confined range similar to the screenshot below  Notice that the  chart line is truncated because there are data points having values outside of this range     Page 132 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Methane RF Trend        Hdethane RF                                                 OF Nov 14 08 Nov 14 08 Mov 14 09 Nov 14 09 Mov 14 10 Mov 14  12 PM 12 AM 12 PR 12 AM 12 PM 12 AM    To revert back to the automatic scale  right click the chart and select Reset Y axis scale     For X axis  specify the desired date and time interval      minimum X maximum    08 November 2014 13 12  i  November 2014 00 00  lr       Similarly  to undo the scale you would right click on the chart and select Reset X axis scale     Depending on the custom date interval  the date mark on the X axis may include the time  For more  detailed interval such as from 00 00 to 08 00 of the same day  the X axis would display the date and  the time  hh mmiss  as well  When you reset X axis scale but you notice the date time marks on X axis  do not reset  right click on the chart and choose Reset X axis Tick Mark Format     10 7 Save or Copy the Chart    To save the chart as image file  right click on the chart and select Save Chart as Picture     Page 133 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    FIOT Thom ae SEP UII UU 57   To ho WET 2UID I bo E7         Select parameter Select chart type l     T      Display mean an
11.     E ExportMetadata 11 A2 28 01 2014 14 19 17 Footprint Active 4309686 5221769 6035713 7024046 8685369 9918244 1 028   a MolePercentage 2 B1 13 01 2014 11 11 27 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 018689E 07 d  E RER   4 B1 13 01 2014 11 23 49 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 018689E 07 4  5 B1 13 01 2014 11 24 04 Calibration dai Active 4325396 5080538 6093185 6820819 8427312 1 025782E 07 1 025   6 B1 13 01 2014 11 26 12 Calibration dai Active 4213518 5137841 5908633 6852802 8413856 1 011531E 07 1 020    7B1 13 01 2014 11 32 11 Calibration dai Active 4177709 5185238 5996151 6813496 8369295 1 01524E 07 1 0401  3 B2 13 01 2014 11 20 57 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 018689E 07 4       Record  M 4 1of10      pte    Yo NoFilter   Search    KI  i     gt            Datasheet View NUM LOCK       Page 356 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Note    If you opted to export uncertainty coefficients or MLC coefficients  the coefficients are stored in two  separate tables  UncertaintyCoefficients and UncertaintyCoefficients_Details for uncertainty  or  MultilevelCoefficients and MultilevelCoefficients_Details for multilevel calibration     The table UncertaintyCoefficients and MultilevelCoefficients store the principal metadata of the    coefficient sets while UncertaintyCoefficients_Details and MultilevelCoefficients_Detail table contain the  actual coefficients     You only need to open Uncertaint
12.     GCAS Desktop has two CSV templates  one is for footprint and calibration data import while the other       is for mole composition import  For mole composition import  the column assignments are     Page 93 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Column Excelname Description  A Device tag name   Yes  you can import data for multiple devices in one go    Stream number   Record timestamp in the format of dd mm yyyy hh mm  24 hour clock    Methane mole composition   Nitrogen MC   Carbon dioxide MC   Ethane MC   Propane MC   i Butane MC   n Butane MC   Neopentane MC  If your device doesn t read neopentane  fill in O  zero    i Pentane MC   n Pentane MC   Hexane MC   Heptane MC  If your device doesn t read heptane  fill in O  zero    Octane MC  If your device doesn   t read octane  fill in O  zero    Nonane MC  If your device doesn t read nonane  fill in O  zero    Decane MC  If your device doesn t read decane  fill in O  zero    Unnormalised total     B  C  D  E  F  G  H     J  K  L  M  N  O  p  Q  R  S  T    Is it multilevel calibrated MC  Fill O for single point  or 1 for MLC        If you don t have  SO 10723 in your licence  always fill 0  zero      8 4 Spot Sampling    A spot sample is a special mole composition record  Regular mole composition record is the  composition of gases read by the GC device  but spot sample is the composition of gases before they  enter GC device  Spot sampling is conducted directly on the pipeline  on the sample probe  before  enteri
13.     Mean   29 717625  Standard deviation   0 073221  Mean   2 std  dev    29   864067  Mean   2 std  dev    29 5711853  Maximum   29 921565  Minimum 29 357141       Wobbe index      Mean   61 1853999  Standard deviation     072898  Mean   2 std  dev    61 329795  Mean   2 std  dev    61 0382804  Maximum 61 385771  Minimum 68 796071       Relative density          Note if you opted to show previous chart as well  this summary includes the difference between  current chart and previous chart     ISO 6976 Trend Summary          Summary from 15 June 2615 69 41 to 15 June 2615 13 41         Calorific value       Mean   Standard  Mean   2  Mean   2  Maximum  Minimum       Molar    Mean   Standard  Mean   2  Mean   2  Maximum  Minimum       Wobbe    Mean   Standard  Mean   2  Mean   2  Maximum    deviation    dev     dev       Mass SUM      deviation    dev     dev       index       deviation  std  dev     std  dev       Current  62 199255  6 151151  62 501557  61 896953  62 621678  61 422186    Current  29 717625  0 673221  29 864067  29 571183  29 921565  29 357141    Current  61 183999  0 672898  61 329795  61 838204  61 385771    MJ m     Previous  62  2866010  6 146673  62 565955  61 991265  62  703242  61 517489    Previous  29 760971  8 671717  29  984464  29 617537  29 9560456  29 404681    Previous  61l  226463  6 072006  61 370476  61 082450  61 425091     amp    0 089355 MJ m   B  002479   0 884398   0 894312   0 081564 MJ m    0 095224 MJ m     MJ  m     MJ  m   MJ  m   
14.     Sync data in the temporary database frorn the last  gt   months       Stonng too much data in the temporary database will take more disk  space and more time to finish a synchronisation process      _  Automatically sync to central database server when   go online    Resume all modbus operations after a successful switchover   Do a periodic check if GCAS can return online every   3   minutes  And if GCAS can return online       Notify me   D  Automatically switch back to central database       _  Remember current state  offline online  for next time GCAS is launched         In case of network disturbance  GCAS Desktop displays an overlay notification telling you that GCAS  has switched to offline mode  Click anywhere on the overlay to dismiss the notification                 S Gas Chromatography Analysis Software   demo   Oo x    File Profile Subscriptions View Comms Tools Window Help Action    i  370XA DEMO1          i Vigilant  New server  Microsoft SQL   v     CASE STUDY  WE  CaseStudy1  WE  CaseStudy2  WE  CaseStudy3  WE  CaseStudy4  WE  CaseStudys  ba ES  CaseStudy6  v B  Demo  WEJ DEMO  WEJ 370XA DEMO  WE  8425R  WEJ  TEST  WE  uk21c1813  AFE  370XA DEMO1  WE  DEMO1 Connection to database server was disconnected  GCAS is switching to the temporary database   bat 3  DEMO2 It is strongly advised to close and reopen any existing open forms  Otherwise  they may raise errors or load wrong data   WE  DEMO3  Bf RS  Demos  yf ES  DEMOS  By Pill C10 for development       Rec
15.     Uncertainties to include    Uncertainty of calibration gas  Uncertainty of GC repeatability       Uncertainty of GC reproducibility       As explained in chapter 11  uncertainty calculation takes up to three components  Uncertainty of  calibration gas  Ucal gas   uncertainty of GC repeatability linearity  Urepeatability   and uncertainty of GC  reproducibility  Ureproducibility   These components may be included or excluded  which turns their values  to zero if excluded     However in uncertainty trend  Ureproducibility must be included  You see an asterisk     indicating that it  has to be checked  The other two can be unchecked or checked     Note    The GC device must have a calibration gas certificate  Uncertainty Trend form cannot graph your chart    if there are no certificates installed        Page 167 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    You cannot tick Uncertainty of GC repeatability if your GC device has no uncertainty coefficients    stored in database  Uncertainty coefficient selection field and mole percentage range options will be  disabled  To create a new coefficient set  rewind to chapter 12 4        13 2 2 Calibration Certificate    Set calibration certificate    T Calculation resets everytime a new      certificate is installed     D Use this certificate for everything   June2014  e    This section controls which certificates to use  There are two options  Reset calculation at each    certificate  or pin a certificate for everything  The def
16.    1  To analyse instantaneous GC data to see if it is working properly   2  To provide and analyse historical data in order to identify changes and predict failures   3  To support extended reproducibility tests so that the GC uncertainty may be determined     GCAS comes in two versions  GCAS Web and GCAS Desktop  GCAS Web is available for customers  using i Vigilant central database  Both share the same database  so that you can log in to either  version and see the same data  GCAS Web is being phased out  therefore i Vigilant Technologies  encourages all customers to move onto GCAS Desktop     1 2 System Requirements    GCAS   Desktop requires     1  Microsoft   Windows   Vista  Windows 7  Windows 8  Windows 8 1  or Windows 10  Also please  note that Windows XP is no longer supported  We had one case GCAS Desktop did not run  correctly on XP    2  Microsoft  NET Framework 4 0  This is available from http   www microsoft com en   us download details aspx id 17718  Windows 8 1 and 10 have included  NET Framework 4  even  4 5  therefore no need to install  NET Framework unless the setup package tells you    3  Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition  CE  version 4 0  This is available from    http   www microsoft com en us download details aspx id 17876   4  Microsoft Visual C   2010 Runtime redistributable x86  This is available from    http   www microsoftt com en us download details aspx id 5555    5  Internet connection  preferred    6  1280 x 720 screen resolution    7  Ify
17.    2 7 Temporary Database    Temporary database is a subset of whole GCAS database  This kind of database is used by work offline  feature  on which GCAS operates if it is in offline mode  Temporary databases use Microsoft SQL  Server Compact Edition as the DBMS     Unlike the complete database that stores all data for all GCAS users  temporary database stores only  data relevant to you  This means temporary database contains data for groups you have been  assigned to  devices in these groups  and data for these devices only  Each user would have their own  temporary databases  You would find these databases in  installation directory   DB   WorkOffline      By default  GCAS Desktop synchronises data from the database server to temporary database for one  latest month  That is  today minus one month  You can change this range from one month up to two  years  To set up your temporary database and change how much data to synchronise  go to chapter    29 Working offline and 29 1 Set up temporary database     2 8 Flush and Backup    Flush and backup is applicable for users with local offline databases   that is  Microsoft SQL Server  Compact Edition or Microsoft Access  Users of local corporate databases or i Vigilant central database  may skip chapter 2 8 and 2 9     Flushing a file means writing any pending changes to the file that existed in computer memory  into a  permanent storage device   in this case  your hard disk drive  If for some unfortunate reason GCAS  crashed  or 
18.    2moosasan   aon  Brane   aasa    azeru ve     azroesta   oon  Propane   10024000    Teoremo vs   1onosera       _oomo3e6s  Fane   aston      ozseise  va   0256025  oo  wane   osso ossza  S   Nepensne   OM        OER   S coms  Deane   03083000    0308350 vs   ososan o  menne   0186300  o   OnS03306 vz    axsostat       aowores  HHeare   4066000      010661755  vs   ooer oom  teom   amn    omar   onssa  omone  oof   ols       22 7 Low Level ISO 10723 Implementation    Provided the GCAS feature  SO 70723 is included in your licence  you already have ISO 10723 features  in relevant modules such as Footprint  Calibration Data  Mole Composition  Data Analysis  Dashboard   and pretty much everything that uses response factor values or mole composition values  GCAS  Desktop always checks the MLC flag bit of calibration or mole composition records and performs  necessary actions before those modules use these records  For example  you cannot get a valid  uncertainty of reproducibility from a collection of multilevel calibrated RF  Therefore  in order to  calculate Ureproducibility GCAS Desktop needs to convert the RF records into single point first  This is  done on the spot and behind the screen  You didn t notice the Dashboard always gives correct R    value even though all calibration data are marked as MLC  did you     Visit the appropriate chapter on the module to get help about ISO 10723 features  Footprint and  calibration data are on chapter 7  Mole Composition is on chapte
19.    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14                   Add devices to comparison list Select stream to compare Start graphing    ISO 10723 sample      Show  Devicetag Stream MLC   Beles  Test    Beet  Test       Refresh       Equal scaling    Mole fraction      Save Chart as Picture    Copy Chart Image Clear MLC cache          Zoom In Here          Generate Summary Here   Frame This Selection   Remove Frames   Set These Records as Inactive   Methane comparison  Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Selection Averaged  AE anaes  Send to   50 6976 Calculator  Entire X axis Averaged    Send to ISO 6976 Trend Comparison                   Zoom All Out  Hide Crosshair Cursors    Clear Selection Area    Show Average  Show Values  Show Legend  Show Gridlines    17 3 4   Save or Copy the Chart    To save the chart as image file  right click on the chart and select Save Chart as Picture     Choose a gas and date range    Gas to compare     From     06 June 2015 1447 H       06 June 2015 1847 fr       Add devices to comparison list Select stream to compare Start graphing       ISO 10723sample      Show  Devicetag Stream MLC   BrE  Test  oes  Test       Refresh       Equal scaling                Collapse all Zoom In Here   Generate Summary Here   Frame This Selection   Remove Frames   Set These Records as Inactive   Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Selection Averaged   Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Entire X axis Averaged   Send to ISO 6976 Trend Comparison                Zoom All Out  Hide Crosshair
20.    Open the Action menu and select Reorganise Devices  This will show the Reorganise Devices  dialogue  Drag the device you would like to move to the new workspace  Changes are committed  automatically to the database  This method is faster than editing multiple devices one by one only to  change their assigned workspaces  Click OK and the main window shall reload its device list     Page 298 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    i Reorganise Devices    To move a device between workspaces  drag it to  the desired workspace     Note  Assigning device to a new workspace may  change the group associated with that device     w  5  Workspaces  Ww di Platform A  LF A  A2  v d PlatformB N Drag here    LF g1    LF p2    be c  LF c2       Page 299 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    25 Data Capture    Instead of relying on CSV or text file import  GCAS Desktop has the ability to connect to your physical  GC device via Modbus   protocol in order to get live data  GCAS Desktop captures response factor   retention time  and mole composition data     Note    To use this feature  you need the GCAS feature either Modbus over Serial or Modbus over TCP  or both     to be included in your GCAS licence  Additionally  to capture mole composition data you need another       GCAS feature Live Data Analysis in your GCAS licence     25 1 Configure Register Mappings    Before GCAS Desktop captures live data  you need to configure the Modbus registers  Register is small   volat
21.    Page 338 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Move a user to a new group  Drag a user to the new group  In this example  we are moving User D  to a new group  User D loses access to One group but is given access to Another another group     Group View    To move an existing user into different group  drag the user re seca E  to the new group  To assign that user to multiple groups  a T a ss pom p Se  hald the Ciri ker while daanin particular group  drag the user  iiai n Ey WUE dragging  under that group from the left  f  ane and drop them here   a gv One group    p  4 admin      User A UNASSIGNED USERS    These are users who do not belong to any  Dra g h ere group  To re assign these users to a group     a gp Anthr peip drag the user from this list to the desired  4 admin group on the left pane     4 User_Readonly 1 User B  L Usert       Assign a user to a new group while retaining the previous one     If you want to assign User D to both groups instead  hold the key on your keyboard while  dragging her to the new group  User D retains access to One group while is also being assigned to    Another another group              To move an existing user into different group  drag the user eae  to the new group  To assign that user to multiple groups  f AA  ne ee m SE  hold the Ctrl key while draggin sealer linia in area  VEL REY WIL agging  under that group from the lefi     pone and drop them here   a gv One group di     4 admin  ri User A UNASSIGNED USERS    D h T
22.    Previous Finish Cancel       If you chose to export mole composition data and there were spot samples within selected range   these spot samples are represented by stream number negative one   1  in the Access database     Here is an example of export result Microsoft Access database file                    AZ H    e x TABLE TOOLS Export 2014 02 06   Database  C  Users ryang_000 Desktop Export 2014 02 06 accdb  Access 2007   2013 file format    Access     8 X  HOME CREATE EXTERNAL DATA DATABASE TOOLS FIELDS TABLE Yusuf Adriansyah 7  DM E   Cut Y S  Ascending Y   Selection   le     a New  gt  Totals Hi 33c Replace  Calibri    n      i    s          aam EB Copy   Al Descending hm Advanced 7 cH Save oi Spelling    gt  GoTo     View Paste f Fo SDN Filter TERNA es Refresh      Find   BIU A gt  aly 2    BS  A  n      ormat Painter Se Remove Sot Y Toggle Filter All  XX Delete Fa More R Select  Views Clipboard p  Sort  amp  Filter Records Find Text Formatting G A  All Access Obje            E MolePercentage Y 4 RF_RT  x  pe p DeviceTag   FP_Timestamp   Flag 7 Status   RF_Methane   RF_Nitroger   RF_CO2    RF_Ethane    RF_Propane   RF_iButane   Hay  Tables   Al 01 01 2014 05 27 00 Footprint Active 1 10979E 07 1 3534E 07 1 59466E 07 1 79937E 07 2 30041E 07 2 69368E 07 2 80  8 A2 28 01 2014 08 08 11 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 018689E 07     BE Comments 10 A2 28 01 2014 14 18 31 Calibration dat Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 018689E 07 
23.    _  Use the largest one       After MLC constraints  enter the mole composition part of the calibration gas certificate used by RF  values followed by the RF values themselves  Save your time by copying and pasting from Microsoft  Excel or other spreadsheet software  Click Paste if the copied data has 2 columns and 15 rows  click  Paste paste transpose certificate to paste calibration certificate only  or click Paste paste transpose  RF to paste RF values only  If the mole composition records to convert do not have gases such as  neopentane  octane  nonane  or decane  leave both their certificate composition and RF values to zero     Don t forget to specify whether the RF values are single point or multilevel calibrated  Under the grid   next to These RF values are  single point or MLC   tick the correct radio button     Page 283 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Erci     Enter RF values and composition from the calibration gas certificate  Typically the response factor  comes from the last calibration preceding mole composition records      C  Align decimals Paste both Paste pastetranspose Paste pastetranspose Reset  RE certificate    MLC   Single Point MC Offline Converter    Mole percentage as in    Component calibration certificate    Response factor    Methane 0 1519578 84 999  Nitrogen 02578516 Jda  Carbon dioxide 0 2447972 1 995  Ethane 0 2549034 4283  Propane 0 2002616 1 803  i Butane 02082432 0 2496    RF  amp  Certficate    n Butane    Neopentane   
24.    all uncertainties of ISO 6976 outputs     11 3 Input Pages    Input pages collect all required information before the form performs a calculation  Visit subchapters  below to get help about a specific page     11 3 1 Uncertainties to Include    You can select which uncertainties to include in the calculation of standard relative uncertainty  Usc      Page 144 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Uce      Ucal sas    CUPIT E T OETA    For example  if you decide not to include uncertainty from the calibration gas  Ucal gas iS replaced by  zero and the formula changes to    2 2  Ucc    Urepeatability   T  Ureproducibility      You must select at least one uncertainty component in order to proceed to the next page  If you don t   Ucc will be zero and all subsequent calculations afterwards will be meaningless     Also in this page there is a check box to control whether to include ISO 6976 standard measurement  uncertainty of 0 05  at the end of calculation  In the standard  ISO 6976 uncertainty is 0 1  at k   2   Calculation of combined standard uncertainty uses k   1  hence the ISO 6976 measurement  uncertainty becomes 0 05   Every result of ISO 6976 calculation shall carry this 0 05  uncertainty  By  default this check box is ticked     11 3 2   Uncertainty from the Calibration Gas    Select a calibration certificate in GCAS database  By default  GCAS Desktop loads the last installed  certificate  This certificate is used later on when calculating Ucal gas  Urepr
25.    cecceesesesteseseeestsseseeeees  1 4 7 Manual Licence Update    esesessesesssesssseseseseeeseseeeees  1 4 8 SACU AUN ON  seik ER  1 5 MEON ENEEK caie E E A  2  Databasessa cuss ccdeoucveebeuesecdieuesdeaduees dotpeaes  2 1 Where Your Data is StOred ou    eesessssssessesssesesssessesssessesseessees  2 2 supported DBM Siesta ee nS  2 3 change Databas Crore nen etre ene E IER  2 4 Change Database before LOGIN    eesesessesessessesesteseseeseeseees  2 5 Change Database without Running GCAS      ees  2 6 Reconnect on Network Problem    cesesseesseseeeseeseenesees  2   Temporary Database ascaris bce leseheonecelseaten eastern hentia  2 8 BLUE  girs  16 Mf      cl  lt 0      een enn ole nine a te  eNO neon nve eee a  2 9 Automatic Flush and BackUp    ccesesesseseseseseseseseeeseesesees    3 Users  Groups  and Workspaces    3 1    User Types and Roles  Concept    0 0    esesesesssesessesssessesseessees    Page 3 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    De OE aoe RPL DIES He EDT Ora Oona HCE Ee Ee 21    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    3 2 Gre Ups and  Workspaces  GONCE DE  cscs eee uae 45  3 3 Edit Your Profile and Change Your Password        ccssssssssssssssssssssssscsssscssssssessesessesssscsesscseesesessesesscsesseseeseess 46  3 3 1 EGIL YOUR PIO UG  ctsas525  arta sensi areevesatecsauanncats ic cussereentene Asse sedseas  Auta elese  desecod nies  eeeesaeeatee  46  3 3 2 Change Your SSW OC Seesen ennie I ERR 47   3 4 FOO VOU PAS WOTA a a RE E ea fvcetsollene   ea
26.    cm  s  m s  W    Next Pressure letdown stages     gt  Calculate    Clear calculation results       Left side of the form are the inputs  while right side is the output  The input section consists of three  tabs  Global parameters  pressure letdown stages  and GC time     Global parameters have four inputs  Base temperature  base pressure  base compressibility  and  sample flow  Base temperature is set at 0  C and base pressure is typically set at the atmospheric  pressure  1 atm or 1 01325 bar   You need to provide the base compressibility factor  Z  and sample  flow  When it s done  click Next  Pressure letdown stages to move onto the next tab     Pressure letdown stages are the collection of stage data  A stage data consists of 7 inputs  stage  name  line temperature  line pressure  line compressibility  tube inner diameter  tube length  and  bypass flow     Page 290 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Ist  H  Add stage    Stage name Sample stub   Line temperature 0 0   C w   Line pressure 23 0    bar Y  gauge  Line compressibility 1 0000  e g  from AGA  amp    Tube inner diameter 0 0  mm w   Tube length 0 0   mm    Bypass flow 0 0    cm   s  m  s     Remove this stage    Prev  Global parameters Next  GC time       e Stage name  Enter a name as an identifier to distinguish this stage from other stages  This  name will appear in the first column of the output list    e Line temperature  Temperature at this pipe    e Line pressure  Pressure at this pipe as con
27.    may be abbreviated as    MC        8 1 The Mole Composition Form    Mole Composition form displays mole composition data presented in grid view  By default  numbers  in this grid is the normalised composition  The pie chart next to the grid helps visualising the data   although in many cases methane composition overwhelms everything else  This is caused by the use  of balanced methane in calibration gas     To open Mole Composition form  select the device from device panel on the main user interface  then  go to the View menu  gt  Mole Composition     Page 90 of 388    ty Change record       DEVICE NAME  Test4    Chart and Table   Comments    Stream 1    Mole Composition  Test4    Es Load latest record    STATUS  Active    Component    Propane   i  Butane  n Butane  neoPentane  i Pentane    n Pentane    BB Heptane  BS Propane  MS i Butane    BM oenar  ED Nitrogen    DS i Pentane  HB n Pentane    HM ethane  EE co     Hexane    GH n futane TE Hexane HM Ethane        Remove mode     Colourblind assist  Show legend  _  Show unnormalised     _  High precision    Show difference    AN MLC conversion warning  3       Nitrogen  Methane  CO   Ethane  Total    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    TIMESTAMP    23 June 2014 12 55 07    Normalised  percentage  single pt      0 0343  0 1316  0 0623  0 0559  0 0524  0 0365  0 0663  0 0645  1 6703  90 0168  22053  22837  100 0000       Normalised  percentage  MLC     N A  NA  N A  N A  NA  N A       Mole Composition form as seen by user
28.   000  1 Pentane   16 060 30 071 000  n Pentane  3 651 7 30 995  000  Hexane 35   07 34 573 000     amp  Description   First set       The Uncertainty Coefficients form in edit mode     During edit mode  you can edit the numbers in both grids  repeatability coefficient grid and response  concentration coefficient grid   Date of test field at the top and Description text box at the bottom of  the form also become editable     Note    Edit mode is mainly intended for editing the description or correcting minor mistakes  If there are too  many coefficients to edit  we suggest you to create a new set and set this record to inactive instead     Uncertainty coefficients do not have comment feature  Put short comments in the description text box  if you like        You can paste the coefficient numbers from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet editing software  as  long as there are 4 columns and equal number of rows  Click Paste link above the grid to paste the  numbers  The Reset link resets all numbers in the grid back to zero  Both Repeatability Coefficients tab  and Response Concentration Coefficients tab have their own Paste and Reset command link     When you finished editing the numbers and the description  click Save button or go to Action menu  gt   Save Changes to commit the change  The form exits its edit mode and becomes read only again     Page 162 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    nistrator Window Help    ec a          Ey Browse anothe    E I      DEVIC
29.   14    13 2 4 Uncertainty Coefficients and Mole Percentage Range    Uncertainty of GC repeatability  Use this coefficient set     21 October 2014   Ee Change    Mole percentage range       Universal         Individual  setra nge   O Manual  set range    O Use  20 of mole comp  records        between 12 Nov 2014 00 00  and 12 Dec 2014 09 08  stream      Largest component is balanced    This section is available if uncertainty of GC reproducibility is checked on the first section  Your GC  device must have uncertainty coefficients stored in database  otherwise you cannot tick uncertainty of  GC reproducibility     Select which coefficient set to use through Change button     Date of test Description  21 October 2014    SEE Page  1 Z   gt  Dt    Filter Options      List all coefficient sets Entries per page   C List coefficient sets between   08 Jun 2014 and Sort     Newest to oldest    12 Dec 2014 O Oldest to newest    hw st       Next  choose one of the mole percentage range options     Page 171 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    1  Universal  Every component has the same plus minus range  The default is  20    2  Individual  Every component has its own plus minus range  Click Set range to enter these    individual ranges        3  Manual  You need to explicitly set the value of lower bound and upper bound of each  component  For comparison  the mole composition from the calibration gas certificate is  displayed in the second column     Component Asin certificat
30.   24 1 1 3 Delete Devices    Tick the device s  you would like to delete  You can tick multiple devices together for bulk deletion   Next  click Delete button on the toolbar     Important    Deleting devices will erase     e All footprints and calibration data of these devices   e All mole composition data of these devices        Page 297 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    e All calibration gas certificates of these devices     e Analysis parameter record for these devices     e All uncertainty coefficients for these devices    e All multilevel calibration coefficients for these devices    e All multilevel calibration constraints for these devices       All lag time data for these devices       All comments made for these devices  and   e All repeatability test data of these devices  for i Vigilant central database and GCAS Web users      The deletion is permanent and cannot be undone  Make sure you no longer use the existing data  when you delete these devices  Otherwise  export their data as a backup        24 1 2 Reorganise Multiple Devices    To move multiple GC devices between workspaces within the same group or to another workspace  belong to other group  open the Devices form and notice the Action menu on the menu bar              Gas Chromatography Analysis Software   yusufadr       File Profile Subscriptions View Comms Tools Administrator Window Help       cA F  No device selected          i Vigilant  New server  Microsoft            Reorganise Devices 
31.   25 2 Capture Data    As the Modbus register configuration is ready  GCAS Desktop is ready to get some data from the GC  device     25 2 1 The GC Connect Form    Select the device you would like to get data for  then go to the Comms menu  gt  Connect to Device     Connect to Device  Register Mappings    Advanced Preferences    Start All Connections    Stop All Connections       Page 310 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Connection settings Device settings Data retrieval options  _  Enable unattended mode    rial cab Test2 Pollevery    15    seconds         ll cad jiii Ez      seconds ss J Stop operation automatically     IP address  I Protocol    Modbus TCP ban ee After   20      records collected    n D   1 a  302   ere           Push to database After 3   hours  Timeout    ms                   O Bs  Save to CSVs At 21 16 59  on 24 Apr 2014    Poll delay    1000   ms Change destination files                     Never stop    a    Mole composition  unnormalised   C  Show delta to previous row                Commit  Status Stream Timestamp Propane n Butane i Pentane n Pental    Calibration parameters     Commit  Status Flag as Timestamp Methane RF Nitrogen RF Carbon dioxide RF Ethane RF Propane RF       Commit AX Clear grid       GC Connect form has two main parts  the options panel at the top and grid views at the bottom   Options panel consists of four parts  which are connection settings  device settings  data retrieval  options  and unattended mode  If you 
32.   A   0 043346 g mol  0 001504   0 040338   0 046353   0 038891 g mol   0 047548 g mol         6  642464  6 666891   6  646661   8  644247   0 839319     A     of prev       143   1 667     135   6 152   6 130     155      A     of prev     4 146   2 897     135   6 157     130   6 162      A     of prev     6 869   1 238   4 866   0 0725  B  0645       20 5 Save or Copy the Chart    To save the chart as image file  right click on the chart and select Save Chart as Picture     Page 237 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Chart Comments    CV Trend gd Save Chart as Picture  Copy Chart Image    63 00    Zoom In Here    62 80 Generate Summary Here   Ww Frame This Selection  62 60 J    Remove Frames    s Set Underlying Mole Composition Recods as Inactive  62 40         re Zoom All Out  62 20 as          T Aide Crosshair Cursors  12 00 13 00 140g    Clear Selection Area  Show Values   Show Legend  Show Gridlines    Show Previous Chart       Use 8 Decimal Precision on Labels    Similarly to copy the chart into clipboard  right click and select Copy Chart Image  Then you may  paste the image onto Microsoft Paint  Microsoft Word  or any software that accepts bitmap image     20 6 Comparing Previous Chart    ISO 6976 Trend form remembers the last ISO 6976 trend chart before you changed something  By this  way  you can quickly compare current ISO 6976 trend versus the one before parameter change   Typical use of previous chart is to compare calorific value  CV  based on si
33.   Chart Imag   0 103880 oo eee  Zoom All Qut  Hide Crosshair Cursors   0 103860  Show Values  Show Legend   0 103840 Show Gridlines  Show Threshold Line   0 102820 Show Previous Chart   13 30 14 00 14 30 15 00 15 30 16 00 16 30 Use 8 Decimal Precision in Labels       Similarly to copy the chart into clipboard  right click and select Copy Chart Image  Then you may  paste the image onto Microsoft Paint  Microsoft Word  or any software that accepts bitmap image     13 3 4 Other Visual Cues    Hover your mouse pointer over a data point on the chart to reveal a tooltip about that point  Typically  the tooltip displays the X axis value  the date and time value   Y axis value  and the N  number of  calibration data used to calculate the uncertainty at this point   For backward calculation  the tooltip  has additional info whether GCAS Desktop bumped into footprint  and if so  whether the backward  iteration stopped at footprint or continued through     U CV  Trend   DEMO1    0 10390        Previous UCV            UCV            0 10388    0 10386    i a a eee    Forward calculation   minimum data  12    08 November 2014 18 13   UCV    0 10385236   0 04246131 MJ m        0 10384       Backward calculation N  41   last 20 records     0 10382    0 10380 2  Previous chart   08 November 2014 14 04  UfCV    0 10381403   0 04244564 Mm  N  amp    14  Burnped into footprint    Yes  calibration data retrieval stopped at the footprint  f    0 10378  13 30    Page 180 of 388    GCAS   Desktop M
34.   Database connection Is closed  This may indicate network problem or I O error  If  you don t have GCAS feature Work offline Capability in your GCAS licence  this icon  is displayed during network problem      a  spinning    Database connection is in progress  You can enter credential but GCAS Desktop  Madane must wait until connection is opened successfully before validating your credential      a No database connection currently present  GCAS is in offline mode  see chapter    29 10  thus no connection is initiated until you log in        If you see the offline warning icon next to the Quit button similar to the screenshot below  this  indicates the login form is in offline mode  Read more on chapter 29 10 Login Form in Offline Mode   You need the GCAS feature Work offline Capability to be included in your GCAS licence to use offline  mode     Page 49 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    We New server  Microsoft SOL  Help     Change database    o    o     _   Remember me on this database  untick on a shared computer    mm       The check box Remember me on this database is intended to speed up login process in case you  have only one user in the GCAS database  thus you always use the same credential  and it is a private  computer  meaning no one else uses that computer  Ticking this box causes GCAS Desktop to  automatically fill in your username and password the next time GCAS is launched  therefore you can  simply hit key to log in  Never tick this box on a sh
35.   Footprint and calibration data share the same record structure in database  distinguished by a flag   This flag can be changed from footprint to calibration data and vice versa  To change this flag  do the    following     1  From an open Footprint or Calibration Data form  go to Action menu  gt  Set Status  If you do not  see this menu  your user account may not have the action permission for it  Contact your GCAS  administrator    Action    Import Data    Import Data   CSV             La Import Data   Manual Entry    Send to Correlation Calculator    EA Print Preview  e Fri nt     ISO 10723       2  This will show Set Status and Flag dialogue     Record timestamp  12 December 2013 06 15  Set status Set flag        Active OA Footprint       Inactive        Calibration data    Cancel       3  Choose one of the options in Set flag group  whether to set the record as a footprint or as a  calibration data  Click OK to commit the change    4  Notice that the record is reloaded using the other form  That is  for footprint it will be reloaded  using Calibration Data form  and for calibration data it will be reopened using Footprint form    5  The Comments tab opens automatically and it is advised to write a comment of why the record  flag was changed  Comments tab will not open in case your GCAS user account doesn t have    Page 75 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    action permission to post comments       Refresh comment          Date posted Comment    Post anew   
36.   It sends the    Selection Averaged  averaged mole composition value of all gases of all records  contained inside the selection area to ISO 6976 Calculator  As the       chart has only one gas  the entire data table is reloaded from the    Page 215 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    database  GCAS Desktop displays an additional dialogue if your  a eee  Send to ISO 6976 Calculator   This menu requires  SO 6976 Calculator in GCAS licence  It sends the   Entire X axis Averaged  averaged mole composition value of all gases of all records in the    entire X axis  Actually it doesn t even need a selection area  GCAS  Desktop displays an additional dialogue if you have more than one  comparison entry in the comparison list    Send to ISO 6976 Trend This menu requires  SO 6976 Trend in GCAS licence  It loads the ISO   Comparison 6976 Trend Comparison form and instructs the form to compare ISO  6976 values based on the mole composition records contained  inside the selection area  Contrast to Send to ISO 6976 Trend  Comparison button  this menu transmits the X axis range of  selection area rather than the entire plot range        These three menus Set These Records as Inactive  Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  and Send to ISO  6976 Trend Comparison may trigger a further confirmation if your selection area covers more than  One device or one stream  Please confirm which device s  stream number s  to have their records set  as inactive or be sent to ISO 6976 Calculator or to
37.   Jump to chatper 7 11 for more     RF MW log charts plot the base 10 logarithm of response factor  RF  against molecular weight  MW   of certain sequence of gases  They also calculate the regression line  and computes the square of  Pearson correlation coefficient  R  value  If R  value is less than threshold set in the Analysis Parameter   default is 0 995   the number turns red and this may indicate problems within GC device     Depending on your GC device type  there may be three or two RF MW charts  Supported C6  and  C7  devices have three correlation charts  GC devices with two ovens such as C9  and C10  only  have two correlation charts     Retention time chart graphs the retention time value  or peak time  in the unit of seconds  s      Page 61 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Show  Single point RF hi Re sponse Factor  35 000 000  30 000 000    25 000 000  E  i 20 000 000  n  G 15 000 000  A     10 000 000  5 000 000  0    T o    E            es Z  a a l l g f l  Z Z j   a   5    E  MW RF Log Charts  C1 C2 C6 C3 C4 C5 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6  R    0 9978 R    0 9984 R    0 9975  7 60 7 50 7 60  7 48 l   as    7 40 z a f 7 40  J   742  7 20   on   7 20 4       0 93 1 43 1 93 1 55 1 75 1 95 1 13 1 38 1 63 1 88    Retention Time    Hexane G42  Fropane 11934  i Butane  n Butane  i Pentane  n Pentane  Nitrogen  Methane  co   Ethane       0 100 200 300 400 500    Retention Time  5     Chart view    To see the exact value of a data point on the charts  hover your 
38.   Last poll  New data received        E sToP Next poll in 5    Mole composition  unnormalised   C  Show delta to previous row       Commit  Status Stream oe ee n Butane neoPentane i Penta    pending   1 owas  nowswo  zooan oaoa  oases  oneoro   o2        Commit  Status Flag as Timestamp Methane RF Nitrogen RF Carbon dioxide RF Ethane RF Propane RF    if you notice unusual data  the mappings or floating point standard might be wrong  Configure register mappings     Ii Commit A Clear grid                         You can open multiple GC Connect forms and run multiple data capture sessions simultaneously   provided that no two GC Connect forms accessing the same device  through the same COM port or  same IP address  GCAS Desktop suspends the idle timer if there is at least one active connection to GC  device     To stop capture  hit the E Stop button     If you accidentally closed the GC Connect form during an active data capture session  either by  pressing Ctr1 F4 or the close  x  button on its tile bar  the form is still running in background  The  main interface displays a panel notification at the bottom region  thus you can bring the GC Connect  form back into view or stop its capture operation instead  Nevertheless  if you deliberately log out while  a data capture is running tn background  the form will be stopped  closed  and its pending records are  discarded     a  Wy    TEST4    LE  Testa  BFE PKMS        gt       Recently used devices  eng Test_C9complete    HPE  Te
39.   Overiding MLC COS UN iNi cenae a AE A 269  22 5 1 Overriding Constraints for Footprint Calibration Data    ccessssessesessesesesessesesesssseseseseeseees 269  22 5 2 Overriding Constraints for Mole COMPOSITIONS    eessesessesessesessesesseseesesessesessessssssessesessesseseseeseees 271  22 5 3 Revoking  Cancelling  an Override   0    eesessssssessesssessesssessesssessesssessessssesessseesessseessseseeseseseesessseaees 274  22 6  OMNE CONVENer TOO Sesma ai eae caa nena ne aa asi wa 274  22 6 1 MLC e Single Point RF Offline Converter oo  esssesesesscsesscsessessssssesscsessesesscsessssessesessssesseseeseess 275  22 6 2 MLC e Single Point MC Offline Converter oc sesessssessssessesessesessesessesessesessesessssesscsesscsesseseeseees 281  22 7 Low Level ISO 10723 Implementation    ccesscscsssssssssscessssssscacensssesseaesnsssesseacsnsssesseaeensssesseaeensesecss 288  23 Lag Ve coridor ieee 289  241     Wie Lag  Time Calcat or FOT ek xecec tect steccte sit cctu ch eee ch eae tect eachectnec teste cuts OEE TEE EEDE ch lccenest 290  232 VINCE TUS EON anera A 293  24 Device Management  scesccnsecevecescdecccedescsccasedseccedessuesssedsensevessiesssessensovessiesssecsensovessiesssecbensosessbesssciees 294  ZAM  MG Dev eS RON oa a a eatete Rises eashaaedctt 294  ZA Create Edit  Delete DEVICES sresrscscnionnosdrno ioiii ini ia a a AE 295  24 1 2 Reorganise Multiple Devices uc sesssssseessssssesssessesssessssssessesssessesssesssssseesessssssessseessseseessseseesesesseaeas 298   25  D 
40.   Sync process may take a prolonged time  if you have ten thousands of unsynchronised records  especially mole composition data     Should the progress bar turns red and you see an error message  click on the Error message button  to see the error log  Or if it turns yellow and you see conflicts  click Resolve conflicts to resolve them     Note    Some cases of stale condition bug  the progress bar halts and the computer does nothing  have been    reported  Now we introduce stale prevention mechanism  If for any reason you clicked Abort in the  middle of sync operation  GCAS Desktop tries to stop the sync sequence within 10 seconds  If the  operation couldn t abort after 10 seconds  the form displays the Force abort button  Use this button  to terminate background threads immediately        29 3 Going Offline  Going Online    Manual switch between online and offline mode requires all open forms to be closed  This is to make  sure that GCAS Desktop is not doing any operation on GCAS database     Switch into offline mode  Go to the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Go Offline to switch immediately     Alternatively  choose the second menu  Sync then Go Offline   The second menu will initiate a sync  and afterwards switches GCAS Desktop to offline mode     Change Database  Reconnect Database  Export Data    Ctrl E  Flush and Backup    Work Offline i  Go Offline    Notification Log Sync then Go Offline    Minimise to System Tray T Maintain Temporary Database  Exit Delete Temporary
41.   amp  calibration data    Mole compositions From 26 July 2015  ar        Calibration certificates 10 August 2015 ES       Uncertainty coefficients  Multilevel calibration coefficients   _  Lag time data  _  Also include records marked as inactive       Comments       Page 359 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Set the destination database file               eu Export data from GCAS database    Set the destination file     Change file C  Usersiryang_00M Desktop Export 2014 02 06 sdf       Review the export settings  and click Next to begin the export process     t6 Export data from GCAS database  Review that all of these are correct  and click Next to begin the export operation   Export type   Export to SOL Compact  GC devices to export   5 devices  show     Data to export   RF RT  mole composition  Date range   01 September 2013 to 31 January 2014    Include inactive records   No  Destination file   C Users ryang_000 Desktop  Export 2014 02 06 sdf       Page 360 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    GCAS Desktop commences the export operation     S amp S    eu Export data from GCAS database    Export operation is In progress     Counting records     65 records found       Previous Fini Cancel       In order to verify the export result  try changing database to the SDF file  Use local offline option   choose Microsoft SQL Server Compact and point to the export file     Page 361 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Note    If the option Loc
42.   gt    GCAS Activator  Copyright c  i Uigilant Technologies Ltd   2614   Version  3 3 1 6    The GCAS licence and registration key on this computer has been revoked     Press enter to continue          GCAS  gt _    Note    Deactivation does not automatically increase your activation count  Contact us once the deactivation    process is completed so we can raise your activation count by one  1   thus you can activate GCAS  Desktop on another PC  Please attach a screenshot of your command prompt window tn your email        Page 30 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Instant trial users  do not deactivate your instant trial licence because instant trial licence is only  offered once per computer   unless you have a full licence or extended trial licence available  or if you  decided to uninstall GCAS Desktop     1 5 Integrity Check    GCAS Desktop performs a check on the installation directory during start up in order to ensure that all  required files are present and unmodified  When GCAS Desktop detects a file is missing or has an  unauthorised changes  it presents a warning similar to this     J There are problems regarding your    GCAS installation    These files are required by GCAS to run properly  We advise you to reinstall  GCAS  Attempting to continue working on GCAS may result in unhandled  exceptions  errors  or program crash     File Problem   File size 1s smaller than it should  be    File size is smaller than it should  be     A encan   ce GCASActiva
43.   or manual entry  GCAS    Desktop supports only CSV import for mole composition data   if not captured live using data  capture  The CSV file must follow the standard template for mole composition  The template file    Page 92 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    should be in your installation directory or in the browser HTML version of GCAS Desktop Manual   Look for CSV import file template  zip in your installation directory  If you lose this template   you can easily recreate new one by following the guide in the information box at the bottom of this  chapter     Below are the steps to import mole composition data        _       Select the GC device whose data to be imported on your device panel   2  Open Mole Composition form through the View menu  gt  Mole Composition   3  Notice the Action menu on the menu bar     4  Open the Action menu and select Import Data   CSV     F   Spot Sampling  Import Data   CSV  Set Status     Bulk     Send to 1 0 6976 Calculator  Add Comment    Normalication Scale     50 10723       5  Load the CSV file and then click Import     Select importer    module    Import Cancel       If you do not see this menu  your user account may not have the action permission for it or the CSV  import feature is not included in your GCAS licence  Contact your GCAS administrator     GCAS Desktop treats all numbers in the CSV file as unnormalised composition and will normalise them  before they are committed to GCAS database     Lost your template 
44.   z cti EJA   2  z C m  lt 0 00 ee in           gt  00 49   E Cell Styles    Format       Filter    Select      Alignment E Number E Styles Cells Editing      General                      D7          2 Trend comparison of calorific values    3  4 Timestamp Test6  stream 1  single pt    Test6  stream 1  MLC  Test7  stream 1  single pt     5   27 Jun 2015 10 01 00 62 4232 62 4512   6 27 Jun 2015 10 02 00 62 3100  FA 27 Jun 2015 10 03 00 62 3749 62 4063    8 27 Jun 2015 10 04 00 62 3169  9 27 Jun 2015 10 05 00 62 2819 62 3148  27 Jun 2015 10 07 00 62 3952  27 Jun 2015 10 08 00 62 3393 62 3698  27 Jun 2015 10 09 00 62 4276  27 Jun 2015 10 10 00 62 3282 62 3627  27 Jun 2015 10 12 00 62 1008  27 Jun 2015 10 13 00 62 1788 62 2205  27 Jun 2015 10 14 00 62 0344  27 Jun 2015 10 16 00 62 1676 62 2078 62 0750  27 Jun 2015 10 18 00 62 0144 62 0590  27 Jun 2015 10 19 00 62 0148  27 Jun 2015 10 20 00 61 9872 62 0333  27 Jun 2015 10 21 00 62 0727   Sheet                        21 3 5 Selection Mode Menus    These menus are available if ISO 6976 Trend Comparison form is in selection mode and there is a valid       selection rectangle on the chart  Similar to Mole Composition Comparison  ISO 6976 Trend  Comparison requires a contiguous selection area  If there are several data points leaking out of your    selection rectangle  GCAS Desktop alerts you while proposing a new selection area         bel Save Char as Picture  Gg  Copy Chart Image              AN Generate Summary Here  E Compare Aver
45.  0    gil    Nitrogen  Carbon dioxide 0 0  Ethane 0 0  Propane 0 0  i Butane 0 0  n Butane 0 0  Neopentane 0 0  i Pentane 0 0    n Pentane 0 0    ao oo 2 E A of of oF Bf of of    Hexane 0 0    Sum   0 0    Cancel       Afterwards  enter the mole percentage and absolute uncertainty value of each gas in the certificate  Be  alert for potential human error while typing  When you are confident with all entries  click Save to save  the certificate record into database     Note    Certificate number  k number  coverage factor  and install date must be specified  Other properties  can have blank  null  data  Typically  the next calibration cycle after the certificate install date is a  footprint     If the certificate does not specify minimum storage usage pressure and temperature  set them blank     If the cylinder number is not available  leave it blank too  If there is no info about issue date and expiry    date  untick the corresponding check box inside the date picker     Unlike Mole Composition module which recognises any scale  calibration gas certificate must be  expressed in percentage        Page 114 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Like any other text box series in GCAS Desktop interface  you can paste numbers from Microsoft Excel  or other spreadsheet processing software  Press Ctr1 V inside the first text box and the rest will       follow  Alternatively  click cil Paste     9 4 Edita Certificate    Sometimes human errors happen  If you did a mistake whe
46.  0 9974 R    0 9947  U C       0 1858  U Cv      0 120696 U CV     0 4237     awl 29 Sep 2014  awl 30 Sep 2014   01 Oct 2014     30 Sep 2014 07 51   30 Sep 2014 07 56 x  01 Oct 2014 17 29    Customer Y  9     TPdev 01 w TPdev 02    R     0 9952 p    SF Override date rules for this device     U Cv     0 10449   23 Oct 2014  No mole composition    Device  TPdev 02  Override date rules for this device    Make the dashboard tile red if tts date of last calibration ts older than  days  instead of 3 days   Make the dashboard tile red if its date of last mole composition record ts older than    4 hours             Tick Override date rules for this device  This is the main device override switch for this device  If you  remove this tick  you are effectively revoking its override   causing the device to fall one level down   per workspace override  if defined  or return to the general rules already set at the rules tab     Inside the frame there are two check boxes  One is for date of last calibration  the other is for date of  last mole composition  These check boxes control the on off status of the overriding rules  In the  screenshot above  the check box for date of last mole composition record is greyed out because date  of last mole composition is not displayed on the dashboard tile   Screenshot for illustrational purpose  only      Set the new threshold value for this device  For example  let s use 15 days as in the screenshot above     Page 200 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual G
47.  000663  6 2E 05  0 000419   0 015263   11 940785    1  1888E 08  1 88 79E 08  1 5813E 08  1 43545E 08  1 3984E 08  1 4504E 08  1 3895E 08  1 3726E 08  3 3499E 08  4 6229E 08    0   7  995E 19  9 3937E 18  B 4421E 17  0   0   0   1 0225E 16  g   0    Display format      Auto C Number    Scientific       Previous       Click Next  Depending on conversion direction  the third page may be skipped  For MLC to single   point conversion  you are prompted to choose MLC constraints  Single point to MLC conversion  doesn t require constraints therefore this page is skipped     Most of the time you don   t have to worry about MLC constraints and you can click Next straight  away  However in case of the conversion results having weird values  go back to this page and change  the constraints to test whether the new constraints have corrected the conversion results     Page 276 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Set constraints to filter out bad solutions   MLC to single point only   Linear functions   y   a   bx  Linear functions hawe one real root  However if it is negative      O Take absolute value  to make it positive  Reject the solution and set the result RF to zero     Quadratic functions   y   a   bx   cx     Quadratic functions may have two  one  or no real roots  GCAS will always reject any imaginary  root and negative real root  However if both roots are positive       Use the smallest one       Use the largest one   Cubic functions   y   a  bx   cx      dx    Cu
48.  04 Calibration data Active 4325396 5080538 6093185 6820819 8427312 10257820 10253980 0 11383360  14 6 13Jan 2014 11 26 12 Calibration data Active 4213518 5137841 5908633 6852802 8413856 10115310 10209410 0 11123260  15 7 13 Jan 2014 11 32 11 Calibration data Active 4177709 5185238 5996151 6813496 8369295 10152400 10401610 0 11329600  16      Device  B2     17 3 13 Jan 2014 11 20 57 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 10186890 9946967 0 11456810  18      Device  A2     19 8 28Jan 2014 08 08 11 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 10186890 9946967 0 11456810  20 10 28Jan 2014 14 18 31 Calibration data Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 10186890 9946967 0 11456810  21 11 28 Jan 2014 14 19 17 Footprint Active 4309686 5221769 6035713 7024046 8685369 9918244 10285470 0 11577820  29  23  24  25 Timestamp Stream Mole  Methar Mole  Nitroge Mole  CO2 Mole  Ethane Mole  Propan  Mole  i Butan Mole  n Butar Mole  Neoper Mole  i Penta M  26    Device  B1        Sheet1    4  gt   READY E                 t         100     28 3 Export to Microsoft Access    This exporter module exports GCAS data to Microsoft Access database file   accdb   Unlike the SQL  Compact export  the export result is not a GCAS database thus you cannot use it as  local offline   database  The export result is a simple Microsoft Access database intended for further analysis     Note    You need the GCAS feature Export to Microsoft Office to be included in your GCAS l
49.  14    don t have mole composition records at all are displayed as semi transparent and cannot be added to    the comparison list           Tor ta COP rom eor Hronn ee ee  1 if el    FI  d l     LF ea    J A i   i  k  F kte ke L a A k l h       em Show  Device tag Stream  Ay  ee  370XA DEMO  Be 24  BP pan Available data  from 20 October 2014 18 09 to 10 November 2014 02 29    Wmr Available streams   1  4               Expand all Add  gt      Remove Remove all    To compare devices  add the devices from the device tree view to the comparison list  Either select the  device then click Add  or double click the device  or drag the device and drop it onto comparison list     Note    A Mole Composition Comparison form which was opened through Send to shortcut from Data  Analysis    Send to Mole Composition Comparison menu or Compare both link  is locked to one particular  device and one particular stream number  Device tree view is empty and you cannot add another  device into comparison list  The text above the chart should clearly indicate the form is locked  Click  Reset and reload device list next to this text in order to unlock Mole Composition Comparison form       back into normal mode     Once the device has been added to the comparison list  select the stream number to compare  You  can compare different streams of the same device too  To do so  add the device to the comparison list  twice  then select different stream number for each of them  Moreover if you have  SO 7072
50.  2013 09 24 16 55 00   43  aaa 0  315 80000000   62  100000000  20 200000000  90 000000000 ana                      prm error log  bt  xml  esw      Clear error log     Close                           Page 374 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    These kinds of error are usually related to database  For example  the message in first example   Column name is not valid  means the database structure is incomplete  This indicates the file   installation directory   DB Template WorkOffline sdf is corrupt  or outdated  and  you need to upgrade the GCAS database file  In the second example   Cannot add or update a  child row  a foreign key constrain fails  means there are some records missing in    another table inside the database  but GCAS needs these records in order to write current record     If you use i Vigilant central database and see Database Sync Error Log such as in the second example   click Save error log button and send the file to our support team so that we can look for the cause of  error  If you use local corporate database  your database administrator  DBA  might help you solve the  problem     GCAS Desktop tries to create a backup file of your temporary database before sync process begins   You can find the backup in the same directory as your temporary database  Some scenarios might  prevent GCAS Desktop to create this backup though  such as if your hard disk is full  The file resides  on  installation directory   DB WorkOffline your username sdf ba
51.  4 day trial H Activate offline    Activate online       Read the information presented in the oncoming window  If you agree  click Agree and start instant  trial      amp   About instant trial    By using instant trial  GCAS Deskop will issue a GCAS licence that is valid for 4 days  from today  until 06 August 2015 end of day   has all GCAS features  has a maximum limit of 15 GC devices  and  uses a sample offline database  Sample sdf   Your first login to GCAS database will be  admin  and  the password is  password     Instant trial is only available once per computer  then you need to purchase a full GCAS licence in    order to continue using OCAS Desktop  You agree not to tamper or reverse engineer GCAS Desktop  in any way to obtain additional chances of instant trial     Instant trial licence is different from regular trial licence     I Vigilant Technologies Limited also offers regular trial licences which last for typically between one  to three months  Should you be interested to try GOAS Desktop this way  contact us to arrange a  trial licence  Later  you need to activate GCAS Desktop through the usual offline activation or online  activation method     Contact us via phone at  44 122 4820030 or via ermailto su     a  Agree and start instant trial       Instant trial information window     A UAC prompt may appear  If you are the computer administrator  click Yes to continue  Otherwise   ask an administrator to enter the required password     Page 26 of 388    GCAS   
52.  6888   6 6600   6 6880   4 6888   6 8888    13336  668439  45659  51156    Hit    SSPVIsasessesgggTS9S    Hit    Example of calibration data generated by ABB GC    Page 69 of 388    Rel  Den     B  0583  6 6729  6 6808  6 6808  8 6808  6 6808  6 6808       GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Text import will import one record at a time  The device tag name in the text file must match the       device name  tag  in GCAS database  The device tag name is the    Analyzer    in Daniel GC report  file  or    Station ID  in ABB GC report file     7 4 2 CSV Import    Should you wish to upload multiple records in one go or if your GC device was not manufactured by  Daniel Industries nor ABB  you would need to use CSV import     The CSV spreadsheet must follow the template to be recognised by GCAS Desktop  see warning box  below   The template defines column allocation within the spreadsheet  Failure to comply with this  template will result in wrong data being associated with wrong gas or component     CSV file template should be inside your installation directory  The default directory is C   GCAS  Look  for CSV import file template zip in that folder  If you lose this template  you can easily  recreate new one by following the guide in the information box at the bottom of this chapter     When you are ready to import the CSV file  open the Action menu and choose Import Data   CSV     Import Data   Manual Entry  Set Status   Add Comment   Send to Correlation Calculator  Print Pre
53.  As soon as there are three entries or more  GCAS Desktop calculates the regression line and  correlation value  This chart updates automatically if there are entries removed or edited     Page 222 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Correlation Calculator    Add entry  A     RE MW Calculator   Any X Y Calculator       Take base 10 logarithm before calculating R     A value Y value    11 25 3125 91 25    xX values       18 4 Any log X  log Y  Calculator    Any X Y Calculator has another option calculate the correlation of log X  base ten logarithm of X   against  log Y  instead of just X against Y  To use this option  switch the Correlation Calculator to Any  X Y Calculator mode  then begin entering pairs of X and Y values as usual     When you are done  tick the check box Take base 10 logarithm before calculating R    GCAS  Desktop computes the logarithm of both X and Y value in each pair  updates the chart  and finally  recalculates the regression line and the correlation  R  value      Note    This time  do not enter zero or negative numbers in any X values or any Y values  Logarithm of 0 yields    negative infinity and is not graphable  Logarithm of negative numbers are undefined  If GCAS Desktop  encounters zero  it will change it to one  1   If GCAS Desktop finds a negative number  GCAS Desktop  replaces it with the absolute value of that number        Unticking the check box will revert this calculator tool to the regular Any X Y Calculator mode     Page 2
54.  C4 C5 C6    Page 125 of 388       GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    ABB C6  complete or C6  without neopentane   C3 C4 C5  C4 C5 C6  C3 C4 C5 C6    ABB C7  complete or C7  without neopentane   C3 C4 C5 C6  C4 C5 C6 C7  C3 C4 C5 C6 C7       10 3 Date and Time Range  Plot Range     When you open the Data Analysis form  it tries to load data from the last 30 days  To change this date  and time range  set the desired range using the two date pickers inside the options box  The time uses    24 hour format  Click a Refresh button to reload the chart     Plot from  01 Sep 2011 00 00  glx   to  05 Nov 2011 00 00           oe ecords to plot  ot     Display mean and 2 std  deviations eni hei     23     Drag a rectangle to     Zoom  _  Select      E   x    2    When the chart is refreshed  chart data is cached in computer memory  So if you select or unselect  some components  the requested data is loaded from memory instead of database as long as date  and time range does not change  Everytime you push the refresh button  it also refreshes this cache   Cache is cleared when the form is closed     GCAS Desktop counts how many records are to be displayed  and displays this count under the date  picker input fields  Would there be too many records to load  GCAS Desktop alerts you that the load   and draw process may take a prolonged time  Also  the dots of the line chart may clutter the chart  area thus makes it difficult to interpret  Alert limit is hardcoded to 150 records for RF  
55.  Calibration Gas Certificate    Calibration gas certificate is a record of composition and uncertainty of a certified calibration gas  package  These certificates usually come as a papers  hardcopies  or labels attached to the gas tank or  canister  Calibration certificate module is required by Uncertainty Calculation module     Note    To use Calibration Gas Certificate module  you need GCAS feature either Calibration Gas Certificate or  Uncertainty Calculation  or Uncertainty Trend to be included in your licence     GCAS feature Calibration Gas Certificate is given to customers who d like to unlock Calibration Gas  Certificate module but do not want the full Uncertainty Calculation module  If you purchased  Uncertainty Calculation feature or Uncertainty Trend  you have access to Calibration Gas Certificate  module automatically        9 1 The Calibration Gas Certificate Form    Calibration Gas Certificate form displays the content of a calibration certificate and its properties  To  open Calibration Gas Certificate form  select a device on your device panel and go to the View menu  gt   Calibration Certificate           E  Er Change certificate    fe Load latest certificate    DEVICE NAME STATUS INSTALL DATE CERTIFICATE NUMBER  Test3 Active 01 June 2014 CERT 0001    Information   Comments    C  Align decimals    Com it Mole D Absolute Relative  aidien percentage   uncertainty uncertainty  Methane 90 12604     oom   0 000117    nene   oosoe      ooo   noos  oseozos1  oo  ras
56.  Component a b c d i  Methane SAE eee 4 0227900E 008  O 000000E 000  O 000000E 000  Nitrogen  1 320300E 002   3 349900E 008  O 000000E 000  O 000000E 000    Carbon dioxide  3 997000E 003   2 756600E 008  O0 000000E 000  0 000000E 000  Ethane B 600000E 004  2A4 4100E 008   8 984500E 020  1 4983500E 027  Propane  T247700E 002  1 887900E 008  7 559500E 019  0 000000E 000  i Butane  6 350000E 003  1 581S500E 008  9 593700E 018  0 000000E 000  n Butane  2  01000E 003   1 434500E 008  6442100E 017   6 371 00E 025  Neopentane  1 300000E 005  1 598400E 008  O 000000E 000  0 000000E 000  1 Pentane 6 630000E 004  1 450400E 008  O 000000E 000  0 000000E 000  n Pentane 6 200000E 005  1 389500E 008   O 000000E 000  0 000000E 000       Display format  C  Auto     Number     Scientific  _  Enforce decimal digits        Previous Next       Click Next  Depending on conversion direction  the third page may be skipped  For MLC to single   point conversion  you are prompted to choose MLC constraints  Single point to MLC conversion  doesn t require constraints therefore this page is skipped     The third constraint  cubic constraint  has two parts  One for mole composition conversion  and the  other for RF conversion  Mole composition conversion involves a set of RF values  These RF values  must be convertible therefore they require their own MLC constraints and a calibration certificate   we ll see in the next step      Most of the time you don   t have to worry about MLC constraints and you can
57.  Cursors    Clear Selection Area                Show Average  Show Values  Show Legend  Show Gridlines    Page 211 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Similarly to copy the chart into clipboard  right click and select Copy Chart Image  Then you may  paste the image onto Microsoft Paint  Microsoft Word  or any software that accepts bitmap image     17 3 5 Export Values to Microsoft Excel    Once the chart has been graphed completely  click k  Copy to Microsoft Excel  This button opens a  new Excel worksheet  Then GCAS Desktop writes all data point of all line charts available onto this  worksheet     Note    This feature requires Microsoft Excel 2010  2013  2016  or later  to be installed     GCAS Desktop prevents you from exporting to Excel if there are duplicate comparison entries                             H   z Sheet1   Excel 7 MANH  HOME INSERT PAGE LAYOUT FORMULAS DATA REVIEW VIEW TEAM Yusuf Adriansyah   3  E d Calibri ln  laAagl     D    EEE   Fa Conditional Formatting   3 Inset    gt    oY By  LJ EB    a nat L Format as Table         Delete        ae    Biure  2 7     T    gt     3 iy Cell Styles   Ei Format           oe sate  Clipboard  amp  Font F Alignment F Number F Styles Cells Editing A  D16    3 fx   48 9071 v  A B C D E F G a  2 Timestamp Test6  stream 1  single pt   Test6  stream 1  MLC  Test7  stream 1  single pt    3 14 Jun 2015 14 46 00 48 7776 48 6298 48 9578   lt  14 Jun 2015 14 49 00 48 7505 48 6009 48 9586  5 14 Jun 2015 14 51 00 48 7549 4
58.  Database  Sync Now  Work Offline Preferences       On successful switchover  the work offline indicator displays    Offline    and there will be a  notification that you are now working offline     Page 367 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14                           Go offline  Switchover complete  You are now working offline           Bat   s  ABB C7   Ll Daniel C6   Le  Daniel C7   Bes  Daniel C9   ore  Daniel C10   Case studies  in 20115   MP e           Switch into online mode  Similarly  go to the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Go Online     File           Reconnect Database  re Export Data    Ctrl E  m gt  Flush and Backup           E     Notification Log         Maintain Temporary Database  x Delete Temporary Database  ee  Sync Now    o Work Offline Preferences    Minimise to System Tray  Exit    On successful switchover  the work offline indicator on the status bar displays    Online    and also  there will be a notification that you are now working online  If automatic sync on switchover is turned    on  GCAS Desktop initiates a database sync automatically        File Profile Subscriptions View Comms Tools Administrator Window Help    No device selected  Go online   amp  see aa ee Switchover complete  You are now working online   4  b  TEST 2 Use the menu Work Offline  gt  Synchronise Now to upload changes to database server   Piee  Test   A ia  TEST 3       nW     1    Page 368 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    29 4 Automatic Sync when 
59.  Desktop to check for licence update now  To do so  go to the Help menu  gt     Licence  gt  Check for update     Help  About GCAS  About i Vigilant Technologies    Check for Update    Configure Aute update  Hp Manual Update          1 4 7 2 If you are offline    Should the computer had difficulties connecting to the internet e g  on remote areas or off shore sites   we will send you a new licence string and or QR code  To install this new licence  go to the Help menu     gt  Licence  gt  Manual Update        Help  About GCAS  About i Vigilant Technologies    Check for Update    Configure Auto update       UAC prompt may appear  Afterwards  either enter the new licence string or open the new QR code   but re enter the same registration key as the previous one   The software automatically does this for  you   Click Install and GCAS Activator will replace the installed licence string with the new one     Page 29 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Your computer code  18AB 1747 771C    Enter licence string   D    man      ge  or open QR code image file  Browse    Registration key  407343    Cancel       1 4 8 Deactivation    To uninstall your licence and registration key  start an elevated command prompt  run as  administrator  and then execute this command     GCASActivate  revoke    Microsoft Windows  Version 6 3 9766   fc  2613 Microsoft Corporation  All rights reserved     CoNWindows   system32 gt cd C 2NGCAS       GCAS  gt GCASActivate exe    revoke        GCAS
60.  Device List    The top section of the form has a linear flow  Select the gas and comparison date range  under section      browse the devices to compare     and add them to the comparison list        select which  stream of these devices     and finally click Go     to start graphing     17 2 1 Gas and Date Range    Gas to compare     From    06 August 2015 10 02 E7  To    07 August 2015 10 02 Hr    GCAS Desktop supports 15 gases to compare across different devices  This dropdown also includes  neopentane and higher alkanes such as heptane  octane  nonane  and decane  Please note that not all  devices have a complete range of gases  for some do not have neopentane and some others do not  have heptane and higher  When you set the gas octane to compare then tick a device which doesn t  include octane for example  its line will lie on the X axis because its Y values are all zeroes     17 2 2   Devices and Comparison List    Show  Devicetag    Stream MLC    al 2 FORA DEMO    Lebel 370XA DEMO    Le  425R  I gia    Be es  DEMO       Expand all Add  gt   lt  Remove Remove all  On the left you see the device tree view  It lists all your workspaces and devices within each workspace   The grid on the right is known as comparison list     Hover your mouse pointer over a device to view more information about data availability and stream  numbers  In the screenshot below  the device 370XA DEMO has stream 1 and stream 4  Devices which    Page 204 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev 
61.  First health status  Lowest R  of last calibration  Uv    0 1124  Second health status  Uncertainty of calorific value  29 Sep 2014   Third health status  Date of last calibration    1 30Sep 2014 07 51 Fourth health status  Date of last mole composition record       Below are available GC health statuses to display  To customise which ones to display  visit Dashboard  settings  Chapter 16 1 1 provides detailed explanation on each item     GCAS licence feature requirement    Lowest correlation  R    of last calibration    Uncertainty of calorific value Uncertainty Calculation  Uncertainty of molecular weight composition   Uncertainty Calculation       Page 189 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Uncertainty of Wobbe index Uncertainty Calculation  Uncertainty of relative density  specific gravity    Uncertainty Calculation    6 Uncertainty of standard density Uncertainty Calculation      8 Date of last mole composition record Live Data Analysis    GCAS Desktop on its default setting displays only two health statuses  lowest correlation  R   and date       of last calibration  Many users with Uncertainty Calculation feature in their licences add uncertainty of  calorific value  CV  in addition to the default two     Date of last calibration is useful to find out which GC device has not been calibrated for a long time   Date of last mole composition record is useful to detect connection problems during unattended data    capture     The health status indicator may d
62.  GCAS Desktop to keep  retrying  give a tick mark on If connection restart failed  wait x minute s  and set how much the  delay GCAS Desktop should wait before another attempt of reconnection  During this wait time  you  can abort the process by clicking E Stop button on GC Connect form and the restart attempt will be  cancelled  If this is not ticked  the GC Connect form will stay stopped after first restart attempt failed     Set how many retries GCAS Desktop should try  The default is 30 attempts  which means GCAS  Desktop will give up after 30 times of unsuccessful reconnection  Pick one from the drop down or type  a number  Choose infinite to make GCAS Desktop keeps retrying forever     Note    Automatic restart only works for the enlisted error codes during poll  It will not work if you get the  error code at the start of connection     For example  if you get 0x00000044 TCP IP connection error when you click  gt  Start button  it means    the IP address of your GC is wrong or the destination IP address does not listen to port 502  or the  defined port   Restarting GC connection for wrong IP address is useless  therefore GCAS Desktop will  not attempt to reconnect to your GC     It s a different story if you get 0x00000044 at a regular poll  it means there is network problem       between your computer and your GC  This error code can be solved by restarting TCP connection     25 3 4 Automatic Connection Termination    Automatic connection termination is a feature to st
63.  Hide Crosshair Cursors  WAL Wt    NY Clear Selection Area  Set Y axis Scale     Reset Y axis Scale  Set X axis Scale     14 Jul 14 Jul 14 Jul 14 Jul 14 Jul l    01 00 02 00 03 00 l 05 00 06 00 Reset X axis Scale  Reset X axis Tick Mark Format    Toggle Light Dark Background    Show Values  Show Legend    Show Gridlines    Which Licence  parameter    requirement    Zoom In Here Zooms in to the selection area     Any  Generate Summary Any Generates statistical summary for the  Here selected area  in contrast to View  summary link which generates summary  for the entire X axis   my    Frame This Selection Literally puts a rectangular frame around       the selection  for presentation purpose     Page 136 of 388    Remove Frames    Set These Records as  Inactive    Mark These Records  as Single Point    Mark These Records  as MLC    Send to ISO 6976  Calculator  Averaged     Send to ISO 6976  Trend    Send to Correlation RF trend   Calculator  Selection    not RF error  Averaged  trend    Send to Correlation RF trend   Calculator  All Gases    not RF error    Averaged  trend       ISO 10723  ISO 10723    ISO 6976    Calculator       ISO 6976  Trend       GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Methane MC Trend  Stream  1     14 Jul 14 Jul 14 Jul 14 Jul 14 Jul 14 Jul    02 00 03 00 04 00 05 00 06 00 07 00    Sets all records within the X axis range of  the selection area as inactive  If you are on    R  trend chart  this sets the underlying    footprint calibration records as inac
64.  ISO 6976 Calculator    Although this feature is rarely used  calibration certificates do have mole composition  This means  GCAS can calculate the calorific value and other properties of a calibration gas composition  Users  whose GCAS licence includes GCAS feature  SO 6976 Calculator shall see an additional action menu  Send to ISO 6976 Calculator     Action    New Certificate  Edit Certificate    Set Status or k Number  Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Add Comment       Similar to ISO 6976 Calculation menu on mole composition  this menu sends the mole composition  part of the calibration certificate to ISO 6976 Calculator tool  Then it calculates the calorific value  CV   and other properties automatically     Table      nformation Comments     _  Align decimals    c t Mole   Absolute Relative  ree aac percentage   uncertainty uncertainty  Methane 68 1 0 1362  G S SS   0 xm  Nitrogen 4 713 0 023565     ISO 6976 Calculator EE    Carbon dioxide 3 206 0 01603 Input composition Pressure and temperature    Ethane 9 627 0 019254 Mole Base pressure     Propane 11 431 0 022862  i Butane 0 7216 0 00070235  n Butane 1 9103 0 0095515    0 14047    0 00060155    Gas name composition 1 01325 bar y    Methane Combustion metering temperature   Nitrogen 4 713   C   0  C T   Carbon dioxide 3 206   Ethane 9 627  gt  Calculate   Propane 11 431  i Butane 0 7216  n Butane 1 9103    i Pentane    ea   0 12031    0 00060155  Toa 0 02198 0 0002198    Heptane 0 00202 2 02E 05      Output  Total 99 9936
65.  ISO 6976 Trend Comparison tool  Setting as inactive  merges two comparison entries having same device  same stream number  but different single   point MLC switch value  MLC capabilities require  SO 70723 in GCAS licence     Action  Set records as inactive Action  Send to ISO 6976 calculator  F Tests  stream 1 I Test    stream 1  single point  est7  stream 1 I Test  stream 1  MLC   BTest7  stream 1  single point    Cancel Cancel    Confirmation dialogue boxes  Tick which device s  stream s  then click Continue        GCAS Desktop opens as many ISO 6976 Calculator forms as necessary and sets their descriptions  accordingly  so you know which is which     17 3 9 Other Visual Cues    Click   Show values or right click the chart and select Show Values to display the mole composition  values     Page 216 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Methane comparison  Device Stream      DEMO 2           3 0XA DEMO 4       O8 Nov O8Nov O8 Nov OG Nov O8 Nov O9 Mov ONov O9Nov O09 Nov  14 00 16 00 12 00 20 00 22900 00 00 02200 04 00 06 00                      GCAS Desktop prompts a warning if one or more devices have over 100 dots on the chart  We do not  recommend to display value labels on line charts with over 100 dots because it will clutter the chart  area  Nevertheless you can choose to continue displaying labels despite the 100  dots  just be  informed that GCAS Desktop may appear  not responding    for a while because the layout engine of  the chart is busy     These devi
66.  In most use  usually only one gas is  selected  GCAS Desktop can display multiple gases on one chart as required     Page 124 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    10 2 3 1 Selected parameter  RF or RT    Methane    _  Nitrogen       Carbon dioxide   _  Ethane       Propane    _  i Butane     _  n Butane   _  Neopentane   _  i Pentane       Components for C7 complete devices     Depending on your GC device type  you would see between 10 to 15 gases  C6 without neopentane  have ten gases  while C10 complete devices have fifteen     10 2 3 2 Parameter selected  MC  mole composition     You should see all gases as in RF or RT  with one additional component at the bottommost of the list   Unnormalised total  GCAS Desktop always graphs normalised mole composition chart for gas  component     except for  obviously  the unnormalised total     10 2 3 3 Parameter selected  R   correlation   C1 C2 C7          3 C4 C5 06   _     1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7       For R  parameter  you should see two or three items  Depending on your GC device type  the wording  of these components may vary  These components graphs different R  values calculated from their RF   MW logarithm computation     Device type Available components    Daniel C6  complete or C6  without C1 C2 C6  neopentane C3 C4 C5  C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6  Daniel C7  complete or C7  without C1 C2 C7  neopentane C3 C4 C5 C6    C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7    Daniel C9  complete or C9  without C3 C4 C5  Daniel C10  complete or C10  without C3
67.  Li PA A rd A  ALA LR La d Pd    ot m  Oa mt Te    el wA e i  ir    ISO 6976 output to compare  di ISO 10723 sample Show  Device tag Stream MLC   Calorific value Lees  Test   eae   LFE  Test      Test    27 Jun 2015 Er Test         Go    From  Clear MLC cache       T    Base pressure     1 0    atm vv    Combustion metering temperature  7 Collapse all    Remove Remove all                                  CV comparison  MJ m    Device Stream       21 3 6 2    Compare Averages    Menu    Sometimes users need a more detailed information of how two comparison entries differ to each  other  To do this  switch the chart to selection mode  Afterwards  either make a selection rectangle  and right click then choose Compare Averages  Selection   or right click without a selection and  select Compare Averages  Entire X axis   If your chart or selection rectangle contains more than two  lines  you are prompted to select two among them     Page 257 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14          Save Chart as Picture    ip   w    Copy Chart Image       62 6 Zoom In Here CV comparison  MJ m    Generate Summary ere iceman  a     Te 7               Testi i  62 2 A A   Compare Averages  Entire X axis    ss es i  ATA Ay   Frame This Selection  i   i        62 0   a     Aa e t Remove Frames  I WT e  y Set Underlying Mole Composition Records as Inactive  61 8  Zoom All Out  61 6 tg Hide Crosshair Cursors  10 00 11 00    Clear Selection Area    Show Average  Show Values  Show Legend  Show 
68.  Local Corporate Database  e Local Offline Database  always included   e Work offline Capability    Our website offers three packages of GCAS Desktop  basic  advanced  and comprehensive  Features  included in each package are listed in this table        Features sits GCAS Basic   GCAS Advanced   GCAS Comprehensive    Modules   Basic features   Data Analysis   Live Data Analysis  Calibration Gas Certificate  Uncertainty Calculation  Uncertainty Trend   ISO 6976 Calculator  ISO 6976 Trend   ISO 10723   Lag Time Calculator    LIN INR IRIN INES    S  SAR NEN  ISAI SHA TAJA JS    S    Communication  Modbus   over Serial  Modbus   over TCP  Data import   Text import   CSV import    Manual Data Entry    Data export   Export to CSV   Export to Microsoft SQL Server CE   Export to Microsoft Office   Databases   i Vigilant Central Database v v v       Page 20 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Local Corporate Database     v   v  Local Offline Database   v   v   v  Work Offline Capability v V       Users buying GCAS basic package or GCAS advanced package have options to purchase add on    features    la carte which are appended to their licences  Visit our website for pricing information of  each feature  Users buying GCAS comprehensive package have no more add ons available as they  already get access to all GCAS features     1 4 1 Types of Licence  There are two types of GCAS licence  Lifetime and Subscription     Lifetime licences or perpetual licences are GCAS licences 
69.  Manual Guide rev  14    U CV  Trend   DEMO1       0 10390   Previous U CV   j ae U   0 10388   TA A   0 10386   0 10384    0 10382    0 10380    0 10378       1330 1400 1430 1500 15 30 16 00 1630 1700 1730 18 00 18 30 19 00    In the example screenshot above  previous Ucy  light blue  is forward calculation with minimum 2 data  to start calculation  Current Ucv  dark blue  is backward calculation  going backward 30 records and  trim at footprint  They co incide until the 30    dot then they start to diverge         l l    Be aware that   Refresh button will erase previous chart prior to the recalculation     13 3 2 Zoom and Scroll    Drag a rectangle over the area you want to zoom in  Pan around the chart using the provided scroll  bars  Drag another rectangle to zoom in further     0 1085    0 1075    0 1070 A pe   a om  a  Aacdasamiaraasaamaiatinmaiaai       0 1065       01 Sep 2014 01 Oct 2014 01 Nov 2014 01 Dec 2014    0 10711      l   A   0 10706  0 107014    0 10696 i  0 10691    18 Aug 2014 20 Aug 2014 22 Aug 2014 24 Aug 2014 26 Aug 2014       Page 179 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To zoom out  click the circled minus button    on both scroll bars  Press on your keyboard or  right click the chart and select Zoom All Out to undo all zoom in operations     13 3 3 Save or Copy the Chart    To save the chart as image file  right click on the chart and select Save Chart as Picture     U CV  Trend   DEMO1    0 703900        WICV   Save Chart as Picture   
70.  May 2014 16 27 20 May 2014 15 55  07 May 2014 16 27     Footprint This record flag was changed from    calibration data    to    footprint    at   yusufadr O7 May 2014 16 27 20 May 2014 15 55  07 May 2014 16 27     Calibration data This record flag was changed from    calibration data    to    footprint    at   yusufadr OF May 2014 16 21 31  07 May 2014 16 21  Coba    Footprint This record flag was changed from    calibration data    to    footprint    at   yusufadr O7 May 2014 16 21 31  07 May 2014 16 21  Coba                            Leftmost column is the comment type  which contains information of what the comment was written  for  Clicking any link inside this column will take you to the corresponding form and load that  particular record     The 2 Refresh button on the toolbar reloads comments for the selected date filter and type filter     15 2 Filter Comments by Type    You can hide or show certain types of comments  For example  you can hide all comments for  footprint records  Use the seven toggle buttons on the Filter section of the toolbar      m Aan                      sme sa o    EN Filter by date of topic from    1 year ago                      Page 186 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14      Show or hide comments for footprint records       Show or hide comments for calibration data     7       Show or hide comments for mole composition records     uges      Show or hide comments for calibration gas certificates     Show or hide comments for da
71.  New Temporary Dats esses seine eee nae ae ede  364   2 RE Ore aT Y   Gt 40   6 eaten CRE RN CONC T ENON ee Teen Ot ere OC ene Sen Cone Un MCE as Sen eta Tne Taran Rene Meet 366  29 2        Symchnonise Temporary Daltab aS Coe cccecenepateenmecnsannnstngredusean meena aiaieedeneaeee 366  29 3    Going  Omine Gong ONIME wemc acnac nee arian ncme anno a total aateellabial land 367  29 4 Automatic Sync when Returning ONIINE 2    essessesssessesssessesesesecsssssessssesesessesessssssseeeseseetssesseneseseenesees 369  29 5 Automatic Switchover on Network Problem    ssssesssessssssessssssssssssssesssessesssssesssesesssessssssessesssessees 369  29 6  Alitomatic Restimiption  OF Data  Capture ssrserensn suno E 371  294 Automatic Detection or Online Conheci nesiszsisracsonin a aa a 372  22o SOV IVC TE ON LOO aaran aa EI EA EEA OEE OEE OEE ETETE 374  299  CONCER SS OUI ON esn eee tte ete eee i estes tees 375  29 10 Login Form OTP GIVOG Coss cesccsiccssenccescures asses sscstine ceeassicceedane dssaneeasnteeaectednb cinessiee nna caaruneewseeseecasocnes 377  2911  Oniine  OTN   Mode Persi ten coos acces a cea a 378  29 12    Maintenance of Tempora Databas Escri naa A et eiecseniee 379  ZIONS Deacuvate ONMINEWOKN Geesa e e EERTE EIEE ITE EEO OTE 380   30 Di  gnostic and Maintenances siiccicsscesecassccecssscceseccsocdsoesseasssacsecdsooesecsaeassecd Oae oa aa aee oaaae Eai 382    Page 12 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    BO  DiaGMOSticMOGC xx sic isis ee Sir Sea ieee ede e
72.  RF O MC RT trend ti  Copy Chart Image      RT O R     RT deviation trend          Zoom In Here  Select component a aus nae Generate Summary Here  D      _  Nitrogen A        Frame This Selection   m  Carbon dioxide   This footprint only  Remove Frames    v  Ethane Drag arectangleto     Zoom  _  Select C Thee Recond  a ee    _  Propane Le cea ear ae       d   a   ap A   sz T  gt  Mark These Records as Single Point   Selectall Clear selections Change footprint                   Mark These Records as MLC   Chart   Comments Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Averaged       Send to ISO 6976 Trenc  RT Error Trend of 6 Gases Send to Correlation Calculator  Selection  Averaged   Send to Correlation Calculator  All Gases  Averaged   Send to Mole Composition Comparison  Zoom All Out  Hide Crosshair Cursors  Clear Selection Area    trv Set Y axis Scale     thy Reset Y axis Scale  aa Set X axis Scale     19Jan 26Jan O2Feb O9Feb 16Feb 23Feb 02Mar 09Mar 16Mar 23 Mar j   2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 yy Reset X axis Scale    Reset X axis Tick Mark Format   W  Toggle Light Dark Background  Show Values    Show Legend  Show Gridlines                            10 11 Insert Comment    To view or write comment  open the Comments tab     Page 140 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Date posted Date of topic   Comment    Post a new  comment     Date of topic        Write your comment and set the appropriate date of topic  then click Submit  Your comment will have  a yel
73.  Response factor       Page 363 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    29 Work Offline    GCAS Desktop supports offline mode which might be useful in certain scenarios  such as your network  connection is disrupted or when you need to take the laptop away to a remote site where internet  connection is a luxury  To work offline  you need to set up your own temporary database  GCAS  Desktop uses this temporary database while in offline mode     Note    To use this feature  you need the GCAS feature Work offline Capability to be included in your GCAS    licence     Work offline is available if your main database server is i Vigilant central database or your local  corporate database  Offline working ts not available for local offline database because it is already  offline        Some features are not available in offline mode  For instance  you cannot change database  edit your  profile  edit your password  or use the Administrator menu while working offline     29 1 Set Up Temporary Database    You can either create new temporary database or reuse an existing backup     29 1 1 Create New Temporary Database    Close all open forms to make sure GCAS Desktop is not performing any operations to the GCAS  database  Then  go to the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Initialise Temporary Database     Change Database  Reconnect Database  Export Data    Ctrl E  Flush and Backup    Go Offline    Notification Log Sync then Go Offline    Minimise to System Tray     Initialise Temp
74.  Select importer   iiiteueciel fe Wl    module Importer Text Daniel 370XA    Importer  Text  Daniel  70044    Import Cancel       Page 68 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    The required files look similar to the screenshots below     File Edit Format    Date Time  61 02 12 98 58  1 Stream 1    Stream   Analyzer  TEST4  Company  Daniel    Component  Name  n HEPTANE  PROPANE  i  BUTANE  n BUTANE  NEOPENTANE  i PENTANE  n PENTANE  CB s  NITROGEN  METHANE  CARBON DIOXIDE  ETHANE    ACTIVE ALARMS  Mone    Ln 5  Col 29    View    Help    Final Calibration    Cycle Time   Start Time     Analysis Time  350  MODE  FOCAL Cycle  Strm Seq 2   Industries    Cal  Conc   252 PPM  10 04508   6 5984   1 5948  489 PPM   8 1816   6 1608  481 PPM   5 6496  71 7970   6 9956   9 68016    Old RF New RF RF   Old  DEV     0 39  6 63  6 62  8 66  6 81   0 17  8 64  8 42  8 16  8 16  8 67    8 15    2  366335e 7  1  39096e 7  1 65627e 7  1 702496 7  1 774656 7  1 870676 7  1 93425e 7 1 93493e 7  2 053286 7 2  06192e 7  7 92676e 006 7 9364e 006  6 52073e 6 6 5270 006  9 29266e 6 9 29899e 6  1 039876 7 1  84843e 7    2 35721le 7  1 3914e 007  1 65654e 7  1  6353e 7  1 77484e 7  1 867586 7    29 1  SF  3  75 2  62 9  98 9  122 8  135 4  252 7  266 9  271 4  363 6  325 8    oe 8    2   2 8 8 Oe Oe    252 7    325 3    RT New RT    29 0  oe  75 2  2 9  99 6  122 9  135 4    266 9  271 4  303 3      8      E           H F    CE  EEEE  ESSRSSESHRS       Example of calibration data generated by D
75.  ThreadReadxXML  Thread is terminating     11 Aug 15 18   DBconnect  SOLconn_StateChange  SOL Server connection has been opened successfully    11 Aug 15 16    Splash screen  db _DatabaseOpened    Microsoft SQL specific      11 Aug 15 1    Splash screen  db Databasedpe     Set date format operation returns  1    11 Aug 15 1 DBconnect  Keep alive timer started     11 Aug 15 16   P Login form  PeaGc 7892 535c3814d79b286ed344782     11 Aug 15 18  r22 Form  z    11 Aug 15 18  9  Le 1 form     11 Aug 15 16 27 29  Login form     11 Aug 15 16 27 29  Login form  verified  Loading access control list       11 Aug 15 1   29  ACL  Construct A n r is initialised for user type 3 and user role 5S    11 Aug 15 1 ACL  LoadPermi o 17 menu permissions were loaded  49 action permissions were loade   11 Aug 15 18    Login form          4  4 E     11 Aug 15 1       Login form  Logged in as    demo   user type ID   3  user role ID   5  timezone di   11 Aug 15 1        DBconnect  UnsetMainForm  Handle window is unset     11 Aug 15 1     Login form  VisibleChanged  ConnectCheckTimer is disabled     11 Aug 15 1    18  Main form  Constructor  Double buffering is enabled     11 Aug 15 1   ModbusCounter  Constructor  List of modbus forms has been initialised  Current count   11 Aug 15 18   DBconnect  SetMainForm  Handle window set to 11668198    11 Aug 15 18  i  Main form  Form_Shown  Licence type is subscription  True    11 Aug 15 1   18  Main form  Idle timer started         11 Aug 15 1   18  Main for
76.  Trend Comparison form back into normal mode        Once the device has been added to the comparison list  select the stream number  ISO 6976 Trend  Comparison form reads the mole composition records for this stream number  You can compare ISO  6976 trend values coming from different streams of the same device too  To do so  add the device to  the comparison list twice  then select different stream number for each of them  Moreover if you have  ISO 10723 feature in your GCAS licence  this tool can also compare the ISO 6976 trend values based  on single point composition vs  multilevel calibrated composition of the same device  same stream  number     Show  Device tag Show  Devicetag Stream MLC   Test6 Test6  Test  Test  Test         lt  Remove Remove all  lt  Remove Remove all    Example of comparison list for users without ISO 10723  left  and with ISO 10723  right      The column Show  contains check boxes which is used to hide or show the line chart of  corresponding comparison entry after the chart has been rendered completely  Before you click Go   these check boxes have no effect     Users with GCAS feature  SO 10723 in their GCAS licences see an additional column named MLC   which also contains check boxes  This is the single point MLC switch  Tick the check box to graph ISO  6976 trend based on multilevel calibrated composition  otherwise leave it unticked to graph ISO 6976  trend based on single point composition     To remove an entry from the comparison list  highl
77.  a network location  Be sure that external drives are plugged or network path  is accessible when GCAS finished flushing  For network locations  GCAS Desktop supports UNC  notation such as   server shared directory  or mapped network drives  Currently there is no support  for FTP  SSH SFTP  or WebDAV access     Create monthly subfolders  If this is ticked  GCAS creates additional folders having the format of  year month  The database backup files goes to the directory year month     Append  backup  at the end of destination file name  Tick this to add  backup  to the file name   For example if your local offline database is Contoso sdf  the backup file will be Contoso backup sdf   or Contoso backup 1 sdf  Contoso backup 2014 12 11 sdf  depending on what selected at the file  name options   Tick this option if you back up your database to the same directory as the local offline  database file itself     Notify me if backup failed  This option causes GCAS Desktop to display a tooltip notification If  backup operation failed  Cause of failure can be an unplugged external drive  insufficient free space on  the hard disk  your external drive has a write protect switch  invalid or inaccessible network locations   a firewall that prevented GCAS from reaching the network location  or the target network server is    down     Use overlay notification  If this option is checked  GCAS Desktop prompts an overlay notification  instead of a tooltip notification  Overlay notification is that
78.  a periodic check if GCAS can return online every   3 S  minutes  And if GCAS can return online       Notify me  O Automatically switch back to central database       _  Remember current state  offline online  for next time GCAS is launched       Page 365 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    29 1 2 Restore a Backup    Open the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Use Existing Temporary Database  A file dialogue should  appear and you can point GCAS Desktop to your backup     Change Database  Reconnect Database    Export Data    Cirl E    Flush and Backup    Go Offline   Notification Log Sync then Go Offline   Minimise to System Tray p   Initialise Temporary Database   Exit   Use Existing Temporary Database  Maintain Temporary Database  Sync Now    Work Offline Preferences       29 2 Synchronise Temporary Database    To initiate a manual sync between your temporary database and your main database server  first you  need to work online  Look at the work offline indicator on the status bar of main user interface  it  should display Online  If not  follow chapter 29 3 to switch into online mode     Go to the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Sync Now     a Synchronising       Synchronising       a Synchronisation Completed    G   Synchronisation is complete        Page 366 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Any changes made on the temporary database are committed to the main database server  then your  temporary database is refreshed with new data from server
79.  and 65  Next register available for subsequent stream is 66  If stream Registers   you use 32 bit Modbus  it will display 40 52 instead  because each 1 40 61  component only uses one Modbus register     62 83    To edit a stream  click on the desired stream then click Edit  stream  Likewise  to delete one  highlight the stream then the  Delete stream button             Add stream    Tip    To quickly define sequential Modbus registers  enter the first register address then click   Flash fill   For example  type 40 in heptane  click    Flash fill  and GCAS Desktop shall assign 42 for propane  44  for i butane  46 for n butane  and so on  If you are on 32 bit Modbus then GCAS Desktop assigns 41  for propane  42 for i butane  43 for n butane  and so on     However  if the register address for unnormalised total is not on sequential series as the other  components  Do not forget to edit the register address for the unnormalised total after clicking Flash  fill  We emphasise this because many Daniel GCs are configured like this     You can also copy Modbus register addresses from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet processing  software  Press Ctr1 vV inside the first text box and the rest will follow  skipping the greyed out       fields  Alternatively  click cd Paste     Page 305 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Ts Edit Stream    H        Stream number      Mark as MLC Bs HOME   INSERT  Register addresses  aes Calibri   H          Heptane bb    go k E  Paste   g
80.  are optional arguments used to run GCAS Desktop or GCAS Activator  with the    intention to enable or disable some advanced functionality     Below are the list of additional start up parameters for GCAS Desktop  GCASMain  exe       changedatabase     online     offline     disablefilecheck     disablekeepalive     disableexcel     enablediagnostic     confirmimport    Displays the Change Database dialogue only  GCAS Desktop  terminates immediately after you click the OK button  This  parameter cannot be combined with any other parameters     Forces online mode  Cannot be combined with  offline switch     Forces offline mode  Cannot be combined with  online switch   Only users who have set up their temporary database can log in  to GCAS     Disables the integrity check during startup  GCAS Desktop will  not check the files inside the installation directory for any  unauthorised changes     Turns off the database ping timer  Database ping timer sends a  ping to your database server once every 30 seconds  This is  because some database servers disconnect the client if there  were no activity for a certain interval  By running GCAS Desktop  with this parameter  ping timer will not run and GCAS database  server may terminate your connection for extended period of  inactivity     Disables the Microsoft Office interop module  That is  Export  Data to Excel won t be available  Copy to Excel button on the  Comments form will be greyed out  Export Values to Excel button  on the Mole 
81.  be automatically normalised  If  you choose to push to database however  GCAS Desktop always normalises all mole composition  values before they are committed to database     Page 313 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    When you select Save to CSVs option  GCAS Desktop shows a dialogue  Here you set the CSV file  names and their desired location  To change these later  click on the Change destination files link     Save to CSV    C  Users ryang_000  THINKPAD    Desktopi Test4   2014 06 06  MC  csv     2014 06 06  RF RT  csv       25 2 5 Start Capture    As the Modbus register mappings  connection settings  device settings  poll interval and data  destination have been all configured  apparently now you are ready to get some data     Hit the Start button to start the operation  GC Connect form will expand the grid view and poll the  device for the first time after three seconds  After first poll  GC Connect form polls the device once    every poll interval     By default  response factor and retention time are given equal priority in calibration data  New  incoming calibration data having same response factors as the previous row but with different  retention time is still treated as new data  If you prioritise response factors over retention time  tick the  check box Detect changes on RF only  By this way  incoming record having same RF but different RT  from the previous one will not trigger a new row     Page 314 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14  
82.  been logged out due to inactivity for  30 minutes  Please log in again        By default  GCAS Desktop does not log you out automatically  To turn on this feature and to configure  the idle timeout threshold  go to the Profile menu  gt  Idle timeout     Idle Timeout Ea    Log me out if   have been idle for 30    minutes       GCAS will not log you out if there are active connections    to GC devices or if temp database sync  amp  in progress        GCAS pauses the idle timer if you have data capture operation running in background  or if database  synchronisation between database server and temporary database Is in progress     Page 48 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    4 The User Interface    This chapter is a quick guide about GCAS Desktop user interface     4 1 Login Form    When you launch GCAS Desktop  you see a splash screen for few seconds then you are presented with  login form  Enter your GCAS username and password then click Log in     We New server  Microsoft SQL   Change database    Password      _  Remember me on this database    untick on a shared computer    LOG IN QUIT       At the top  the login form displays which database you are connected to  In case you frequently switch  between databases  this information helps you to enter correct GCAS credential of current database   You can change database straight from here  simply click Change database link under the database  name     Icon on top left corner indicates database connectivity status   
83.  below     Go to the Tools menu  gt  ISO 6976 Calculator on GCAS Desktop main window   2  While ISO 6976 Calculator window is open  select the device from your device panel or recent    device panel   3  Look under the input grid  Click Use a mole composition record of  lt device name gt   The        lt device name gt  follows the actual device you are selecting  and is updated whenever you  change the selected device on main window   4  That link opens a Select Record dialogue  Pick a record and click OK     Select a Record       Date Time Stream Status  28 March 2014 15 58 00 i Active  28 March 2014 15 57 45   Active  28 March 2014 15 57 45 i Active  28 March 2014 1 97 40 ya  Active  28 March 2014 15 57 15   Active  28 March 2014 15 57 00 Active  28 March 2014 15  5645 Active    m mi m m d ar FS            Filter Options      List all analysis data Entries per page   30    Y     O List analysis data between    16 Mar 2014 00 00 Sort     Newest to oldest    16 Apr 2014 16 23    Oldest to newest    Stream   All streams    Show    Any status Cancel                19 2 4 Load a Calibration Certificate    Open a Calibration Gas Certificate form  browse to the desired certificate  the go to the Action menu  and select Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  The ISO 6976 Calculator form shall load the mole  percentage portion of the calibration certificate     Page 229 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    19 3 Add Description    Description is an optional text for presentation pu
84.  black transparent overlay which covers  entire working area     therefore it will interrupt your work  signifying backup is a high priority task   Tooltip notification disappears after few seconds  but overlay notification remains until you click it to  dismiss  Additionally  upon dismissing the overlay notification  GCAS Desktop will open Windows  Explorer or File Explorer and point it to the location of your local offline database  so you can do the  backup manually     There are four options that determine how the backup file shall be named     1  Keep original file name  The backup file has the same name as the original database file   with additional word  backup  if you opt to append  backup  at the end of filename   GCAS  overwrites the previous backup file because it has the same name    2  Append number  GCAS Desktop appends a sequential number at the end of file name  This  option prevents overwriting    3  Append date  GCAS Desktop appends today s date to the backup file with the format of  yyyy mm dd  This overwrites previous backup files on the same day  hence only one backup  file can exist per day     Page 42 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    4  Append timestamp  GCAS Desktop appends today s date and current hour and minute with  the format of yyyy mm dd hh nn  This option prevents overwriting     Page 43 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    3 Users  Groups  and Workspaces    GCAS users are users who are authorised to access data in 
85.  cannot install this licence automatically because    Windows requires an administrator consent  Click Install to continue     Otherwise you see an error message similar to this one          Server replied   Error  Wrong registration key or maximum activation count has been    exceeded     Click Install licence  If UAC is enabled on your computer  and it is usually enabled by default  a  UAC prompt may appear  If you are the computer administrator  click Yes to continue  Otherwise  ask your computer administrator to type in the admin password     10  The following window confirms that your licence and registration key have been installed on your    11   12     computer     Licence installed     a Install licence       Click Close and now GCAS Desktop is activated  ready to use    In rare cases where UAC is disabled possibly by your system administrator  the licence would be  installed automatically without UAC prompt  This implies you wouldn t see the screen as depicted  in step 8 and 10     1 4 4 Offline Activation    For computers without internet connection e g  on off shore location or remote site  you can activate    GCAS Desktop offline  You need your licence string  or QR code image file  together with your    registration key stored offline such as in your corporate email or in a USB flash drive     Page 23 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    1  The first time GCAS Desktop is run  it requests for activation  The following window pops up     Activation req
86.  chart area through the cy Expand button at the top of Data Analysis form     F  To make the line chart black  use the toggle colour black button on the options box  This button    is available if only one component is ticked  Black line appears better on monochrome printers if the  saved file or copied image is about to be printed     If you do not want the gridlines or chart legend to be included in the image file  right click on the  chart and uncheck Show Gridlines or Show Legend or both        10 8 Colourblind Assistance    To aid users with colour blindness  protanopia and deuteranopia   GCAS Desktop provides an    alternative colour scheme for the chart  Use the    8 Colourblind assist button on the options box     Page 134 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    RF Trend of All Gases       06 Apr 13 Apr 20 Apr 27 Apr 04 May 11 May 18 May  2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014    ee  Methane RF     CO  RF     Propane RF     n Butane RF     Pentane RF   Hexane RF         NitrogenRF    Ethane RF     j Butane RF     Neopentane RF     n Pentane RF     Heptane RF    Normal colour scheme  colourblind assistance turned off     RF Trend of All Gases    50 000 000  e    i ee eee gee eg    A0 000 00g gpm A S S    r i     7      Kae E E a e e dS a    30 000 000 aa a aaa a a a ee eg ee a a    20 000 000 A e a EL L Li i eili aine ie e e e e a a a a a l l l    a i i E a l r     erma E ee TEATE a EE E E E E m e EEEE TTT enag mmg       06 Apr 13 Apr 20 Apr 27 Apr 04 May 11 May 1
87.  click Next straight  away  However in case of the conversion results having weird values  go back to this page and change  the constraints to test whether the new constraints have corrected the conversion results     Page 282 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    MLC   Single Point MC Offline Converter    Set constraints to filter out bad solutions   MLC to single point only   Linear functions   y   a   bx    Linear functions have one real root  However if it is negative    O Take Jabsolute value  to make it positive      Reject the solution and set the result RF to zero     Quadratic functions   y   a   bx   cx     Quadratic functions may have two  one  or no real roots  GCAS will always reject any  Imaginary root and negative real root  However if both roots are positive         Use the smallest one     _  Use the largest one    Cubic functions    y   a  bx   cx      dx     Cubic functions may have one  two  or three real roots  GCAS will always reject any imaginary  root and negative real root  However if there are multiple positive roots     For response factor   scroll down for more         Use the smallest one   _  Use the largest one  500 000      Use the one that yields result RF inside this range      _  Use the one that yields result RF inside or closest to this range  15 000 000         Use the smallest one        Use the middle one if there are three  or smallest if there are two      Use the middle one if there are three  or largest if there are two  
88.  database server can access it using both GCAS Web and GCAS Desktop  Using this server requires  internet connection    2  Corporate database server  Also known as  local corporate database   your data is stored in a database server within your  company local area network  LAN   Customer can access data on this database server using GCAS  Desktop only    3  Local offline database  Data is stored in a file on your computer  This database is permanently offline  isolated from  outside world  Customer can access data on this database server using GCAS Desktop only     Each choice is a distinct GCAS feature in your GCAS licence  Customer with GCAS licence that only  includes t Vigilant Central Database and Local Corporate Database cannot use local offline database     2 2 Supported DBMS    GCAS database Is a relational database managed by a Database Management Server  DBMS   GCAS  does not develop its own DBMS  but instead uses one of the following commercial DBMSes     1  Local corporate database   a  MySQL version 5 or later    b  Microsoft SQL Server 2008  untested   2012  or 2014   2  Local offline database   a  Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition v4 0    b  Microsoft Access 2010 2013      Especially for Microsoft SQL Server 2014  you need to install updates for Microsoft  NET Framework 4  from Windows Update  Also Microsoft SQL Server 2016 is in technical preview version at the time this  document is written  hence we do not recommend storing your precious data on a beta DB
89.  days    R    0 9967  U CV    0 1769  Overridden rules    27 Oct 2014  Up    0 1933  Clear all overriding rules    cific rules and device specific rules  causing    The button clears all workspace specy   E     pe  them to follow the general rules abov    Reload Dashboard after   click OK Cancel       Simply put  rules are definitions of conditions causing a dashboard tile to become red  Every GC health  status displayed on dashboard tiles has its own rules to define above what value or below what value  the health status should make the dashboard tile red  For example  uncertainty of CV has a rule that if  a device has combined expanded CV uncertainty more than 0 2   it is unhealthy     Rules can be turned on or off  When a rule is turned off  it doesn t affect the decision whether the  dashboard tile should become green or red  For example  a user decided to display three health  status  lowest R2  uncertainty of CV  and date of last calibration  The rule for R  is turned on  rule for  uncertainty of CV is turned on  but the rule for date of last calibration is turned off  After next refresh   it turned out that minimum R  is 0 9974  combined expanded uncertainty of CV is 0 1250   and date  of last calibration is seven days ago  Rule for R  makes the tile green  rule for U CV  makes the tile  green  but the rule for date of last calibration makes the tile red  We expect the tile to become red by  now  However as the rule for date of last calibration was turned off  the tile
90.  deleted from database or CSV files  though   Failed records are never removed from       view     4  Never stop  GCAS Desktop does not stop data capture operation  Someone must come back to the    computer later and stop the operation manually through the m Stop button     Page 318 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To prevent GCAS Desktop consumes too much memory  RAM   GCAS Desktop only display    the last 25 committed records  Old committed records are removed from the grid view   They    are not deleted from database or CSV files  though   Failed records are never removed from  view        And finally  hit the P start button to start capturing data in unattended mode    To deactivate unattended mode  stop the data capture operation and untick the check box Enable  unattended mode    25 2 8 Data Capture Error Log    In case of records failing to commit  the Error log button usually appears at the bottom left corner of  the form                           gt  START                               Mole composition  unnormalised    _  Show delta to previous row    Commit  Status Stream Timestamp ee ee i Butane n Butane neoPentane    Pentar      mwens  oes  emo oomo  osso oono  02  O  committe   1  200606130138 2018010  El  commited   1 a14 05 0513005 soso  ose  os       Calibration parameters     Commit  Status Flag as Timestamp Methane RF bk RF Carbon dioxide RF Ethane RF epee RF                                                                                     
91.  disk  space and more time to finish a synchronisation process    _  Automatically sync to central database server when   go online  Automatically switch to temporary database if network connection is lost  Resume all modbus operations after a successful switchover  Do a periodic check if GCAS can return online every   3    minutes  And if GCAS can return online       Notify me  O Automatically switch back to central database         Remember current state  offline online  for next time GCAS is launched       First  automatic switch on network problem must be checked  Then  give a check mark on Resume all  Modbus operations after a successful switchover  Through this way  all unattended data capture  operations stop temporarily and continue soon after GCAS Desktop enters offline mode  Records  committed before network disruption are still available on your main database server but records  committed after network disruption will be stored on your temporary database  You can synchronise  records between these two databases later after the network connectivity is up again     29 7 Automatic Detection of Online Connectivity  After all the fuss of automatic switchover on network problem  GCAS Desktop may ping the database  server from time to time in order to see if you can return online  To activate this feature  open Work    Offline Preferences dialogue through the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Work Offline Preferences     Note    This feature works only for offline mode cau
92.  enforce the change  If other GCAS users are currently logged in to  GCAS database on other computers  the change will take effect on their user accounts after they log  out or exit GCAS Desktop     Information    Many menus such as Comms menu  File menu  gt  Export Data  Tools menu could be included in this    menu permission list  However  if you use i Vigilant central database  the database is shared between  GCAS Desktop and GCAS Web  Unfortunately  adding new entries to this menu permission list would  break GCAS Web        27 6 Action Permissions    In tandem with menu permissions  action permissions constitutes the access control list  ACL   Action  permissions control which action menus     and in some cases  actions in literal meaning itself      available to each user role  Go to Administrator menu  gt  Action Permissions to bring forth the Action  Permissions form     Action Permissions  Use this form to assign action privileges to each user role   Category Action System Administrator Engineer  Engineer2 Partner     UPLOAD DATA upload_data_footprint kad  upload_data_calib  upload data_csv_footprint  upload_data_csv_calib  upload _data_csy_mole_composition    upload_data_mole_composition_spot_sample       manual_entry footprint  manual_entry_calib  new_calibration_certificate  new_coefficients_ requires_edit_coefficients   new_lag_time  new MLC coefficients  COMMENTS comments_footprint  comments_calib  comments_data_analysis  comments_repeat_test  comments_mole_comp
93.  esa a a 251  Zio  Snowor Hide Some DEVICES  cccciasneicespiaeniasicaetinenieineuraminnusenmia manasa 252    Page 9 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Zi3 2  Z00mMOde and  Selection MOGess cincs once eae 252  2S GSAS Ol CODV UNS CNI aerea aae a E E theta labeled EEE E O 253  213A Export Values tO Microsoft EXCEL n soronorenirn irian ana a a E Apes eaee dates Anneeaeteews 254  21 3 5 Selection Mode MenUsS          ss  sssessssssssesssessseesssrssseesseesseeossrosseesseesseeosseosstesseesserossrossresseesserossressresseessseoseee 255   Ato 0  GOMPANISONM  CL AVEl aes esecek E AG 256  2k   Other Visual CUE nanan a date wera idea dual  259  ZEG     GOLOUMOMMNG ASSISE ro R A EEO tach a deeds eatatecetiest 260   22 SOJ 0723 2an ode ee EEEE ESETE 261  22 1 MEC COemMEEntS CONCEP orerar e O 261  Zoe MLO Constraints  CONCEP anosmio eee ine a 261  22 3 MLC Constraints Override Level  Concept  a    scssssssesesssesesssessssesesssessssesssssesssesesesesessesssesesesseseeeees 263  22 4 The Multilevel Calibration Coefficients FOr wu  ccccsssscscsssscscscsssscscsssscscsssscscsesscscsssscscsssscscsssscsssssscsees 264  22 4 1 View Previous Coefficient Set    cesesessesessesessesessessssesssssssssesesssssssssessssessessssssesscsessssessesessesessesseseens 264  eda FOMO EE eae i eR hoe eT E E Eo Ev oT TE OR E ee a a 265  22A 3     Greate NeW COCTIGICNU SOU esse vices deco tetera etre adie ieee tener nia ests adidas 267  224A  Change Recorda ota tUS ereenn ee EE E E EAEE ER 268  223
94.  gradient  unlike the usual upward  slope  However R   calculation stays the same     Footprint is a special type of calibration data which is usually     1  Is the first data of a GC device  or  2  A known good data as a reference of comparison for future calibration data     Page 60 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    7 1 The Footprint Form      A Footprint  CaseStudy3  i Change footprint       Load latest footprint    DEVICE NAME STATUS TIMESTAMP   CaseStudy3 Active 10 January 2012 04 29  Charts Table   Health status Comments   Show    Single point RF   Response Factor   33 000 000   30 000 000   25 000 000   20 000 000   15 000 000    10 000 000    z       o  EL  I     TI     A  L   2   E  7  LL  1   fa  Cc  a  O  Sa  mw  o    9 000 000    0    Methane    Nitrogen  n  Butane  i Pentane  n Pentane       Principal purpose of Footprint form is to show footprint records  It has three sections of charts  which  are     1  Response factor chart   2  RF MW log charts   3  Retention time chart     To open Footprint form  select the device from the device panel then go to View menu  gt  Footprint     Response factor chart graphs the response factor from gas with lowest to highest molecular weight  It  should have a nice ascending slope  otherwise it may indicate problems within your GC device  In case  you wonder what the dropdown Single point RF is doing at the top left corner  that is for ISO 10723  conversion and you also need GCAS feature  SO 70723 in your licence
95.  i Pentane    n Pentane    0 2145049  00 2268716  0 2455701  0 2405993    0 3474   0 1  0 3006  0 1995    Hexane 0 301566 0 1007    Heptane 0 2735286 0 1002    Octane 0    Nonane    0  0    Decane  These RF values are  _  Single point     Multilevel calibrated       Previous       Click Next and you arrive at the input page  In this example  we are converting MLC composition into  single point composition  There are several ways to input mole composition  MC  values     Orthodox method   typing them manually  row by row    2  Copy and paste from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet processing software  Make sure the  column ordering is correct as you may end up with wrong composition values in wrong gas   Click Paste append to paste from clipboard into new rows  Existing rows are not affected    3  Import from CSV     please specify whether the CSV file follows standard GCAS CSV template or  a custom template  Keep reading after the screenshot below    4  Import from GC device in database     select a GC device  date range  and the stream number  too  More about this later     Page 284 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    MLC   Single Point MC Offline Converter  a pete  fm    Input all MLC MC values here  Add the  average  row Paste append Clear all  Note Metane Nitrogen Carbon dioxide Ethane  Average  4 99842 545 9 92332364 1 99800091 428255455  24 99028 9 02655 2 00104 428455  82 00215 9 02398 1 9976 4 27084  83 00663 9 91546 2 00499 4 28105  823 00284 E Ti 2 00
96.  is only affected by the rule  of R  and U CV   Green meets green becomes green  hence the tile stays green  To turn off a rule   uncheck the corresponding check box on this tab     e Rule for lowest R   correlation  is the most simple rule of all  if a device has lowest R  below the  threshold defined in its Analysis Parameter  it is unhealthy    e Rules for uncertainty has two configurable fields  the uncertainty type  absolute or combined  expanded   and the threshold value  Absolute uncertainty changes the unit to the absolute unit  such as MJ m  for uncertainty of CV  while expanded uncertainty changes the unit to percentage    e Rules for date of last calibration has one configurable field  which is how many days to make the  tile red  This field accepts decimal number  For example  3 25 days means 3 days and 6 hours    e Rules for date of last mole composition has two fields  the threshold limit and its time unit  This  field accepts decimal number too     Page 195 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Date rules  consisting of rule for date of last calibration and rule for date of last mole composition  record  are overridable  More information about overriding a rule is on chapter 16 2  To delete all  overriding rules in one go  click Clear all overriding rules on this tab     16 1 3 Uncertainty Calculation Settings    ney Dashboard Settings    Health status to display Uncertainty calculation settings    Which calibration certificate to use   Rules   Lates
97.  lealeil clice ts 47  3 5 BOG GINO UG ssa vsiveolsicieea riven iirc a a esti dares arlidicacee sien ain dear deaeds 48  3 6 AULOMAUC LOGOUL OMIM ACUIVINY assesseer R T E EA 48   Ay The UserinterfacE roces EEE a Seea EENE NONE SEEE 49  4 1 EO EOT e a E 49  4 2 Mam Userinterl dC eceran ees cee ieee aaa aA 50  4 2 1 DEVICE  PAIN Cl enaena ana ETETE TA EET TE OE EO TES 50  4 2 2 Recont Device Pahal errer E E A R nae 51  4 2 3 sear NA TOOD aia kec Ea aaa pene TO 51  4 2 4 S BE oe E E A A E A A E E a rE 51   4 3 Choose DEVICES DIOGU Cosnisoneor ieo e a a a dienes 52  4 3 1 Persistent Device Selection          ss ssessseesssossssesssesssessseesserosseosstesseesserosstosstesseesseessstosstesstesstesssrossrossresseesseens 53   4 4 PS CNN AUN ONG coe ce nec ec E O A ES 54  4 5 STAN are  Colour PASTS st cccscsecttsestaccccssneshdcsedrasCesscasterseeardueazes ides E EE 55   5 A  alysis Parameter ocsid aa ia nen Aa iaria AEA AAV Kiakia AEA Aa andia AeA Aiaia ndia inda diadan dda Eds 58  6   G    humber Glossary cirai ie ies 59  T    Footprint and  Calibration  Data sssi aiaa adaa aai aaa a a 60  7 1 TG POOL F UAT FOT aorrairra i inn R S E N N sole ice a 61  7 2 Thecautbraton Data FOR gceeccerts te tcet attested cde E A E OOE 64  7 3 View Previous Footprints Calibration Data    ccccssssessssssssssesssssessssesssesessssesesessssesesesssessssesesesessseseaeees 66  74 Import New Footprint Calibration Data    ccccsssssssssesessssssssesessscssssesssescssssesssssessssesesesssssseseseseeesseseaee
98.  lines  unlike all other charts in GCAS Desktop  which use 2 pixel width  Line charts having data points less than 100 have small dot markers along its  body  Line charts with more than 100 dots are presented without markers like similar to screenshot    above     Page 251 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    21 3 1 Show or Hide Some Devices    To temporarily take a comparison entry off the chart  untick its check box at the column Show  inside  the comparison list  Check the check box to bring the line visible        If you remove a device or stream from this list  its line chart is also removed  After you add the device  or stream back  you need a full refresh to redraw the lost line     21 3 2 Zoom Mode and Selection Mode    Click this button to switch between zoom mode and selection mode              Set properties and range Start graphing    ISO 6976 output to compare  ISO 10723 sample    Show  Devicetag Stream MLC  Refresh    na   6   gt  Crest  c7 T l      LP  Test     From  To    RE Clear MLC cache    27 Jun 2015 E       Base pressure     Combustion metering temperature  Collapse all    CV comparison  MJ m    Device Stream    1 00 1030 11 00 1130 1200 1230 1330 1330 1400 1450 15 00 1550       Page 252 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Drag to   a Drag to    Zoom Select    Toggle button to switch between zoom or selection mode     Zoom mode enables zooming to a specific area of the chart  Drag a rectangle over the area you want  to zoom in  P
99.  neopentane  ol s Test C9complete Daniel C9  complete       P    4  STUDY  STUDY  TUDY  Daniel C6  without neopentane   CASE STUDY  STUDY  STUDY       Daniel C6  without neopentane   CASE ST    12 devices        Page 294 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Go to the Subscription menu  gt  Devices  This form lists all GC devices from all groups assigned to your  user account     Note    Default installation of GCAS Desktop specifies that you have to be at least a super user to access this  form        24 1 1 Create  Edit  Delete Devices  24 1 1 1 Create a New Device   Click New on the toolbar to create a new device   Note    Your GCAS licence specifies how many devices you can create  You cannot create more devices than  this limit  and also if you try to open a GCAS database containing number of devices exceeding this  limit  you need to choose devices to be accessible during that session     Important    If you use the old GCAS licence version 2  the limit of GC devices you can have is 10  ten      Ce  New    Edit   gt   Delete    New Device       Choose the group and workspace Ee   this device belongs to  My_New_Device  Select a workspace ABB C7  complete  a gt TEST4 ABB C7  without neopentane  i TEST4  a gt TEST 2   Wb TEST 2   Ft decline Daniel C7  without neopentane   gt  ge CASE STUDY aes      Device dateformat    m  d  y  H  M    Daniel C6  complete  Daniel C6  without neopentane    Daniel C7  complete    Save and add another   Cancel    12 devices        
100.  obscure part of the chart  Click once on the  annotation to reveal the   close icon  Click again on the    close icon to remove the annotation      Footprint form does not have this feature      Page 78 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    es 2  cE    F     This calibration does not include retention time data     N 270 6  N 227 0       7 7 Zoom and Scroll  RF Chart Only     Daniel C9  and C10  devices have a distinctive characteristic on their RF charts  The line chart rises  slowly  but suddenly jumps to a much higher number starting at the first gas being detected by the    second detector     Response Factor    100 000 000  80 000 000  60 000 000    40 000 000    Response Factor    20 000 000    0    COs    Methane   Nitrogen  Ethane  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  i Pentane  n Pentane  Hexane  Heptane  Octane  Nonane    heaPentane    In order to zoom a part of this chart  drag a rectangle on the area you would like to zoom in    Use the scroll bars to pan the zoomed chart    To zoom in further  drag another rectangle area    To zoom out  either click both circled minus buttons    or right click on the chart then select Zoom    All Out     Page 79 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Response Factor       Nitrogen  i Pentane  n Pentane       neaPentane    Response Factor     al Click to zoom out       20 000 000     15 000 000  10 000 000  5 000 000  0  Clickto zoom out   Z          2 z E z    i D   a 5       z 5  a   im x m   a g y I    2 5   Z 2  
101.  or append new rows into this grid  the average values are updated  automatically     For CSV import  select whether the CSV file follows the standard template or you are using your own  CSV file  Select the second radio button for CSV files with additional columns before the first gas  or  with additional header rows before the first row  or with different gas ordering  or combination of  these  Define at which column and which row the actual data start  If necessary  change the gas order  definition to match your CSV file     Page 278 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Reorder those gases using drag and drop operation inside the green area  Had there any gases not  present in your CSV such as octane C8  nonane C9  or decane C10  drag them to the trash bin icon  and they will move to the unused gases  pink  area  Drag gases out of the pink area back into the  green area to reuse them if necessary     Or import from CSV file Or use data from a device  E OneDrive t Vigilant CSV import test Tes MLC RF csw Browse Import       This CSV file follows standard GCAS CSV template        This CSV file has data starts at column  1  A  w  row    having gas order of    Te eo       Finally  click Import  GCAS Desktop reads your CSV file and appends data into new rows  Existing rows  are not affected  Also the converter form reveals an additional column named Notes and writes the  CSV file name followed by row number     If you import data from a device  second tab of the tab 
102.  ra      0 045187 MJ m       0 025519 g mol      0 053962      0 000729      0 001143 kg m       Expanded relative uncertainty of each component  k   2      Methane      862563   Uncertainty from GC re Nitrogen 464203   0 6976 inputs Carbon dioxide   389614  H  CALCULATIONS Pae Dea    Propane    426122  Isobutane  454718      Co                 Butane       476669                    c2          OUTPUTS       Uncertainty of CV kenpeniane ERA  Ki l Isopentane 953247  Uncertainty of MW cor TETEFTE    016638  Uncertainty of Wobbe       Hexane  192167   gt  Average mean  638588   Root mean square   734418    Hou a t to ot t ut ot on ou ot  SOrFPrFPOreaga eae A  of af of of af of af of Bf ae Bf of af    Legend  Input  editable   Input  from database   Intermediary calculation  Output  Read only Recalculate  F5  C  Show intermediary calculations    Previous page Next page  gt        11 5 2 Detailed Pages    There are five detail output pages  which are uncertainty for CV  uncertainty for MW composition   uncertainty for Wobbe index  uncertainty for relative density  specific gravity   and uncertainty of  standard density  These pages share the same layout and same logic for five ISO 6976 outputs     Page 155 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       Uncertainty Calculator  Test3  rec f  fi    Uncertainty of calorific value  MJ m   Precision  6 digits    5  INPUTS A    i Uncertainties to includ z  EERS E Normalised  a dlrldiachoaaes Component mole U cal gas  U repra      Un
103.  should contain 1  one  for every row  If any other number appears here  that  indicates your offline database must be upgraded  Otherwise  you won t be able to delete the group   Contact i Vigilant customer support to upgrade your offline database or use the supplied GCAS       database upgrade tool     27 3 1 Create  Edit  Delete Groups    To create a new Group  click New on the toolbar  Enter the group name  followed by business  information of the company that is being represented by this new group  Finally  click Save  To edit a  group  highlight the group on the list and then click Edit button on the toolbar  Similarly  to delete a  group  highlight the group then click Delete     Page 334 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Groups    New G Edt     Delete     Show my groups    Edit Group    Group name CM    1 group  Your user account is assigned to this group     Note    Creating a group also creates one workspace within that group  The workspace has initially a same    name as the group     After a new group has been created  your user account is automatically assigned to the new group   Head to chapter 27 4 Assign Users into Groups if you don t like this assignment and to remove  yourself from this group        27 3 2 Add  Edit  Delete Workspace within Groups    To edit workspaces within a group  click on the workspace count of that group     Page 335 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14          oups       New Edt Delete   gt  5       how my gro
104.  started   Connected to GC    Operation was successful  new data recemed   Record commit succeeded    Operation was successful  new data received   Record commit succeeded    000000045 TCP IP connection was closed by remote peer   Initiating a delayed stop procedure    Initiating a delayed restart procedure        In order to preserve computer memory  the connection log only retains the last 40 000 log items   When the connection log has reached 40 000 items  the oldest log items are discarded one by one     Click    Clear log to empty the entire connection log immediately     Type the search word in the search box and hit    Search to find the word in the connection log   Before clicking Search  you can change the search filter dropdown to limit the searching area  Notice  that searching a term in connection log will search the entire log  not only the filtered log  Click e  Finish searching to end the search mode     1 Connection Log  tests    lish     W   amp    Show hide     Search     Timestamp    06 Oct 2014 12 13 3    Lei    PE   L      Type  Foll       ul  new data recerved     et Lee KE  n Pat TEF FP E     LEF Ll LALAM  IEE    Fri    u ee       LOLA     Page 322 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    25 3 Modbus Error Codes and Handling    Bad things happen during data capture  Source of problems might be bad cables  aging hubs   overloaded router  Wi Fi interference  and so forth  When GCAS Desktop does not get a proper  response from the GC device  it rai
105.  ta Cap UTE siia a aaa a aa ES 300    Page 10 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    25    COMTGUEG Regte Mappings senina a i ee ete 300  25     TNE vREGIStOr MCD DINGS  FON esane o een E ET EEE 300  25 12  Bit Lengin anG  Byte Ora ening sercescssrinanini i onna dram darandvat  dem ncsiondntanacie 301  25 1 3 Calibration Parameter Registers ou    sssssssssssssssessesssessesssessssssessesssessessseesesssessssssessssseessseseesssesseseees 301  2S  lt IVIOIEZEOMIBOSITION  SURCAIINS cerpen R elec cece lei ella idee tol lee ae lanl ola 303  25 1 5 What if my GC device cannot provide data for SOME GAS  ou     eeesessessesessesessesesesesteseeseseeseseeseees 306  25 1  6   Backup and REStOne  CONMOUNAUON ssion aiiin ai NEER 307  Pe Ved Reset TOD SUM T essays cae oases Mase ccczenes te cceneaaceas tessa teense 308  Pasa oma 18      lt 7 RO I eee ee Neue NE aeRO SSMU TET TEn RINT On URN RTIC TOE Ven CunT ANT AT ORT BRIO URN ET CRTIC RE VEEN RE ETN SPSS 308  Dae  VO UNOS SOOM oc aaa aes 309   252 Capure Da lel ne nra aE e wees rsseinn ee esse eee ere ener enone  310  Doe TEGE CONNEC FONN i ee cue eine ater E eee eee enone eens eee 310  2B 2 2  SCOMMECIIOM SCUUMOS eE aS Ea 311  2523 DEVICE SOT sereen iecenncs uns teaevacs aeanee te eereateameeren eet ia eeneotenensiaeiees 312  Bs VEU APS lel Vi  LI ON Sota ae ata a E ee ere  313  a ao mms KC   GS Os       0  ae eee CR TT PETG OTRO TE SOTO SERCO CTS UR CE TUTOR E N 314  25 21 05  StOp    Capture ana  ComM DU corsets esas esas e
106.  that could assist users when analysing the GC  performance  When something goes wrong  it is a good idea to compare the parameters stored in this  form and the actual condition observed on the GC device     To view or edit analysis parameter for a particular device  select that device on the device panel on the  main user interface and then go to the View menu  gt  Analysis Parameter     Analysis Parameter poj        Cycle time  5     R  limit  0 000 1 000    Column temperature    Detector temperature  79 3 deg   Carrier gas pressure  91 psig   Valve actuating pressure  130 psig   Bypass flow    Measurement vent  valve 3 ON     16 6 cc min  Measurement vent  valve 3 OFF   15 9 cc min   Bridge balance  mV    0 09 mV    Sample vent flow  60 cc min  Sample pressure  2 ba rg     Save Cancel       The first two fields  cycle time and R  limit  accept only numeric value  The rest can accept  alphanumeric characters  If no R  limit entered  GCAS assumes the default R  threshold to be 0 995   Click Save to commit the change  Cancel to discard the change  or Reset to reload previous values     If all input fields are greyed out  your user account might not have sufficient action permission to edit  Analysis Parameter  Contact your GCAS administrator     Page 58 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    6 C number Glossary    On GCAS Desktop and GCAS Web user interface  users might see C1  C2  C3  and so on  These are  carbon atom count of supported alkane gases     Current ver
107.  the  first detector only  or from the second detector only     Retention Time Filter by detector    Detector 1       Hexane 24 0  Nitrogen  Methane  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  CO   i Pentane  n Pentane  Ethane       0 50 100 150 200 250    Retention Time  5     Example of retention time chart for ABB C6  GCs  There ts a filter dropdown on the right side     Page 63 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    7 2  The Calibration Data Form      Calibration Data  DEMO1     gt  E     fy Change calibration data    E Load latest calibration data  g E   C  Draw thinner lines Show footprint     DEVICE NAME STATUS CALIBRATION DATA TIMESTAMP FOOTPRINT TIMESTAMP  DEMO1 Active 10 November 2014 08 13 08 November 2014 13 12    Charts   Tables   Health status   Comments  Show  Single point RF    Response Factor    25 000 000  20 000 000  15 000 000    10 000 000    i     ao  ow  1     Di  E   Pan   w   i  o  6  7  LL  LaF  LA  Cc  ao  oe  Li  pak   of    3 000 000    Methane    Ethane  Butane  n  Butane    neoPentane  i Pentane  n Pentane              Footprint     Calibration data       The main purpose of Calibration Data form is to show calibration data records and also to compare  this calibration data to the immediate preceding footprint  Similar to Footprint form  the Calibration  Data form has RF chart  RF MW log charts  and RT chart     To open Calibration Data form  select the desired device on the device panel on main user interface   and afterwards go to the View menu  g
108.  the chart  afterwards  If your selection rectangle covers more than one line  chart  GCAS Desktop prompts you to select which ones to set as  inactive        These menus Compare Averages  both of them  and Set Underlying Mole Composition Records as  Inactive may display a confirmation dialogue like the ones below  Setting mole composition records  as Inactive should merge a pair of single point and MLC entries of the same device same stream  number into one entity  Average comparison requires you to select exactly two entries     Which ones   a  Which ones  l     Action  Set records as inactive Action  Compare averages  SELECT TWO        Test    stream 1 L Test  stream 1  single point  I Test7  stream 1 L  f Test    stream 1  MLC  L  f Test7  stream 1  single point       Confirmation dialogue boxes   Windows 10 does not render form border for small dialogues     21 3 6   Comparison of Averages  21 3 6 1 The  Average  Chart    For a rough visual comparison  ISO 6976 Trend Comparison form provides an additional bar chart that  shows the average value of every comparison entry  Click Show average button  the one having x    Page 256 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    symbol  to reveal this chart  The average value of each bar is displayed on the label sitting at the top  end of the bar     ISO 6976 Trend Comparison       iT    I A JJI   4   f 2   ro  T FIPS aes oF Fange Bod oL ES ey e SSR ronm T Crore SO  gronn  pr kaid Lii AY l RA i RA AS Fii faa   Lm l m IL CLAI
109.  the database server help reducing the calculation time     Because uncertainty trend calculation is slow  GCAS Desktop provides Pause button to temporarily  halt the calculation and Stop button to abort the calculation  The keyboard shortcut  F7  is designated  for Pause button and for Stop button  While calculation is in progress  you cannot use other  modules or they will run slower than usual  This is because the database server is busy serving the  data required for uncertainty calculation     This is how the form looks like after the calculation is finished     od Uncertainty Trend  DEMO1  Show  W  ucv LI uiMw  LI Uw  LI use  LI Ulp N     U CV  Trend   DEMO1           Threshold      UC      lt  Back to parameters View comments  gt        This is an example of a healthy GC  The blue uncertainty line is below the red threshold line  Actually   there are five lines     e Uncertainty of calorific value     U CV    e Uncertainty of molecular weight composition     U MW   e Uncertainty of Wobbe index     U lw    e Uncertainty of relative density or specific gravity     U SG   e Uncertainty of standard density     U p     The five check boxes at the top of the form control whether to show or hide the corresponding line  chart  By default  GCAS Desktop only displays the uncertainty of calorific value because it is the most  interesting property     Page 177 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Below is the same chart with the threshold line hidden from view  The Y a
110.  the offending health status es  is displayed using red    font     u           R     0 9977 R    0 9947    U CV     0 1124  U CV     0 1606   ae 29 Sep 2014   01 Oct 2014     30Sep 2014 07 51   01 Oct 2014 17 29       Example of a healthy GC and unhealthy GC     When you find a health status displayed using black font  it indicates the rule for that health status is  turned off  Should a rule be turned off  it does not affect the final decision whether the dashboard tile  becomes green or red regardless of the health status itself passes or fails  More details about rules is    on chapter 16 1 2          R     0 9974    U CVJ    0 1206   Fe 30 Sep 2014     30 Sep 2014 07 56       Example tile when rules for date of last calibration  and date of last mole composition are turned off     Dashboard window displays the time of last refresh on the toolbar  This information may help if you  leave Dashboard open to monitor all your devices continuously  Moreover if you leave Dashboard  open for a prolonged time  we recommend to turn off the idle timer in order to prevent automatic  logout on inactivity  On a different topic  there is an auto refresh timer which is configurable through    Dashboard Settings dialogue          Dashboard      E      2 Refresh all Stop calculation   Last refresh  09 13  7 minutes ago  i4 Dashboard settings  F  Help    ee    Page 191 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    16 1 Dashboard Settings  From an open Dashboard window  click Dashboard se
111.  the third GC  a eae  Checked  10 Unchecked GCAS Desktop waits 10 minutes then start all GC  ines a a pmo  Unchecked Checked  1 minute   1  GCAS Desktop starts the first GC Connect form  immediately   2  GCAS Desktop waits 1 minute then starts the second    GC Connect form   3  GCAS Desktop waits 1 minute then starts the third GC    Connect form  and similarly for the rest of queue     Unchecked Unchecked GCAS Desktop starts all GC Connect forms in the queue  simultaneously and immediately   This configuration is the same as Comms menu  gt  Start  All Connections  gt  Now     If any of GC Connect forms in the queue Is started manually or is closed before the timer countdown       reaches zero  it is automatically removed from the queue  The GC Connect Delay Start form shall skip  to the next GC Connect form in the queue  When this queue becomes empty  the timer stops     Page 328 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    26 Report    Under construction    Report is a planned module for printed report generation  A simple report typically contains latest  calibration data  latest footprint  historical RF trend  RF error trend  RT trend  and RT error trend   Another type of reports include ISO 6976 trend and uncertainty trend     Report module is not yet developed  but we reserved chapter 26 for report module  Our estimate is on  GCAS Desktop version 1 9 or later  because development of ISO 6976 Trend takes priority  Stay tuned  for future releases of GCAS Desktop     Pa
112.  tick the check box Enable unattended mode   Enable unattended mode  Stop operation automatically   C After   20         After   6 hours         At 15 43 50  on 06 Feb 2014  gt     C Never stop    Notice that the Commit button Save to CSVs button and Clear grid button disappear from the  bottom of the form  We don t need these buttons as the records would be committed automatically     Choose one of the following automatic stop triggers     1  After x records collected  default x   20   GCAS Desktop stops the data capture operation after x new records have been collected   Operation stops whichever record type reaches x first  whether calibration parameter records  or mole composition records     2  After x period of time  GCAS Desktop stops the data capture operation after x period of time  whether it is x seconds   x minutes  x hours  or x days  You can choose from as short as 15 seconds to as long as 90  days   Note    To prevent GCAS Desktop consumes too much memory  RAM   GCAS Desktop only display    the last 25 committed records  Old committed records are removed from the grid view   They  are not deleted from database or CSV files  though   Failed records are never removed from  view        3  At specific time  GCAS Desktop stops the data capture operation at the defined time   Note    To prevent GCAS Desktop consumes too much memory  RAM   GCAS Desktop only display    the last 25 committed records  Old committed records are removed from the grid view   They    are not
113.  views  namely  simple view and advanced view  The first time this dialogue opens  it is on simple view     Ei Set Status for Multiple Records    Set status to  Inactive      forall mole composition records between    01 October 2014 11 57 E  and  02 October 2014 11 57  lr    having stream number    w    Cancel Advanced  gt        8 6 1 Simple View    Using simple view  you set the desired record status  active or inactive  for all mole composition  records between the two date time perimeters  This may or may not be filtered to a stream number     The user interface in simple view is pretty straightforward  Depending on how many stream numbers  ever recorded into the database  stream number selection may look like this     Set Status for Multiple Records    Setstatusto inactive   forall mole composition records between  01 October 2014 11 57  ly   and  02 October 2014 11 57 Er    having stream number     all streams     Baam a  j2 l       If you choose  all streams   that will change record status of all mole composition records within the  defined date boundaries regardless of stream numbers except spot samples  If you choose  spot  samples   the status change only applies to spot sample records within the date interval  All next  choices afterwards are the actual stream numbers available  You can also type the desired stream  number if it is not on this list  To confirm  click OK and GCAS Desktop begins the batch operation     Note    GCAS Desktop does not add automatic co
114.  will be overlaid with a diagonal strokes    Page 156 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    indicating the values are disregarded  Ucal gas is treated as zero  so the formula above only contains    Urepeatability and Ureproducibility       ooh   mea     Uncertainty of calorific value  MJ m   m  E  INPUTS A  2 be Uncertainties to includ z zP      ormalise a Toon      Uncertainty from the c Component mole U cal gas  Ulrepra  einer U repeat   repeat  at          Uncertainty from GC re fraction  i Repeatability Methar 0 803820  20de 0 010814    0 0459   0 02325  Linearity Bea 7a     Uncertainty from GC r i E E n oT     3 CALCULATIONS O A O a2     OUTPUTS n Butane onse 78 a oosa   ows   0 159796   00108    Summary Nespetoe ce  onmes ae   ooer  a i E EY e a ar    Uncertainty of Wobbe Y eee  esa odse   oos   odesser   gt   i 06 a P e       Legend Combined standard uncertainty   e Coverage factor  k   L mpal aati Combined expanded uncertainty  el Input  from database  CV absolute uncertainty  MJ m       Intermediary calculation  el Output             Read only Recalculate  F5   _  Show intermediary calculations    Oe aaa       The Uncertainty Calculator form when Ucatgas is excluded  Notice the CV absolute uncertainty is different  from the previous screenshot  0 044011 versus 0 045389 MJ m                There is a precision control at the top right region of these pages  This slider trackbar controls how  many decimal digits to display on the grid  By default  GCAS Deskt
115.  y   Clipboard Ma Font F Alignment  Al     fe    0 03413  A B     D E  1     0 03413   2 0 12983  3   0 06183    4   0 05549  5   0 05202    6    0 0556    7   0 06596  8   0 06424  9   1 65817  10   90 12414  11 2 1769  12 5 456  13  14    Click ri Clear to reset all fields back to zero     Page 96 of 388    8 5    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Change Record Status  Single Record     Similar to footprint and calibration data record  every mole composition record has a status bit    indicating either active or inactive  Similarly  inactive records will not appear in data analysis and will    not affect the calculation of mean and standard deviation  uncertainty calculation  ISO 6976 trend  and    many others  To change record status of the mole composition record currently loaded  do the    following     1        From an open Mole Composition form  go to Action menu  gt  Set Status  If you do not see this  menu  your user account may not have the action permission for it  Contact your GCAS  administrator     Spot Sampling    Import Data   CSV   Set Status      Set Status     Bulk    Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Add Comment       This will show Set Status dialogue  Choose the appropriate record status then click OK     Set Status        Active     _  Inactive       The form will reload the record and you should see the new status at the upper section   Afterwards  the Comments tab opens automatically and it is recommended to write a  comment of why the record status w
116. 0  The following message box confirms that your licence and registration key have been successfully    installed  On some Windows versions  this message is displayed in a command prompt window    instead of a message box     GCAS Activator  Copyright    1 Vigilant Technologies Ltd   2014   Version  3 3 1 0        The licence has been installed       Licence version  3   Licensed to  F   Licence type  Lifetime    Licence start date  N A   Licence expiry date  N A  does not expire   Features included  22 features  0x0F71FFDE   Number of GC  100    Computer code  18AB 1 47 771C  Thank you for using GCAS        11  Click OK and GCAS Desktop is activated  ready to use     1 4 5    Instant Trial    Instant trial is offered to new and prospective customers to try GCAS Desktop quickly without the    hassle of sending your computer code and waiting for your licence in our reply and for us to set up a    database for you  Unlike  regular  trial licences  instant trial licence is only valid for 4  four  days     including the day you started the instant trial  After your trial period expires  GCAS Desktop will stop    Page 25 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    working  You can then request for an extended trial or purchase a full licence altogether  Contact us to  get an arrangement     To try GCAS Desktop using instant trial  click Instant 4 day trial on this window     Activation required    GCAS requires a valid licence to run  Please enter your licence  now     Instant
117. 0 have small dot markers along its  body  Line charts with more than 100 dots are presented without markers     17 3 1 Show or Hide Some Devices    Untick the checkbox at the column Show  inside the comparison list to temporarily hide a device  a  line  on the chart  Check the checkbox to bring the line visible     Show  Device tag Stream  DEMO  DEMO     37044 DEMO    2     TEST 2  4  37044 DEMO1  1          Remove Remove all    If you remove a device from this list  its line chart is also removed  After you add the device back  you    need a full refresh to redraw the lost line     17 3 2 Scaling Equalisation    GCAS Desktop stores mole composition records as they are in the database  There is no information  about its scale stored in database  Most devices use percentage scale  0 to 100   Some others output  fraction scale  0 to 1   GCAS Desktop determines scaling by the unnormalised total  For example if the  unnormalised sum is near 1  the device uses fraction scale  If the sum is near 100  it is percentage  If    near 1000  it is permillage   bo      GCAS Desktop supports fraction scale  0 to 1  up to PPB scale  0 to 1 000 000 000  officially  This  becomes a problem in mole composition comparison  What happens when you compare device A  with percentage scale and device B with fraction scale     The answer  GCAS Desktop plots mole composition records as they are  The two line charts will appear  far apart as device A has methane composition about 70  percentage scale  wh
118. 09 100 17 587 500 7 541 100  17 200 000 17 547 00 T     n Butane RF  la a 37 502 300 TAST S LoS a  feb  17 613 700    7AT la 17 00047 45 j   LG TES   17 600 000  A1410   psan 2 000 a RESTON ag TTE  17 101 800 1723  gt  MA 23 i   ame ba  Ti     et ees  RF 3  17 400 000 z730 ry erea 17254900              17 200 000     BRE ei  i pirati s00 17 067 500  17 000 000 4400  sar  HATA odes  Pot ace   Ty 7125000  16 800 000 ie J  ine 16 Ge8 AO tg 17 014 300 B46 200 i  l PEE 5676 00 16 262 900    28807400  16 600 000  23 Oct 06 Nov 13 Nov 20 Mov 27 Nov  2011 2011 2011 2011 2011    Page 139 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Crosshair cursors are the dotted lines appearing on the chart when you left click on it or as a remnant    of zoom operation  These may act as a ruler or guide  To remove them  click   Hide crosshair cursor  button  or right click on the chart then select Hide Crosshair Cursors         1 0000         1 02 07  oe  e    3 C4 C5 C6   0 9975   arian meer eerie         Pass limit   0 9950 y   0 9925     0 9900     0 9875 3    26 Jan O2 Feb O9 Feb 16Feb 23 Feb O2 Mar O98 Mar 16Mar 23 Mar  2014 2014 7014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014    To use black background  right click on the chart and click Toggle Light Dark Background menu   Use the same menu to revert back to white  The black background is permanent when you save the  chart as image file or copy chart image to clipboard                       VILL palat JCIE LNAI t type Recor led Save Chart as Picture   
119. 11   1 394E 11  2  S654E 11  1 098E 10    6 8382E 10     2 8147E 15  0  2 8717E 16  2 2411 E 17  2 2411 E 17   2 2002E 16   1 075E 15  3 0725E 14    Display style    Auto    Number  _  Scientific  Z   Description        During edit mode  you can edit the numbers in the grid  Date of test field at the top and Description  text box at the bottom of the form also become editable     Note    Edit mode is mainly intended for editing the description or correcting minor mistakes  If there are too  many coefficients to edit  we suggest you to create a new set and set this record to inactive instead     MLC Coefficients form does not have comment feature  Put short comments in the description text       box if you like     You can paste the coefficient numbers from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet editing software  as  long as there are 4 columns and equal number of rows  Click Paste link above the grid to paste the  numbers  The Reset link resets all numbers in the grid back to zero     When you finished editing the numbers and the description  click Save button or go to Action menu  gt   Save Changes to commit the change  The form exits its edit mode and becomes read only again     Page 266 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       rator Window Help             DEVICE NAME STATUS Fa DATE OF TEST  Test6 Active 2014 Ge       Otherwise to cancel editing and discard all of your changes  open Action menu and select Edit Mode  again to remove its tick mark  This will exit ed
120. 1297  9 91 29699439  9 9261 164393  9 92341 24402  9 9148655 741  5 92 FAB 7427  9 929836 7307  9 9246563465  9 9191250136    1 99784 7 6412  1 9950001166  2 000534341382  1 995307535623  1 982869366339  2 00085641 4  1 9973834339   2 004675 758  2 0023785606  20041456247  1 9898497554  1  9992431332        Unnormalised     Normalised  scale    Auto  a    Show unnormalised total    Export to Excel    Save as CSV   l Copy to clipboard       Previous       By default  the displayed result is normalised  Check Show unnormalised total to reveal the    unnormalised total column  after decane   Select the radio button Unnormalised or Normalised to    flip all numbers between the two     Unlike RF converter  MC converter provides Compare column which contains buttons to compare    normalised input  before conversion  versus normalised output  after conversion   These buttons call    the Compare tool window similar to the screenshot below  Check Show difference to reveal the    absolute delta column  which is the absolute value of difference bias between input composition and    conversion result     Page 287 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Align decimals Show difference      Input       Output         Input   E  Component unnormalised a eee   WS  normalised  normalised MLC    MLC single pt     Methane 84 99032000       84 96445682  vs  84 96599382   M 0 00153701  Niroge      55250000      SS27ST40 ae   ssarsamna  i oooozaez7   Carbon doae   zozo        2oooes1oo  vs
121. 2  No device selected       G  i Vigilant  New server  Microsoft     f  a    CASE STUDY   Bees  CaseStudy1  Ler  CaseStudy2  Ade olen aa PSeStudy3  Workspaces AseStudy4  BFE  CaseStudys aN  gee CaseStudy6        F di eee D ema Pra  BrE  DEMO    BPE 370XA DEMO  LPP  oanco                  One group may have several workspaces  and one workspace contains many GC devices  One GC  device cannot be assigned to multiple workspaces  Chapter 24 Device Management explains more  about creating  moving  and deleting devices  requires user type  super user    Chapter 27 3 Manage  Groups explains about managing groups and workspaces within groups  requires user type   administrator       Workspace C       Page 45 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    3 3 Edit Your Profile and Change Your Password    Each user has their associated user profile and credential  User profile is a set of personal information  such as real name  email address  postal address  and phone number  Credential is the username and    password required to log in to GCAS database     3 3 1 Edit Your Profile  To edit your user profile  follow the steps below     1  Go to the Profile menu  gt  Edit profile  If you do no see this menu  your user type may not have  the menu permission for it  Contact your GCAS administrator     Profile    Change Password    Idle Timeout    Log Out Ctrl L       2  This menu brings forth the Edit Profile dialogue   Edit Profile    Full name  Email  Phone number    Address    Time z
122. 23 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    21 461 47 407 61 461    Xx values    ss  wi  g      m     mM      l    0 8979 1 0979 1 2979 14979 1 6979  Log  A values        Difference between regular X Y correlation  top  and logarithmic X Y correlation  bottom      Page 224 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    19 ISO 6976 Calculator    ISO 6976 Calculator is a tool to calculate the calorific value  CV   molar mass composition  Wobbe  index  relative density  and standard density of any given mole composition  as defined by ISO  6976 1995 standard     Note    To use ISO 6976 Calculator  you need the GCAS feature  SO 6976 Calculator in your GCAS licence        ISO 6976 calculation takes four inputs     Mole composition   Base pressure   Combustion temperature     ae iS Ss    Metering  base  temperature     Mole composition input may come from a manual input or an existing record  Base pressure is  typically the atmospheric pressure  1 atm or 101 325 Pa   Combustion and metering temperature  affects the constants used in the calculation  therefore GCAS Desktop limits the available selection of  combustion metering temperature pair into six pairs     e 0  C 0  C  e 15  C   0  C  combustion temperature   15  C  base temperature   0  C   e 25  C 0  C    e 15  C   15  C  the default   e 20  C   20  C  e 25  C   20  C    19 1 The  SO 6976 Calculator Form    There are multiple ways to open ISO 6976 Calculator form     1  For one time offline calculation  Go to the T
123. 2302394 18 59397063 18 59299613 51 01910695 51 01791319 0 643447286 0 64341333 0 788486553 0 78844493  13   15 May 2015 06 00 40 90580908 40 90469273 18 57150543 18 57109828 51 02609506 51 02526584 0 642665974 0 642651784 0 787529114 0 7875117C  14  16 May 2015 06 00 40 88915361 40 88770391 18 56164374 18 56112132 51 01893883 51 0178513 0 642322891 0 642304728 0 787108681 0 78708633  15   17 May 2015 06 00 40 9220434 40 92028017 18 57872093 18 57795876 51 03635947 51 03521373 0 642917501 0 642890964 0 787837337 0 78780477  16   18 May 2015 06 00 40 88497263 40 88348204 18 56638915 18 56581538 51 00718921 51 00612272 0 642487435 0 642467454 0 787310389 0 787285 amp   17   19 May 2015 06 00 40 91969417 40 91794846 18 58889611 18 58810366 51 01941356 51 0183308 0 643270794 0 643243211 0 788270299 0 78823644  18   20 May 2015 06 00 40 97468616 40 97236793 18 62147951 18 62027036 51 04299882 51 04178269 0 64440501 0 6443628 0 789660175 0 78960855  19  21 May 2015 06 00 40 87627682 40 87481634 18 56867263 18 56811478 50 99320728 50 99215762 0 642566391 0 642546928 0 787407098 0 78738324  20  22 May 2015 06 00 40 87678683 40 87505597 18 56750038 18 56678664 50 99545715 50 9942833 0 642525727 0 642500894 0 787357287 0 7873267 amp   21   23 May 2015 06 00 40 90419274 40 90297392 18 57431176 18 57388567 51 02020936 51 01927865 0 642763459 0 642748605 0 787648591 0 7876303     22   24 May 2015 06 00 40 92424934 40 9223524 18 59927716 18 59836363 51 01079196 51 00969012 0 643631531 0 643
124. 24 November 2014 13 05 select top   days  24 November 2014 13 01   Select top 30 records  24 November 2014 12 57  htl 24 Mnwvermher 2014 12 53    as   4 multilevel calibrated mole compositions w    Note    There is no Convert To feature for bulk operation because it may damage multiple records        Page 109 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    8 10 4 MLC Constraints    We moved the explanation about concepts and application of MLC constraints to chapter 22 2  Most  of the time  users need not to worry about MLC constraints  However there is a slim chance the  default MLC constraints generates silly unnormalised total such as in the screenshot below  The  ethane exceeds 150  which is nonsense  In those rare cases  you may need to override the MLC    constraints in order to get the correct result  Read more on chapter 22 2 about MLC constraints     Mole Composition  9   Ee Change record    ES Load latest record    DEVICE NAME STATUS TIMESTAMP  ESS Active 10 November 2014 06 54 00    Chart and Table  Normalised Normalised Unnormalised    Stream 1  MLC  Component percentage percentage eee   single    MLC  i    Hexane    0 1013  n Butane 0 1416  oosa  078  B ioernane B Methane  ec cor    Methane no     A a o f om  a 0 8137       aq  m oa     or oon  aa  q        9974  esd    JDE       RE  ga        Remove mode     Colourblind assist  Show legend Show unnermalised   _  High precision  _  Show difference       Page 110 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    9
125. 285 4 27536  24 99916 9 93033 2 00456 428898  24 98901 5 32429 1 98967 427076    69 00 756 3 31911 1 99928 4 28194    0 0 0    Ori mport from CSV file Or use data from a device  Import    MC inputs   This CSV file follows standard GCAS CSV template        This CSV file has data starts at column 1  4  having gas order of e       Previous Next       Above the grid there is a check box called Add the    average    row  This check box inserts a special row  at the very top  which contains the averaged value of all rows below it  Average row will be converted  to MLC or single point too  depending on selected direction during the first page  If you delete some  rows or edit some rows or append new rows into this grid  the average values are updated  automatically     All numbers in this grid are treated as unnormalised  GCAS Desktop normalises them before  performing ISO 10723 conversion     For CSV import  select whether the CSV file follows the standard template or you are using your own  CSV file  Select the second radio button for CSV files with additional columns before the first gas  or  with additional header rows before the first row  or with different gas ordering  or combination of  these  Define at which column and which row do the actual data start  If necessary  change the gas  order definition to match your CSV file     Reorder those gases using drag and drop operation inside the green area  Had there any gases not  present in your CSV such as octane C8  nonane C9  o
126. 3 30 1340 13 50 14 00    Page 242 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    If you need higher precision  right click the chart and tick Use 8 Decimal Precision on Labels  Untick    this menu to revert back to 4 digit decimals     62 85    62 80    62 75    62 70    62 65    62  76535058    CV Trend    CY  62 81024508  62 79103585 Ge TE AD  bANAS 26257  ZTT 20079  6269583523    62 70312452  6267TR48550  G2GA0TJE ga Feo 62 67875630    13 30 00 13 35 00 13 40 00 13 45 00 13 50 00 13 55200 14 00 00    In case of current ISO 6976 line and previous ISO 6976 line are so close together  click N    Use thin  lines to draw the chart using 1 pixel width lines     45 40  43 20  47 80  47 60    CV Trend        Previous CV      Y    47 40  S    24 Jun 24 Jun 24 Jun  12200 16 00 2000    20 10 Export Values to Microsoft Excel    Once the chart has been graphed completely  click  amp   Copy to Microsoft Excel  This button opens a  new Excel worksheet  Then GCAS Desktop writes all data points of all line charts onto this worksheet     Data source and options    Plot from  15 Jun 2015 09 41  lr   to  15 Jun 2015 13 41  lr        Records to mot  96    ISO 10723 conversion    Convert to single point we    Compare both   _  Display mean and 2 standard deviations View summary       Drag arectangleto    Zoom     Select        Page 243 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Note    This feature requires Microsoft Excel 2010  2013  2016 or later  to be installed        GCAS Desktop w
127. 3 feature  in your GCAS licence which we will explain very soon  this tool can also compare the single point  composition vs  multilevel calibrated composition of the same device  same stream number     Show    Device tag Stre Devicetag Stream MLC     DEMO   DEMO 2 wi L   370XA DEMO    3 044 DE    4 v  L           Remove Remove all    Remove Remove all    Example of comparison list for users without ISO 10723  left  and with ISO 10723  right      Page 205 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    The column Show  contains check boxes which is used to hide or show the line chart of  corresponding comparison entry after the chart has been rendered completely     Users having GCAS feature  SO 10723 in their GCAS licences see an additional column named MLC   which also contains check boxes  This is the single point MLC switch  Tick the check box to graph  multilevel calibrated composition  otherwise leave it unticked to graph single point composition     To remove an entry from the comparison list  highlight its row on the grid and then click Remove or  press on your keyboard  Everytime a comparison entry is removed from the comparison list   its line chart is also removed  However if you add it back  you need to redraw the chart because its  data in the cache has already gone  This is the difference between removing an entry versus  temporarily hiding it  by unticking the check box inside the Show  column   In addition  click Remove  all to empty the comparison list and s
128. 32   bit Modbus then GCAS Desktop assigns 111 for nitrogen  112 for carbon dioxide  113 for ethane  and  SO On     You can also copy Modbus register addresses from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet processing    software  Press Ctrl V inside the first text box and the rest will follow  Alternatively  click cid Paste        Page 302 of 388    iter Mappings     tes    Swap all  rds O Don t swap   Read retention time    Heptane w   116    Propane w    118    i Butane 120  n Butane 122  neoPentane  i Pentane   n Pentane   Hexane   Nitrogen   Methane    Carbon dioxn    Ethane    s    Cancel    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    T    CERE    FILE HOME        ts  i  Paste    T    INSERT PAGE LAYOU    Import a configurat  es  Eg      Calibri    Export current mapp x    Clipboard Ta    2  3  4  5  6  T  8  9  10  11    Se ee N a e    J  a    Sheet1    The Ol Copy button does the opposite   it copies register addresses from GCAS Desktop so you can       paste onto Microsoft Excel spreadsheet     25 1 4    Mole Composition Streams    GCAS Desktop supports multiple streams of mole composition data  provided that each stream has its    own unique set of register addresses and there are no address collisions between streams     Note    You need the GCAS feature Live Data Analysis to be included in your licence in order to capture mole    composition data        Page 303 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Live data analysis    Registered mole composition  streams     St
129. 43 g    Test  Mole fraction      Refresh    To  Clear MLC cache    15 June 2015 14 30  alr  Collapse all 1    Remove Remove all    Average Methane comparison  Device Stream    43 5    45 0  14Jun 14Jun 14Jun 15Jun 15Jumn 15Jun 15Jun 15Jun  15 00 12 00 21200 00 00 03 00 06 00 03 00 12 00       Page 209 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Drag to   a Drag to  Zoom i Select    Toggle button to switch between zoom or selection mode     Zoom mode lets you zoom to a specific area of the chart  Drag a rectangle over the area you want to  zoom in  Pan around the chart using the provided scroll bars  Drag another rectangle to zoom in  further  To zoom out  click the circled minus button    on both scroll bars  Press on your  keyboard or right click the chart and select Zoom All Out to undo all zoom in operations        08 Nav 09 Nav 09 Nav 09 Nav 09 Mav 10 Mav 10 Mav  12 00 00 00 06 00 12 00 18 00 00 00 06 00    1 8042 2 5 ea meas aaa a A     T    1 8037   ra ix    1 8032 aca vs A    1 8027           1 8022 mE    0230 0300 0350 0400 0450 05 00 0530 0800 0630 O70    Selection mode enables you to create selection area on the chart  then you can manipulate the  records contained inside the selection rectangle using available context menu  Chapter 17 3 8 explains  the function of each menu  To clear selection area  right click the chart and select   Clear Selection  Area     Page 210 of 388          Choose a gas and date range    Gas to compare     14 Jun 14 Jun  15 00 18 00 
130. 480 000 Mean   2 std dev 6 941 495  Mean   2 std dev   6 667 575  6 240 000 Maximum and minimum are not limited to the first 4 records   i   6 839 871  6 000 000 ini   6 701 822  07 Nov 14 08 Nov 14 08 Nov 14 09 Nov 14 09 Nov 14 10 Nov 14  12 PM 12 AM 12 PM 12 AM 12 PM 12 AM       Between  8 November 2014 13 12 and 10 November 2014 06 08       Mean and standard deviation is calculated from the first 25 records   Mean   6 730 533       10 5 Zoom Mode and Selection Mode    This switch controls whether the chart is in zoom mode or selection mode  Zoom mode lets you zoom  in to a particular area of the chart in case there are too many data points cramped on small area   Selection mode allows you to drag a rectangle to select a pack of data points and manipulate them  using the available context menus     Options   Plot from  01 Sep 2011 00 00 EF   to  05 Nov 2011 00 00 E    Display mean and 2 std  deviations Saon UE LEZA  Calculate x and o from          25    records on each footprint onwards        All records on each footprint onwards   O What being displayed       In zoom mode  drag a rectangle on the region you would like to zoom     Page 130 of 388    9 400 000  9 350 000  3 300 000  3 250 000  3 200 000  3 150 000  3 100 000    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Methane RF Trend    1    1 Nov 18 Nov 25Nov 02 Dec 09 Dec A Dec 23 Dec 30 Dec O06 Jan 13 Jan 20 Jan    2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 22 2012 2012 2013 2013 2013    Click to zoom out  d    281 335  3 201 352  3 241 33
131. 599668 0 788712325 0 78867331  23   25 May 2015 06 00 40 90200925 40 90022117 18 58874623 18 58793821 50 99760139 50 99648633 0 643264797 0 643236685 0 788262962 0 78822844    Sheet1    1          20 11 Insert Comment    To view or write comments  open the Comments tab     Chat Comments      User ID    admin    Comment  There were 6 bad mole composition records between 12 9 2015  10 00 12 00  Those records caused bad CV trend    set them as  inactive at 16 9 2015 14 26     Date of topic    16 September 2015 14 27   12 September 2015       Post a new  comment    Submit    El       Date of topic     16 September 2015    Write your comment and set the appropriate date of topic  then click Submit  Your comment will have  a yellow background to distinguish it from comments by other users  Date of topic is an additional  information of which mole composition record you are writing your comment for  thus other users  know the correct data point to refer to     Page 244 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Make sure that the comment is correct e g  free from spelling errors  because once submitted you    would not be able to edit nor remove your comment     To refresh comments  click the same   Refresh button     If you do not see the text box to write your comment  i e  you only see the comment grid  your GCAS  user account doesn t have the action permission to write comment in ISO 6976 trend  Contact your  GCAS administrator     Page 245 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual 
132. 6  trends based on multilevel calibrated streams are not correct  Once the MLC cache is emptied  refresh  the chart     The chart legend lists the device tag name and the stream numbers  Multilevel calibrated streams are  indicated with asterisk     after stream number similar to the green line in this screenshot example     Page 250 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       150 6976 Trend Comparison    Loot Amro rec ond aor  ek pee ae Le ade Pa d add PA    ISO 6976 output to compare  a ISO 10723 sample  Calorific value Bebe  Test  Bees  Test     From  T Test6    oO  27 Jun 2015 lr    27 Jun 2015 Er Test     Base pressure     Combustion metering temperature  S Collapse all Add  gt   lt  Remove Remove all       62 6 CV comparison  MJ m    Device Stream  62 444  j    62 2    4 A A A Oo AA N    MA    61 8    61 6  1000 1030 11 00 1130 1200 1230 13300 1350 1400 1430 1500 1530       21 3 Comparison Chart    The chart graphs ISO 6976 output values based on mole composition records over time  This chart has  maximum capacity of 15 comparison entries  The legend at your right hand side tells the devices and  their stream numbers  Multilevel calibrated streams  ISO 10723  are indicated with asterisk     after  their stream numbers     62 6 CV comparison  MJ m    Device Stream  eta as   a eae ee      Testi 1          TestT 1    62 2    62 0    61 8       61 6  1000 1030 11 00 1130  1200 1250 1300 1330 1400 1450 1500 15 50    By default  GCAS Desktop draws the chart using thin
133. 6 06 13 02 06 7310666  p 310873      Pending   Calibration data w  2014 06 06 13 03 21  5133480  8310873  10166463                                           TEE o    T Commit A  Clear grid       Untick records to ignore them  see green rectangle on the screenshot above  Ignored records will not  be written to database or CSV files  For calibration parameters  you can change its flag in the  Flag as   column whether to mark a record as a footprint or a regular calibration data   See orange rectangle on  the screenshot above      Page 316 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To commit  write  the data into database or CSV files  click either T Commit button or Save to  CSVs button  Otherwise     Clear grid button removes all committed  pending  ignored  and failed    rows from display  Alternatively  click the P Start button again to resume capturing data   The Status column may display any of the following     e No text blank  The record is ignored and will not be committed to database nor CSV files    e Pending  black   The record is awaiting commit or save operation    e Committed  green   The record has been successfully written to database or CSV files  Click  Clear grid button to clear all committed rows from both grid views    e Failed  red   The record could not be written to database or CSV files   Usually the l6 Se Error log button appears on the bottom left corner of the form and you  click that button to see why the record failed to commit  Otherwise  op
134. 8  Wet    TREUR Onay C oer eS FO ee ER RE aloe heitac te caiced cite clas 158  122  Vew Previous CoeficieNt Set Succus a EEEE EEEE EA 160  o SAECO Ono S E EEE E TE E ET E 161  12 4 Create New Coefficient Set uc ccecssesssssssssessssessssessssesssseesssssssecsssssssssssssssessssessssssssessssessesessseesssesseeeess 163  45 gt  CANJERE CO Stal   eee Sone ORO RE er NC wen RnC On CUTIE NC enone eenC tO Oe vi ICuRIOn NEST eRe OnICNIN Or OPTIC MRI NCRT Or Neer nr nna 164  13  Uncertainty Ten sorosiane area E a E a O EERE E RA E 166  tt Toe UnNcerainy Trend FO cscs tte as Tene T A O EET bed aes ee tee ered vecbtet ate 166  132     Uncertainty Trend  Parat neers enorenunerone nn marreteepracssenetee 167  Teli Uncerndnmies ONNA E e a a Aianiea tin ten einen ctY 167  B22 Calbrator c  a UH 2 Eeee n E G 168  TA FOOMPINUREIE ENCE opona a E T A T E OT EE E ENEE 169  13 2 4 Uncertainty Coefficients and Mole Percentage Range         ccesssssesssessseceesesessesesseeesseeesseeesseees 171  lazo    SOG 7G  Parametr e E E NN 173  T260  DIFC CUON  sceccssaecstseansctecsacesaecatonstt ead ecekesteslddsd reed E a a endian ceiumietcean 174  Ier PROCR ee aa tanner ae Ve res tnvner ee Va TSE oe a Toes T A 175  W226  INIISCENANCOUS isis ae ie eae st ee tees eect 176  33  Uncenamnty Trond CRo erence cece eE O E ERE RE NE RO 176  131 Lompanng Previous Cha esrerenenore niine ne E AEON 178  TaZ Zoom and SOl eedsienccicciaanananavanauamauanauanatauatenananasquanaucnauanancnase  179  Io   Save On Copy ihe CN
135. 8 6054 48 9606  6 14 Jun 2015 14 54 00 48 7709 48 6211 48 9291  7 14 Jun 2015 14 56 00 48 7643 48 6165 48 8720  8 14 Jun 2015 14 59 00 48 8079 48 6575 48 8427  9 14 Jun 2015 15 01 00 48 8072 48 6590 48 8510  10 14 Jun 2015 15 04 00 48 7100 48 5634 48 8380  11 14 Jun 2015 15 06 00 48 7710 48 6218 48 7936  12 14 Jun 2015 15 09 00 48 7536 48 6043 48 7683  13 14 Jun 2015 15 11 00 48 6299 48 4830 48 9061  14 14 Jun 2015 15 14 00 48 8019 48 6531 48 8246  15 14 Jun 2015 15 16 00 48 8364 48 6871 48 8321  16 14 Jun 2015 15 18 00   48 9071   ey 14 Jun 2015 15 19 00 48 7877 48 6388  18 14 Jun 2015 15 21 00 48 8377 48 6871 48 8422  19 14 Jun 2015 15 23 00 48 7906  20 14 Jun 2015 15 24 00 48 6955 48 5485 X  Sheet1       4    oad ae  m                     100     Every device or stream in comparison list has its own column and the rows are timestamps  If there are  two or more data points from different devices or streams sharing the exact same timestamp  they are  merged into one row in Excel worksheet     17 3 6   Comparison of Averages    When you click Go or Refresh  GCAS Desktop renders the chart and at the same time computes the  average of each line  These average values are presented on a secondary column chart  Click Show  average chart button  having icon x  to bring the average chart visible     Page 212 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Mole Composition Comparison    L AWE 4 ors sore  Tam  Mi i e a ee ee d    Gas to compare  di 50 10723 sample Show  Devicetag Str
136. 8 May  2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014      Methane RF  w CO  RF  s  Propane RF     n Butane RF a    Pentane RF     Hexane RF      NitragenRF     Ethane RF  v ji Butane RF     Neopentane RF     n Pentane RF     Heptane RF    Alternative colour scheme  colourblind assistance turned on   Similar colours are distinguished by dash or dotted style     Page 135 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    10 9 Selection Mode Menus    These menus are available if Data Analysis chart is in selection mode and there is a selection rectangle    on the chart          Data Analysis  Test6  eae     Device name  Test6 D Options  Plot from  14 Jul 2015 00 00  ly   to  27 Jul 2015 14 41 Er    Select parameter Select chart type Save Chart as Picture       C RE    MC     MIC trend  stream  1 w Copy Chart Image       RT OR C  Include spot samples    Select component mf    Methane O Den ne a Frame This Selection    certificate    L  Nitrogen Remove Frames    C  Carbon dioxide ISO 10723 trend  Drag arectangleto  _     Zoom In Here    Generate Summary Here    F Ethane Se Set These Records as Inactive     Ap F            3  Mark These Records as Single Point  Select all soiin l4 Mark These Records as MLC  Chart   Comments Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Averaged   Send to   0 6976 Trend       Send to Correlation Calculator  Selection  Averaged   Send to Correlation Calculator  All Gases  Averaged     Send to Mole Composition Comparison    Zoom All Qut    i   M  Y i AM n I            i N Nan    s
137. 80    Output Value  Compressibility  Zmix    0 9951697871    Calorific value 49  273141115    Neopentane   0  i Pentane   0 14047  n Pentane 0 12031    Molar mass composition 23 330238136    Wobbe index   54 78126488  Relative density 0 80901465   Standard density 1 045927402    Hexane   0 02198  Heptane 0 00202 y  Paste Reset   Use a mole composition record of          Page 119 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    10 Data Analysis    Data Analysis is a tool to see trend of GC parameters over time in history     Note    This module requires GCAS feature Data Analysis to be included in your GCAS licence        Data Analysis works for one device as it displays trends of various data for one device  The  complement of Data Analysis is called Data Comparison  which for the time being is only implemented  as Mole Composition Comparison  Working at the opposite of Data Analysis  Mole Composition  Comparison displays mole composition trends of one data  gas  for various devices     10 1 The Data Analysis Form    Select the desired GC device on the device panel  then go to the View menu  gt  Data Analysis  The  form consists of three sections  parameters  chart  and comments        fee Data Analysis  CaseStudy1 Se    Device name  CaseStudy1     re  Plot from  01 Sep 2011 00 00  vy   to 05 Nov 2011 00 00 fv   Select parameter Select chart type i T a are   i i B  _  Display mean and 2 std  deviations oo      RF    MC     RF trend   ORT O R    RF deviation trend S 25  2    P
138. 88    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Date of test Description  02 October 2014    SEE Page of1  gt  pi    Filter Options        List all coefficient sets Entries per page     C List coefficient sets between  26 Jan 2015 and Sort      Newest to oldest  30 Jul 2015 C  Oldest to newest       You can always return to the latest coefficient set through E gt  Load latest set button     22 4 2 Edit Mode    In order to edit the coefficients or the description  you need to put MLC Coefficients form in edit  mode  Open the Action menu and select Edit Mode  You know the form is on edit mode when you    see  7 pencil icon  some labels are coloured orange  and there is a Save button at the top region of  the form          Edit Mode    New Coefficient Set  led Save Changes  Set Status    Page 265 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    iar   Edit mode  MLC Coefficients  Test6    fy Browse another set       DEVICE NAME  Test6    g Edit mode    Component  Nitrogen  Carbon dioxide  Ethane  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  Neopentane  i Pentane  n Pentane    ES Load latest set    STATUS    Active    a   118 39213  0 112799   0 045907  115 84367   0 106963   0 70313   0 120025   0 120025  0 002252  0 009661   0 003119    b  0 00055583  4  1705E 05  4  5226E 05    0 00096907  2  862E 05  3 9947E 05  2 6352E 05  2 6352E 05  2 0357E 05  1 7 788E 05   2 313E 05    E Save    g DATE OF TEST    02    October 2014    Copy    c   6 69E 10  2 895E 10   0  2 9345E 09  0   1 2156E 10   1 394E 
139. 9    a     b     C     d     Troubleshooting    Q    see an error message  This file is not a valid configuration file     A  There is a problem within the XML file  Open File explorer  Windows explorer   navigate to   installation directory   Mappings DeviceSpecific   Default installation  directory is C   GCAS  Find the file of your device tag name xml  then delete the file  This will  reset the configuration of your device to follow template     Q    see an error message  Erroneous RF RT entries  similar to this screenshot       Erroneous RT entries  GCAS expects this configuration file to have 11 RT  V entries  however 10 entries were found        A  Again  there is a problem within the XML file  Open File explorer  navigate to   installation directory   Mappings DeviceSpecific   Find the file of your  device tag name xml  then delete the file  This will reset the configuration of your device to  follow template     Q    see an error message  Device type not supported     A  GCAS Desktop cannot find the template file  Open File explorer  navigate to   installation directory   Mappings Template   If the template file for your device  type does not exist  either the device type is not yet supported by current version of GCAS  Desktop or otherwise you might need to reinstall GCAS Desktop     Q  When   import a configuration  XML  file  it says that the file belongs to other device    A  The export configuration command link is not intended to copy settings among devices  bec
140. 9  ae Fld I Fh  9 201 335    Methane RF Tfend      3 Nov 12 23 Nov 12 24 Nov 12 24 Nov 12 25 Nov 12 25 Nov 12 26 Nov 12 26 Nov 12 27 Nov 12 27 Nov 12       12 AM 12 PM 12 AM 12 PM 12 AM 12 PM 12 AM 12 PM 12 AM 12 PM    Use the scroll bars to pan the zoomed chart  To zoom in further  drag another rectangle on the area    you would like to enlarge more     Click on the circled minus button    on both scroll bars to zoom out one step  To zoom all out  simply  press the button on your keyboard  Otherwise  right click on the chart and select Zoom All Out    submenu     In selection mode  drag a rectangle to select an area on the chart  Right click the selection to open    context menus and you see several menus available in selection mode  Chapter 10 9 will explain each    function of these menus  To cancel selection  right click the chart and choose   Clear Selection       Area   Methane RF Trend  7 200 000          Wean       2 std dev  6 960 000        2 std dev  Ay      8 8 pes   Methane RF  6 720 000      i 1 e a aiii    6 480 000 LA SEREN pon p DTETODIRTDT N ummm re eam se ee Pee ea ea ET   6 240 000    6 000 000    OF Nov 14 08 Nov 14 08 Nov 14 09 Nov 14 09 Nov 14 10 Nov 14  12 PM 12 AM 12 PM 12 AM 12 PM 12 AM    Page 131 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    10 6 Change Axes Scale    When zoom is not enough  you can enforce a custom range for both X axis and Y axis of the chart  To  do this  right click on the chart and select either Set X axis Scale or Set Y ax
141. 9 Insert Comment    Users can comment on a record  It is useful to write comments when an action is being done onto GC  device  or in case of unexpected behaviour has occurred  You are also taken to the comment section  automatically whenever record property is changed  either record flag or record status   It is a good  practice to provide explanation on why the record property was changed             P ae i  poss    E gt  Change calibration data      3 Load latest calibration data  by ng i   S l C  Draw thinner lines Show footprint    DEVICE NAMIE STATUS CALIBRATION DATA TIMESTAMP FOOTPRINT TIMESTAMP    Test4 Inactive 12 December 2013 06 15 01 November 2013 07 24            Charts   Tables   Comments         Refresh comment         This calibration data was marked as inactive at 13 February 2014 13 29  Made this  inactive to prevent it being included in Data Analysis form     12 December 2013 09 13 38 Response factor of methane and CO2 are too low  Investigation needs to be conducted     Post a new    comment       To insert comment  open the Comments tab or go to Action menu  gt  Add Comment   2  Write your comment on the text box at the lower section of the form then click on Submit button     Page 82 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    3  Make sure the comment is correct  e g  free from spelling errors  because once inserted into  database  you will not be able to remove the comment  This is a part of the requirement for audit  trail     If you do not see th
142. And if GCAS can return online       Notify me   D  Automatically switch back to central database      Cancel       When you switch to offline mode and exit GCAS Desktop  the login form will stay in offline mode  upon next time you launch GCAS Desktop     Warning    Only users who have set up their temporary database can log in during offline mode        To override the initial mode  run GCAS Desktop with one of the following parameters     e  fonline   Forces online mode   e  offline   Forces offline mode      k Type the name of a program  folder  document or Internet    a resource  and Windows will open it for you     C  GCAS GCASMain exe  online    Cancel       29 12 Maintenance of Temporary Database    To perform maintenance  you need to go online  Then open the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Maintain  Temporary Database  It contains all submenus to perform database maintenance     Page 379 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Change Database   Reconnect Database   Export Data    Ctrl E   Flush and Backup  Go Offline   Notification Log syne then Go Offline   Minimise to System Tray   Maintain Temporary Database Information   Exit    Delete Temporary Database Compact  Sync Now Verify  Work Offline Preferences Repair   Backup    Restore    Information Displays the size of your temporary database file  how much data stored in it   i e  the timestamp of the earliest data available   and also the date and time of  last sync operation     Compact Tries to shrink th
143. Composition Comparison form will be disabled   Export to Excel button on MLC offline converter tools will be  unavailable  and pretty much everything that exports directly to  Microsoft Excel  Use this switch if you see  COM exception   continuously every time you use features related to Microsoft  Excel     Activates the diagnostic mode     Causes GCAS Desktop to display a confirmation dialog whenever  you import a footprint or calibration data from a text file   Clicking Cancel on the confirmation dialog will abort the import  process     Page 385 of 388     modbusbase X     disablecalibrationcache     drawincompleteRFRT     disabledoublebuffering     drawemptyUT     disableUTcache    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Translates the base register address from the default 0  zero  to  any number you have specified  There is a colon     between     modbusbase    and the number  but there must not be any  Spaces between modbusbase  the colon  and the number     For example   modbusbase 40000 specifies base address  40000 instead of 0  This switch is only used for certain GC    devices and on specific circumstances     By default  whenever you open GC Connect form  the latest RF  and RT data for that device is cached  If the first poll returns the  exact same RF and RT data  this incoming record is not regarded  as a new data  thus GCAS Desktop avoids duplicated RF RT data     This switch disables the caching behaviour  If you run GCAS  Desktop with  disablecalibrationcach
144. Constraints    n Butane  neoPentane    i Pentane    Nitrogen 1 6472  ME renane B En  B n Pentane B Ethane CO  2 1789  Ls        _  Remove mode     Colourblind assist    Show legend   _  Show unnormalised   _  High precision     Show difference          You can change MLC flag bit if necessary  however do this with caution  Because single point    compositions and MLC compositions are similar in values unlike single point RF versus MLC RF which  are completely different  it is easy to mistake which composition is single point or MLC     Page 107 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    8 10 2 Mark As versus Convert To    Open Action menu  select ISO 10723  then select Mark As    or Convert To    and GCAS Desktop  shows this dialogue box     Convert    changes both the flag bit and the data     Obal Convert to single point MC        y Convert to multilevel calibrated MC       Current flag bit is highlighted in yellow to clarify what the bit value is  Next  decide whether you need  to mark the flag bit or convert the whole record     Mark As changes the flag bit only  The original numbers of all mole values are untouched  By contrast   Convert To changes the flag bit and converts all mole values  thus changing the actual numbers  stored in database  Permanently     Unlike Mark As  the Convert To operation requires action permission    MLC permanent conversion     If  your GCAS administrator doesn t give you this permission  GCAS Desktop displays a message saying  that yo
145. Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    If you cannot find the button  instant trial may not be available for you because probably you already  used it before  Instant trial is only offered once per computer  For example  if a user tries to uninstall  GCAS Desktop after his trial period is over and then reinstalls the software again  he will not see the  Instant 4 day trial button a second time     1 4 6 Automatic Licence Update    Licence update is an update for your licence  For example  a customer has subscription plan and they  just extended their subscription for another month  the expiry date on their licence is then updated to  the latest subscription end date  Another example  a customer decided to add more features to their  licence  Their licence is updated to reflect this change     By default  GCAS checks for licence update in GCAS Activation Server once during launch  and once  every 24 hours  Automatic licence update works only if your computer has a working internet    connection     1  If there is any update for the licence in GCAS Activation Server  a window similar to this one shall  appear  The text on this notification window may vary depending on what kind of update is  available for you  e g  extension of expiry date  feature update  or limit upgrade on number of GC      Your GCAS licence is being extended to  01 December 2016     However GCAS cannot install this licence automatically  because Windows requires an administrator consent  Click     Install    to pr
146. E Change record              DEVICE NAME STATUS TIMESTAMP  Test2 Active 28 March 2014 15 58 00         Chart and Table   Comments                                                           d Refresh comment               mm User ID Date posted   Comment     gt  21 April 2014 10 36 01 Unnormalised total is over 105   Investigation is on its                                  comment l         To insert comment  open the Comments tab or go to Action menu  gt  Add Comment   Write your comment on the text box at the lower section of the form  then click Submit    3  Make sure the comment is correct  e g  free from spelling errors  because once inserted into  database  you will not be able to remove the comment     If you do not see the textbox and the Submit button  i e  the comment grid fills up the entire form   your user account may not have action permission to write comments or your user role is Read only   Contact your GCAS administrator     8 8 Automatic or Fixed Scale    Early versions of GCAS works only with percentage scale  but now it works with any scale up to parts  per billion  PPB   GCAS automatically determines which scale to use according to the unnormalised  total value  If the unnormalised total is around 100  then it is percentage  If it is around 1000  probably  it is permillage   o      Page 103 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    The automatic scale may not work as you expect  For example  a problem on the GC or the pipeline  caused the unnormalis
147. E NAME STATUS Fa DATE OF TEST  Test   Active 03 February 2015 H          Otherwise to cancel editing and discard all of your changes  open Action menu and select Edit Mode  again to remove its tick mark  This will exit edit mode and reload the coefficient set from the database     12 4 Create New Coefficient Set    Creating a new set instead of editing an existing set over and over again provides some advantages   such as      You have a historical record of coefficient sets  When the annual multilevel calibration is  conducted  it generates a new set and this should be entered as a new set too      You can test several sets with minor differences in the Uncertainty Calculator form  Make sure  to write the correct description for the uncertainty set in order to avoid confusion when  selecting the coefficient record in Uncertainty Calculator     From an open Uncertainty Coefficients form  open the Action menu and select New Coefficient Set   This menu creates a blank coefficient set  all zeroes  with the timestamp set to current computer time     Edit Mode    New Coefficient Set    Save Changes    Set Status       Page 163 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14     Edit mode  Uncertainty Coefficients  Test3      Browse another set    bet Load latest set lal Save    DEVICE NAME STATUS  7 DATE OF TEST  Test3 Active 21 October 2014    Repeatability Coefficients   Response Concentration Coefficients  Z   Edit mode  Component   Methane  Nitrogen  Carbon dioxide  Ethane  Prop
148. E O 233  ZO WSO OGL  PROMS CS ea EE E EE E EEEE R  233  20 3 Plot Range and ISO 10723 Conversion          sssesssessssesssesssessseesssrossessseesseessseossrossresseesssrossrosseessessssrossressresss 234  20 4 Mean and Standard Deviations    sssssssssssssessesssesssssssssesssessssescsessseesssessesesessesssessesssessesssessesssesseassessees 236  OA feo Wim   28   21     RGR     WV INE a aaa i Us EN any oe era nn Rn a USNR OSU aInn runont ean nn Una E wenn 237  200   Compaling Previous Chatticinst ae ae eh es ee ae ee ae eels 238  20 7 Zoom Mode and Selection  VM OGG iii rccrece nem aneecencmacm rans earstoncieacnvnivean staencarceuneaeedd 239  20 9 SelectiOn Mode Men   enceensainsiceicetelemelaiesietiaerattenidaatieaMidseteaeidaataiavich mee 241  209  Oter Vis tial Cues arnan E E E 242  20 10  Export Values to Microsoft Excel cea cates ERRE EREEREER RRN 243  LOEN MIS SUT C OMMON ae O 244  21 1S506976 Tre  nd Comparisons ae a E EEE EEE 246  21 1 The ISO 6976 Trend Comparison FOM     c cccccesesessssesssessssesesssssssscsessssssssesesescssssesesesessesesesesessesesesesessseseeeees 246  21 2 Parameters and Device  LIST i iccsciessuczssssnccssusninccsvessserssdsvaesvessanecuevannessvaspineavotanaesbsarenedsevennenteagpacseedapaectnaaabesedens 247  21 2 1 Plot Range and ISO 6976 Properties 0    sesssesssssssssesssessssssessesssssssssseesesssssessseessseseessseseesesesseseeas 247  Diese Devicesana Comparison Lis tansa a ce eet 248  ERZ S GPAD eea E ET E E EET 250  PWS  Compans CNIR
149. EY AY      le       2    These options control which data source to feed into ISO 6976 calculator inside ISO 6976 Trend  Set    the date and time range as well as the stream number and finally click    Refresh to start graphing  It    may take a while to plot the complete chart  GCAS Desktop provides    Pause button to temporarily  halt the operation  or press  F7   and oO Stop button  or press to abort the calculation     Page 234 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       iso 150 6976 Trend  Testi    i   Data   and 1  Device name  Testo source and options    Plot from  15 Jun 2015 09 44 to 116 Jun 2015 09 41    ISO 6976 outputs ISO 6976 erties  prope Records to plot  567 A    Calorific value Base pressure  oe   _  Molecular weight 1 0    atm ISO 10723 conversion    Convert to single point   Wahha inday    ey i si a Combustion metering temperature      Standard density 1Cr 15  C View summary  Drag a rectangle to     Zoom    Select    l X          i Calculating ISO 6976       Pause  F7     Stop  Esc                     SS z    Chart Comments    CV Trend       ISO 6976 Trend form  calculation tn progress  Dots disappear after 100 data points     GCAS Desktop determines which stream numbers available based on the existing mole composition  records and mole composition streams configuration in Modbus register mappings  Nevertheless if   the desired stream number is not listed on this dropdown  just type the number manually and hit     Refresh     If you have  SO 10723 f
150. Edit Mode to  remove its tick mark  The form will revert to the last record viewed     22 4 4 Change Record Status    Like other types of record in GCAS database  MLC coefficient set has a status bit indicating whether  the record is active or inactive  Inactive coefficient sets are not used for MLC conversions  thus GCAS  Desktop will look further backward to find the previous active coefficient set     To change status  open the Action menu and select Set Status  This menu brings the Set Status  dialogue where you can flip the status bit from active to inactive or vice versa     Page 268 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Set Status    Edit Mode                                     New Coefficient Set   Active OK    Save Changes O  Inactive        Cancel  Set Status    Click OK and GCAS Desktop will update the new status which then instructs the MLC Coefficients form  to reload the set with the new status                    22 5 Overriding MLC Constraints    Chapter 22 2 already explained what MLC constraints are  and chapter 22 3 explained four levels of  MLC constraints  This chapter explains how to actually override MLC constraints if the global or  predefined constraints produce nonsensical RF or mole composition values     22 5 1 Overriding Constraints for Footprint Calibration Data    From an open Footprint form or Calibration Data  open the Action menu  select ISO 10723  then select  Change MLC Constraints  The MLC Conversion Constraints  RF  dialogue ap
151. Excel worksheet  formats the worksheet  and writes data  to it  The process is much slower compared to other exporter module  so it is suitable for small  number of records  Choose Copy to Excel to begin     Note    You need the GCAS feature Export to Microsoft Office to be included in your GCAS licence in order to  use this feature     Moreover  this exporter also requires Microsoft Excel 2010  2013  2016  or later to be installed on your    computer  Running this export module without Excel installed will raise an error        Page 348 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Se Export data from GCAS database    Choose an export type     Export to CSV f Copy Export to MS Export to SOL  Access Compact    Export data to a new Microsoft Excel worksheet  Surts best for small number of records    Requires Microsoft Excel 2013  2010  or 2007 be installed        Tick all GC devices you would like to have their data exported     j Platform A  Al  A2   j Platform B  B1 Collapse all  B2   a    Platform C     c1  C2    _  Renamed workspace       Page 349 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Choose the data kind and a date range to export  If you tick Also include records marked as  inactive  inactive footprints  calibration data  mole composition data  calibration certificates   uncertainty coefficients  MLC coefficients  and lag time data  including comments for them  if selected   within the defined date range will also be included in the export     e    erg Expo
152. GCAS    Desktop  Manual Guide    Copyright    i Vigilant Technologies Ltd   The software  GCAS Desktop    GCAS    Gas Chromatography Analysis Software    GCAS web version   http   i vigilant com  and this manual guide are protected by intellectual property laws  Unauthorised  copying  modification  or distribution of the software may lead to fine or prosecution according to the  applicable law     i Vigilant Technologies Limited is registered in Scotland  United Kingdom  with company registration  number SC426362  Registered office is Unit 26 Murcar Commercial Park  Denmore Road  Bridge of  Don  Aberdeen AB23 8JW     Revision  14  Last updated  12 October 2015    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Page 2 of 388    Table of Contents    Title Page  GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide  Table of Contents  Revision Log    1 Welcome    1 1 NIV SSG oleae alccat ss cheetah cities treater les eeaeaterelaadtess  1 2 System REQUIFEMENS           ccecsssesesssecsesssesssssseessssseesssesesssesseseees  1 3 SU  pported GG Brands acces tesco ceeuctectcsrcact see dastssectechateecte stuns  1 4 GCAS Licence and Activation oe eceetesesseseseeeseseesestseeseeteseseens  1 4 1 Types of LCC INC Ss eetesk seeds saccsssspdcceiepneisstereeteniacentssieceetanaciss  1 4 2 ROW Many PGS  cent o ene ae ie  1 4 3 ONMMMEACUV ATION scart Sie tS ereiee i sseierretitre es  1 4 4 OTMMMO ACV ALON eceeterctstectccoztiecvenasseeutnsesateenienc icine aalazcnet2  1 4 5 Stant Tiaka a S  1 4 6 Automatic Licence Update uu 
153. GCAS Desktop  reserves them for urgent messages only  Click anywhere on the overlay to dismiss the    Page 54 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    notification         File Profile Subscriptions View Comms _ Tools Window    c s  370XA DEMO        i Vigilant  New server  Microsoft       a J  CASE STUDY   byt  CaseStudy1   BE  CaseStudy2   WE  Casestudy3   WE  CaseStudy4   WE  CaseStudys      WN  anole Problem    WE  DEMO  WE  370XA DEMO    bate  8425R l s  HFE  TEST Connection to database server was disconnected  Please check your network connection     BPE  UK21C1813 Do not attempt to continue working on any existing open forms  as they will raise errors   AE  370XA DEMO1 l  Bt  DEMO1 Did you know GCAS can switch to work offline mode  You need to set up a temporary database beforehand   BS  DEMo2 Later when you are online  go to menu File  gt  Work Offline  gt  Initialise Temporary Database to create one   byt ES  DEMO3  byt ES  DEMo4    lt       Recently used devices   AFE  370xA DEMO    Search device          lb Disconnected     lt   gt  Network problem    In case you missed a notification  check the Notification Log from the File menu  Notification Log  window displays the last 10 000 notifications  Click Replay notification to replay it  Replayed panel  notifications still show decision buttons  but this time these buttons serve no function other than to  dismiss the notification     Timestamp   24 Jul 2015 11 23 29 Status bar Ready   24 Jul 2015 11 23 28 Stat
154. GCAS database  GCAS requires users to  enter their valid credential before presenting the main interface  Each user has their own user type and  role  which control what kinds of data in the database are accessible to the user and what permissions  the user has over the data     When a GCAS user is assigned into a group  this implies the user is authorised to access  read  and  write data to a portion of GCAS database which is allocated for this particular group  A user may be  assigned to multiple groups     3 1 User Types and Roles  Concept     User types and user roles constitute the access control list  ACL   If you use i Vigilant central database   this ACL is shared between GCAS Web and GCAS Desktop     User types control which menus are available to the user  Default installation of GCAS would set up  three user types  Administrator  super user  and general user  Administrator has access to all areas of  GCAS modules and menus  while general user has access to essential features only     You can create custom user types and assign custom menu permissions to each of them if you are the  GCAS administrator  To do so  read chapter 27 2 Define new user types and roles and 27 5 Menu    permissions     User roles control which actions are available to the user  An action is a specific command available in  some modules such as Footprint  Calibration Data  Mole Composition  and Devices  Those commands  are accessible through the Action menu on the menu bar  Default installati
155. Gridlines       Which ones   x      Action  Compare averages  SELECT TWO     E Bests  stream 1  single point  L  i Test    stream 1  MLC  L f Test7  stream 1  single point       Next  GCAS Desktop builds a comparison and displays them on a text viewer window similar to this  one below     Compare Averages    Comparison of averages from 27 June 2015 11 25 to 27 June 2015 13 33    Test6  stream Test6  stream  1  single pt    Calorific value average 62 029712 62 8070395  Number of data 51 51       First row is the comparison  First column is the first comparison entry which was selected on the    previous dialogue box  let s call it A  Next column is the second comparison entry  let s call it B  Then  the delta is A minus B  and finally you get absolute difference in percentage relative to A     Page 258 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Second row contains number of data  N  used to calculate the average  The reason is ISO 6976 Trend  Comparison form can compare ISO 6976 trends between devices  and each GC device may not have  the same number of data     21 3 7 Other Visual Cues    By default  GCAS Desktop draws the chart using a thin line  The toggle button N    Use thin lines is  pressed by default  If you prefer the usual thick lines  click this button to raise it from its pressed state     Click   Show values or right click the chart and select Show Values to display the ISO 6976 values   GCAS Desktop presents a warning if one or more devices have over 100 do
156. Guide rev  14    21 ISO 6976 Trend Comparison    ISO 6976 Trend Comparison is a tool to compare ISO 6976 trends across devices  It is a part of Data  Comparison feature  which stands in line after Mole Composition Comparison  Do not confuse ISO  6976 trend comparison with ISO 6976 comparison  The former is what we are going to talk in this  chapter  while the latter is a bonus feature of ISO 6976 Calculator     Note    This module requires two GCAS features to be included in GCAS licence   SO 6976 Trend and Data    Comparison        21 1 The  SO 6976 Trend Comparison Form    To open ISO 6976 Trend Comparison form  go to the Tools menu  gt  ISO 6976 Trend Comparison     tiso  SQ 6976 Trend Comparison    tle  ped ar di 150 10723 sample Show  Devicetag Stream MLC   Calorific value HPE  Test  HPEH  Test     From  oO  Clear MLC cache    07 Oct 2015 Hr    Base pressure     Combustion metering temperature  N Collapse all Remow Remove all       Similar to Mole Composition Comparison form  ISO 6976 Trend Comparison form has two resizable  sections  Parameters are at the top  chart is at the bottom  This form is designed with similar UI  experience with Mole Composition Comparison therefore users can use it straight away without    reading this chapter further     Page 246 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    21 2 Parameters and Device List    The top section of the form has a linear flow  Select what ISO 6976 output you need  the comparison  date range  and ISO 6976 proper
157. I oe E et ie ete arte 180  WB Ae OME VIS A CUC onnenn E S 180  T30 COOUrDINO ASSIS IN C E enpi n a a T E 182  133 6  Uncertainty Trend  Diagnostic wid ccetescncte tad vecatesnere eanan A A ER 182  TA  sere COMMON onanan AR 183  14 Uncertainty Trend Comparison                    cccccssssssssssssssccccsscccccccssssssssssssssssccccccsccccsssssssssssssscsees 185  15   C  mMeNtS isiin nin ainai iaa aaia aa aaa aaia aa aaa aaa aiaa aG 186  ist Foe Comnen FON meere enn a cendceraeette  gt  coanes sacuestenconeue anyones euessteasneaneaeree 186  15 2 Filter Comments by TYype         sss sssosssesssesssesssessssesssesssessssessseossessseesseeosseessresseesserossrossresseesssrossrossresstesserossrosseesss 186   rox FETrEOMNMNEeN e DV DAO aa E EA E AEA 187    Page 7 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    bA Seareh COMMEAIS eere sees eee i ee 187  Sid  Delete COMMUNI S ernn enoar ETE NER EE EET OOR 187  TG  DASMDOAN anene Geadccansdcdeeseietdecsustedcecs deececeusteteuseseececeuatedeeentacceccusteevsesescuceese 189  aK omy B 9  oars   ea CNO a contre aeren Terme va TD Ca rv ATU TC URTR ST TUT R 192  tekt Heatnstat  us tO DISP Voerenin E EEE EET ETE 192  Toe RIE eaa E EE I EEO NEE E E es ee ncteatd tes 195  16 1 3 Uncertainty Calculation Settings    sesssssssssesssssssssssssssssessssssessssssessssssessesssessesssesscsssessessseesesssess 196   lt a Nm  FY 0    bv    en ne Oe Cm oR ERECT ENON OE TNT ONE OPI INCU OTS UT en EST RC On VETERE ST ae Ort Tne 197  lokon MEERI COUS ea a 
158. J m    Device Stream  A E E  62 20                    Testi 1       Test  1  62 00     Test  1   61 80   F   VI  61 60       12 00 1 amp 15 12 30 1245 13 00 13 15 13 50 13 45 14 00 14 15 14 30    ISO 6976 trend comparison chart with colourblind assist turned on     Colourblind assistance works better if you use N    thick lines because thick lines have subtle shadow to  aid the user distinguishing the yellow line and white background     Page 260 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    22 ISO 10723    ISO 10723 2012 is a standard method used to adjust values in non linear GC devices  Support for ISO  10723 first came in GCAS Desktop version 1 6 0 0  We gradually added more features and modules  and finally full support of ISO 10723 was completed in version 1 7 3 0  With ISO 10723  GCAS Desktop  makes a differentiation between single point and multilevel calibrated  MLC  response factor and mole    composition     All subchapters in this chapter assume you have GCAS feature  SO 70723 included in your licence     22 1 MLC Coefficients  Concept     Multilevel calibration coefficients  abbreviated MLC coefficients  are the coefficients of the analysis  function as described in ISO 10723 standard  Similar to uncertainty coefficents  although not about the  Same meaning  MLC coefficients consist of four coefficients  These four come from the equation    y  a   bx   cx    dx       where y is multilevel calibrated peak area  x is single point peak area  and a  b  c  d are th
159. MS     Should you have interest in setting up a local corporate GCAS database within your company network  or using a local offline database for your company  contact our support team to arrange a deployment  for you     Page 33 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    2 3 Change Database    Most users do not have to worry about changing database  But if your data is stored in two or more  databases  tell GCAS Desktop which database it should connect to     To switch database  make sure that no forms open on your work area and you are not working offline   Next  go to File menu  gt  Change Database     i Change Database    el    Reconnect Database       gt     re Export Data    Ctri E    Flush and Backup   Work Offline  Notification Log  Minimise to System Tray  Exit       This menu will bring up the Change Database dialogue  Choose which database you would like to use  whether i Vigilant central database  your own corporate database  or an offline database file         i Vigilant central database   _  Corporate database   C Local offline database  i Vigilant Central Database  The data i stored on   Vigdant database server     Select server     Old server  MySQL   New server  Microsoft SOL   New server  Microsoft SQL   proxy     Reset to default settings       Page 34 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Enter the required parameters  e g  IP address or server host name  DBMS username  and DBMS  password  You can test whether the parameters are correct thr
160. Out Ctrl L    Change Password  Your current password   Your new password     Reenter the new password        Unmask passwords  be careful of someone behind you    e    3  Type your current password once and your desired password twice  Then click Save to commit the       change   4  Use the new password for the next time you log in to GCAS Desktop     3 4 Forgot Your Password     If you forgot your password and you use i Vigilant central database  send a request for password reset  quoting your GCAS username to support I vigilant com then we will reset your password     If you use local corporate database or local offline database  contact your GCAS administrator to reset  your password  To GCAS administrators  follow chapter 27 1 Manage Users to reset a user s password     Page 47 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    3 5 Logging Out    Go to the Profile menu  gt  Log Out or press Ctr1 L shortcut key to log out  The next user can now  log in     Be informed that if GCAS Desktop is in offline mode  only users who have set up their temporary  databases can log in to GCAS     3 6 Automatic Logout on Inactivity  To protect your data  GCAS Desktop can trigger automatic logout if it has been idle for certain period    of time  The login form will look like this if you leave GCAS Desktop without any activity for some  amount of time     Ww New server  Microsoft SQL   Change database    Password      _  Remember me on this database  untick on a shared computer    You have
161. RT  and MC  and  100 records for R       Page 126 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Options  Plot from  06 Jul 2015 00 00  ly   to  05 Aug 2015 15 41  lr       Display mean and 2 std  deviations FEAR ea    25       Drag arectangleto     Zoom     Select     gt    Be     x    2    10 4 Mean and Standard Deviations    On certain parameters  GCAS Desktop can calculate the mean  average  and twice the standard  deviations  The table below describes which parameter has this capability     Mean  amp  2 std dev enabled  Available options    1  x records from footprint   2  All records from footprint   3  What being displayed    Y 1  x records from footprint   2  All records from footprint   3  What being displayed    a      es  es 1  What being displayed    GCAS Desktop can only calculate mean and standard deviations if only one component is selected     Note    Mean and standard deviations cannot be computed for two or more active components on the chart   Important    If you are working offline  computed mean and standard deviations may not be accurate because it  depends on how much data available on your temporary database  GCAS Desktop displays offline  warning icon to alert this potential source of inaccuracy  Try to stay in online mode as much as  possible while working with Data Analysis        Page 127 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To show or hide the mean and twice standard deviations  use the checkbox Display mean and   2 x  standard devia
162. Returning Online    GCAS Desktop can start an automatic database sync when you go online  To enable this feature  open  the Work Offline Preferences dialogue by opening the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Work Offline  Preferences     Work Offline Preferences    Sync data in the temporary database fromthe last   ff     months    Automatically switch to temporary database if network connection is lost  Resume all modbus operations after a successful switchover  Do a periodic check if GCAS can return online every   3 S  minutes  And if GCAS can return online       Notify me   D  Automatically switch back to central database       Remember current state  offline online  for next time GCAS is launched En        Tick Automatically sync to central online database server when I go online to turn on this feature   Next time you work offline and is about to switch into online mode  GCAS Desktop synchronise the  temporary database and the main database server as soon as it enters online mode     29 5 Automatic Switchover on Network Problem    GCAS Desktop switches to your temporary database if the network connection between your  computer and GCAS database server gets interrupted  To enable this feature  open Work Offline  Preferences through the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Work Offline Preferences  Give a tick mark on  Automatically switch to temporary database if network connection is lost     Page 369 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       Work Offline Preferences
163. S   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    22 6 2 MLC e Single Point MC Offline Converter    This is an ISO 10723 converter tool for mole compositions  First  select a conversion direction whether    from MLC to single point or single point to MLC      4 MLC   Single Point MC Offline Converter     1  Which conversion do you need     Direction      MLC     Single point    Convert multilevel calibrated mole composition te single point mole composition     gt  Single point     MLC    Convert single point mole composition to multilevel calibrated mole composition       Next  enter the MLC coefficients  This page has similar layout to MLC Coefficients form  You can paste  from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet processing software as long as the data has 4 columns and  15 rows  for 15 gases   click Paste to do so  If the mole composition data to convert don t have gases  such as octane  nonane  decane  or neopentane  leave the coefficients of those gases to all zeroes     Page 281 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    MLC   Single Point MC Offline Converter  ee  f   fm     Enter the coefficients of MLC analysis function  This converter tool supports up to C10  decane    lf your GC does not have certain gases such as neopentane or octane or nonane  leave the  coefficients of those gases to all zeroes     2 3  y  a   bx   cx    dx       multilevel calibrated peak area  x   single point peak area   Coefficients a  b     d   coefficients of analyse function  b  0  Paste Reset   
164. S   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    2k  Derete Use creer ee tert ren rey ene poe nee Ten Cr ent atrer pre TE eT Nees eer even peer ne syns tere 332  27 2 Define New User Types and Rolle ou     ccessssessssssssssssesssssssssssessssssssssssssessssessssessssessssessssessesessesessssesseseeseeess 333  Zila  Manage GOUD Stasera a na E ccna seers 334   27 3 1 Create  Edit  Delete Groups    ceesssessesesssssesscsesssesesscsesssesessssesesesesscsesesesessesesesesessesesesesesseseseaeeesees 334   27 3 2 Add  Edit  Delete Workspace within Groups uu    ecescssesssesessssesssesesssesssesessesesesesessesesesesesseseseeeeeees 335  21A   FASSIGUUSENS INL GlOUDS cerise a 337   ZI AM ASCII CW oi steiectes rset ese E TAEA EE AEA E R vet otic ta adawste test 337   DT OUP 1 OW a cca cesses cece E 338  Zao MENEREN SIC INS sce cies sees las sceensh cs tecs a A 341  ZRO PRETO OTS S FOUN aa ae eae eee 342   PR  Gama  lt 0 0  og iB J 1  p OP eee eee 343  AM EON COs soca ci epastteneney cities taces E sestdtanaseiatecaeciaeecssateest 344  DO  ECORV TOMIO EXCO oseere nE Ea EE ENEA ENAREN OEREN 348  POO FEO I O MITOSO AC COS S arare seca E EA TEETE TI 352  28 4 Export to Microsoft SQL Server Compact Database wu    ccccesessssesessssessssssesestssesessesesesseseeeeseseecesees 357   29    WOrk    Ly    Peer eer en SOR er ee ee nen ee eee ne eee eee 364  29 1 Set Up Temporary Database    csssssssssesssessesssesssssssssssssssssssseesssesesssessesssessesssessesssessesssessesssessesseesees 364   29 1 1 Create
165. Selected  8 Tick  None Top10 Bottom 10    Remember my selections on this computer   Ticking this box causes GCAS not to display this dialogue on next  launch  Go to Subscription menu  gt  Choose Devices fo show this  dialogue again  Your selections are persistent for this database only     OK       To make your device selection persistent  tick Remember my selections on this computer  This  causes GCAS to remember your selection for the next time GCAS is launched and thereafter  The  selection is valid for current GCAS database only  If you change into different GCAS database  Choose  Devices dialogue may re appear  Again  you have the option to remember your selections for that  database as well     Subscriptions    Choose Devices    Manage Devices       At some point you may change your mind  Go to the Subscription menu  gt  Choose Devices to display  this dialogue again  Here you can change your selected devices to make visible  or simply untick  Remember my selections on this computer to cancel the persistence  Unticking the check box  causes GCAS Desktop to re display Choose Devices dialogue the next time GCAS is launched  Please  note this menu is not visible directly after making selection through Choose Devices dialogue  It will be  there the next time GCAS Desktop is launched  so you need to spend one session with your current  device selections first     Page 53 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    4 4 Notifications    GCAS Desktop has four kinds of noti
166. T PAGE LAYOUT FORMULAS DATA REVIEW VIEW DEVELOPER OFFI  composition  Le i   Methane E d  Calibri    ln  A A   R  amp    Fe Genea F   E  Nitrogen Ea   s  f 1 Paste ad eee  Fe  QoS     oe  x ye e0 0 Conditional Form  Carbon dioxide   i    F Os z5 27A Jaaa a a i Formatting    Tab  Ethane Clipboard    Font F Alignment F Number pi Styles  Propane    Al X Hexane  i Butane Se  n Butane h A B E D E F G H  ooo o O O a a      oe ee eg Ee 1 eas ee a    Neopentane 1  Hexane   ate  Hexane sataa IC6 SLN  i Pentane 2  Propane 3 01351  Propane 3 01351 IC3 3 01351  E EE 3 li Butane 0 8936  lisobutane 0 8936  lic4 0 89361  4  n Butane 0 8909  Butane 0 8909  INCA 0 8909   Hexane   i   i    TEIS 5 ji Pentane 0 2381  ilsopentane 0 2381  Le 0 2381     6  n Pentane 0 29751 iPentane 0 29751 IC5 0 29751    7  Nitrogen 7 44691 INitrogen 7 44691 IN2 7 44691  eee 8 Methane 68 9481  Methane 68 9481  ic1 68 9481   Decane 9  Carbon dioxide 3 0043  iCarbon dioxide 3 0043  iC02 3 0043   j I I    10 ethane 14 8769  ethane _________14 87651 C2 14 8769   Paste Reset 11  Use a mole composition record of 12  Demol 13  14       Page 228 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    19 2 3 Load a Mole Composition Record    To use a mole composition record  we have two methods  Both require Live Data Analysis feature in  your GCAS licence     First method as already described in chapter 8 9  Open a Mole Composition form  go to the Action  menu  and select Send to ISO 6976 Calculator     Second method is described
167. TOES       Selection Mode Men  s scce5 coecnstit is cxiaa dere tba ctdhcte cued estlOha eee R ec cacnl Vie tl tece utes 136  1O  T0  Other Visual CUES e E A tad E E needestareahceadl 138  WOIE ANSE COMMEN oanp a a a a a a i saeeee 140  EL Uncertainty CalCulati On ieiccctctccestececec ea a O RE E A E 142  T TREUE ty GGICULGT OM FON rer iae OTTOON OON OTONI 142  T2 Caculation SU CIOS ranana en 144  o APUCE TOES ana E E E aoe Scene E E E E 144  Wissel    Uneertainties tolncudE cessie Eea Ea EEEE E E EEEE E 144  T32    Uncertainty rom The calibrat oN GaSirsscnccseescosernaenesene E 145  11 3 3 Uncertainty from GC Repeatability and LINGALI ty    ecesesessesesseeesseeessesteseeesseensseetsseeteseeess 145  11 3 4 Uncertainty from GC Reproducibility    sesesssessssecsssessssecsssecsssecsssessssecsssecsssessssessssesessessssess 151  Mi ee  FASC Ov IME aE E oeeseneceetaraesteeasa ates 151  HA CACAO care Vo semper pelos Vn tas OWE eSATA SOV aT  ee oS EN oy oa Tes Teo OE No NORIO 152  TAT  Manual Mole Percentage Range srcrincoroceoo ne in as Strasser eesti aees 153  114 2     Regarding Sensitivity Analy SIS  lt cececrecrecwcetenceae an necricercnaceeeeenencrenaidecnnoeneae gin 154  PES     SOUTOUU IP ADCS aani anan aan ETENE TOETO E OE N TANO OONO 155    Page 6 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Higbee ad Umea Sa Vo  AU crs C6   Darren sneer ney et OP re O meee nee 155  Moz Detaled RAGS arna uann arr TE T E RE TEE EE 155   12   Uncertainty COCTIICICINGS ainiai ana A EE E 15
168. This button brings you to  the comment page  Comments on this form is similar to comments on Data Analysis  the comments    aren t bound to a particular record  Instead  you need to provide the date of topic so other users  know the background or context of your comment     Page 183 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    User ID Date posted Date of topic   Comment    Fost a new The CV uncertainty at this date has crossed the threshold line  Maintenance is scheduled on next week   comment     Date of topic 08 October 2014 H       Write your comment with the appropriate date of topic  then click Submit  Your comment will have a  yellow background to distinguish it from comments by other users     Make sure that the comment is correct e g  free from spelling errors  because once submitted you  would not be able to remove your comment  This is a part of audit trail requirements     Click    Refresh comments to reload comments     If you do not see the text box to write your comment  i e  you only see the comment grid view  your  GCAS user account doesn t have the action permission to write comment in Uncertainty Trend   Contact your GCAS administrator     Page 184 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    14 Uncertainty Trend Comparison    Under construction    Uncertainty Trend Comparison is a planned module to compare uncertainty trends across devices   When this module becomes available  this chapter will be updated  Stay tuned for future releases of  GCAS Des
169. This record flag was changed from    calibration data    to    footprint    at 13 February 2014 15 16  Minor adjustment this  comment    morning has produced a better result  This is a good calibration data        7 5 2 Change Status    Every footprint or calibration record has a status bit that can change from active to inactive or vice  versa  Inactive records will not be included in data analysis therefore will not affect the calculation of  mean and standard deviation in data analysis  Below are the steps to mark records as inactive or  active     1  From an open Footprint or Calibration Data form  go to Action menu  gt  Set status  If you do not  see this menu  your user account may not have the action permission for it  Contact your GCAS  administrator    Action      Import Data   Import Data   CSV   Import Data   Manual Entry    Add Comment                Send to Correlation Calculator    Print Preview    Print              50 10723    2  This will show Set Status and Flag dialogue     Record timestamp  12 December 2013 06 15  Set status Set flag      Active OL Footprint    C  Inactive     Calibration data       Page 76 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    3  Choose one of the options in Set status group  whether to mark this record as active or inactive   Click OK to commit the change    4  The form will reload the record and you should see the new status on the top section  Next  the  Comments tab opens automatically and it is advised to write a comment o
170. To aid users with colour blindness  protanopia and deuteranopia   GCAS Desktop provides an    alternative colour scheme for the chart  Use the aie Colourblind assist button to switch colour       scheme   0 3020 i Pentane comparison  Device Stream  ie        DEMO 2        DEMO1 1  0 3010 j NN ah 1 A  ME w Ne   L          370XA DEMO 4        3 HL g j       bas  A     370    ph Jalna  L WO gl dee Th i wv    aie Lal vent 370KA DEMO1 1  0 3005 ge or ih aV ii e ai r Eee Ne  0 3000 V       O8 Nov O8 Nov O8 Nov O9 Nov O9 Nov O9 Nov O9 Nov O9 Mov O9 Nov Nov O9 Nov 10 Mow  15 00 1200 3100 0000 03 00  0 amp 00 09 00 12 00 15 00 1200 21 00 00 00                   Alternative colour scheme when colourblind assist is turend on   Colourblind assistance works better with thick lines like in this screenshot     Page 218 of 388          GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    18 Correlation Calculator    Correlation Calculator is a tool to find the R   correlation  value for arbitrary number of data  Footprint  and Calibration Data already calculated R  value of the calibration record  however they follow a  certain order of components gases for each GC device type  If you need to calculate the correlation  value without following those rules  use this Correlation Calculator tool instead  This tool does not  only calculate RF MW correlation like those in Footprint or Calibration Data  but also calculates    correlation of any x and y number pair     18 1 The Correlation Calculator Form    To o
171. Using the tree view on the left side  choose the group and workspace where the new device will    belong to  Expand a 4 group node to see workspaces within this group  and click a d workspace to  select it  The new device will be created under this workspace     Page 295 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    On the right side  there are three main properties of the new device     Device tag name is device name that will appear on the device panel on the main user interface  It is  a good practice to keep the tag name unique for each device     Device type  Select one from the list that matches your physical GC devices  applies to both Daniel  and ABB      C5  EEL EEE  C6  without  er  ge een  C7   foe  pee Eelert bate       eis  C7  without  coen NNN Leber      eae    C9    cote EES e  xe  C9  without   recurs Gee ele ESE a  eee  C10    conte  OEE Nea PS et eee   C10  without   Pooper RES  E    Help on abbreviations  go to chapter 6  C number glossary       Additional glossary  N2   nitrogen  CO2   carbon dioxide     Device date format  Select one of the list  or type a custom date format  This date format follows  MySQL convention  We recommend to select from the dropdown list     e  m  d  y  H  M   USA format  For instance  01 12 2013 07 55 is interpreted as 12  January 2013 07 55 AM    e  d  m  y  H  M   rest of the world format  For example  01 12 2013 07 55 translates to  1 December 2013 07 55 AM        Page 296 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14  W
172. a power cut happened  your database in computer memory cache is lost  If GCAS doesn t  flush the file at all  you will lose all data since the time GCAS was started  With a periodic flush  you  lose only data since the last flush  not all the way back to GCAS start time  Nonetheless  GCAS cannot  protect your hard disk from physical damages  especially during a power cut event     To flush your database manually  go to the File menu on main user interface  Select Flush and  Backup  then Flush Now     i Change Database  i Reconnect Database    es Export Data    Ctrl E    w gt    Flush and Backup t w3 Flush Now    Work Offline ke  Automatic Flush and Backup Preferences    oe Last Flush and Backup Status  Notification Log    Minimise to System Tray  Exit       Page 40 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    GCAS can also backup your database file after a flush  This feature is not yet turned on as you need to  set up the backup destination directory beforehand     By default  GCAS flushes your database file once every hour  You can configure the automatic flush  settings at chapter 2 9 Automatic Flush and Backup     2 9 Automatic Flush and Backup    On main user interface  go to the File menu  select Flush and Backup  and finally Automatic Flush  and Backup Preferences  This menu shows the Automatic Database Flush and Backup dialogue     z  fi  E    imj    on       Change Database   Reconnect Database   Export Data    Ctrl  E   Flush and Backup Flush and Backup Now   Wo
173. a7  oor 127139    ooo  00545762  oo  o0ase2o7  aaa       Page 111 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Calibration Gas Certificate form  Data in this screenshot ts fictional  for illustration purpose only     First tab is called Table  here you see all mole percentage values and their corresponding absolute  uncertainty  as written on your paper certificate   It also shows the relative uncertainty which is  calculated from your absolute uncertainty  This relative uncertainty is calculated at the k value   coverage factor  that is embedded in the certificate record in GCAS database  To find out what is the  k value for this record  switch to the second tab  Relative uncertainty  also known as Ucal gas  is a part of    uncertainty calculation     Second tab is Information where other properties of the certificate is listed  Third tab is Comments   which like the other forms in GCAS Desktop  displays user comments for the certificate     Table   Information   Comments    lssue date  24 June 2014   Install date  23 June 2014   Expiry date     25 December 2014  5 more months   k  1   Minimum pressure  10 barg    Minimum temperature 25C    Cylinder number  CYL 0001    The  Information  tab  Data is fictional     9 2 View Previous Certificates    To view other calibration certificates  Click bie Change certificate  Select a different certificate  then  click OK or double click the list item     Page 112 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Select a certificat
174. ages  Selection    o fi Compare Averages  Entire X axis   618 bt Frame This Selection      Remove Frames  61 6 Set Underlying Mole Composition Records as Inactive                 10 00 1030 11 00 1130 1200 1 amp 30 13200 1330 14 00               2 Zoom All Gut  Tx Hide Crosshair Cursors      g Clear Selection Area               Show Average  Show Values  Show Legend  Show Gridlines          Page 255 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Zooms in to the selection area   Generate Summary Here Generates statistical summary for the selected area     Compare Averages Prompts you to select two comparison entries out of whichever    Selection  available inside the selection area  then compares the average of the  two  giving you the delta and difference in percentage  See chapter  21 3 6 for details     Compare Averages  Entire X    Prompts you to select two comparison entries out of all lines    axis  available on the chart  then compares the average of the two  giving    you the delta and difference in percentage  This menu does not even  need a selection area  See chapter 21 3 6 for details   Frame This Selection Literally puts a rectangular frame around the selection  for  presentation purpose   This works on the average chart too   Set Underlying Mole As ISO 6976 calculation is based on mole composition records  this  Composition Records as menu sets the underlying mole composition records contained  Inactive inside the selection area as inactive  You need to refresh
175. ainty calculation takes four input groups     1  Uncertainty from the calibration gas     a calibration gas certificate is mandatory   2  Uncertainty from GC repeatability and linearity    3  Uncertainty from GC reproducibility    4  ISO 6976 1995 inputs     And it produces two output groups     1  Uncertainties of ISO 6976 1995 outputs   2  Uncertainties of GC for each gas component     11 1 The Uncertainty Calculator Form    To calculate uncertainties of a particular GC device  select the device on your device panel or recent  device panel  Then  go to the View menu  gt  Uncertainty Calculation     The form behaves like a wizard although it is not  It has a collection of pages categorised into three  groups  inputs  calculation  and outputs  To navigate between pages  use the two buttons at the  bottom right corner Next page or Previous page  or you can also jump to the desired page straight  away through the navigation tree on the left side     Page 142 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Splitter   move to resize the navigation tree  Page content    Uncertainty Calculator  Test3    ee mm                                     ee ee    IWhat uncertainties to include in the calculation     i gi  Uncertainty from calibration gas  i   L  Uncertainty from GC repeatability and linearity  i gi  Uncertainty from GC reproducibility    i Uncertainty from the calibration       Uncertainty from GC repeatabilit  2 Repeatability   TIE i    Select all    i  Mole percentage ran
176. al esas a sete reel eed 316  252  Upatended IVC Ce terest ercnstotene cease tect tate tate TAEI SIOE 317  2320  Data Cape Eror Eo  0 eera rent enrrervererevire rier ierrersveretrre rerernrt ter rrttersncrrnten rrncevire irri nrter are 319  2529    Data Capture Connection Logeren a E N A aaa ia 320   Zoo    IMOGDUS Error codesand Handl acct ects cet careless nana ar EEEO EA 323  25 ADUCEM C OQO S a ees eae cease cnesc epee nemesis  323  25 3 2 Advanced GC Connection Preferences    cccessecssessssessssessssesssscssssessssessssessssssessssessssessesesssseesesseseees 323  253 5  Automatic Connection Resta t ssena N antes cians eec en AEE 324  25 3 4 Automatic Connection Termination ou    ccessssssessesssessesssessesssessesssessesssecsesssssessseessseseessseseesssesseseess 325   25 4 Controlling Multiple Data CaptureS            ss  sssesssoesssessseessesssorsssrosseosseesserssseossrossresseesserossrosseesseesssrossresseesss 326  25 4 1 Start Multiple Data Captures with Delay oc sssssssessssssessssssessessssssessseesessseeseseseesssessesssesseseeas 327   26 REDO Ees a ee ncn ae aon em pee ener 329  27   Administrator MCI iccuscosscsscccscecscdecssecccscacscdcsssessseucassddavsseusscecaesdeosasenssancoend  dvavencauesoessevacsertdnbsedes 330   eee Maa GE i  pic ey rege SRR TS SO NCEE STS rE en en ce Sy ene 330  Ahal Crete ar INC WS ON acetate creer core EITE E OOE reco arian ener CIOE GIERE  330  Ziadie SECM  anvEXISUNG HSCF esanera ae RAE NE ETETE OORE 331    Page 11 of 388    GCA
177. al gas calculation at k   2    To obtain Ucai gas at k   1  divide these values by 2    WRM RF and standard deviation   This is the required calculation before we get Urepeatability  Here you see the mole percentage  low limit and high limit according to the mole percentage range defined during input page   Also if you selected manual mole percentage range  you need to enter these low and high  limit in this page  Head to chapter 11 4 1 to get help on that topic    Uncertainty of repeatability   This is the result Of Urepeatability Calculation at k   1    Footprint and calibration data   The form displays the response factor of the selected footprint and also average of all  calibration data included in this calculation  To see where the average calculation of the  calibration data came from  click on numbers that look like links  That will open another form  to show the data feed  If you notice weird or unusual numbers at the average columns  open  the detailed view to see if there are offending calibration records that should ve been set as  inactive    Uncertainty of reproducibility   This is the result Of Ureproducibility Calculation at k   1    Standard relative uncertainty   This is the result of Usc at k   1  To this point  we are half way finished with the calculation   Compressibility factor   It shows the calculation of Zmix and Zair based on the base pressure and temperature specified  at ISO 6976 input page    ISO 6976 calculation   This page is probably worth vis
178. al mole percentage range during that input  page  the sensitivity of GC repeatability becomes the same as sensitivity of calibration gas and GC  reproducibility  The reason is mole range for GC repeatability is also taken from the calibration  certificate     But if you selected manual mole percentage range or used  2 standard deviations of mole       composition records  the lower and upper bound of mole percentage range do not correspond to the  calibration certificate anymore  Thus  GCAS Desktop calculates the correct sensitivity values and use  these values for Urepeatability     Page 154 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    11 5 Output Pages    Output pages display calculation results  The primary interests here are uncertainties of ISO 6976  outputs  There is one summary page and five detailed pages  one detail page for every uncertainty  result     11 5 1 Summary Page    Summary page displays five uncertainties of ISO 6976 outputs and also expanded relative uncertainty   Uscat k   2   You can copy the report to clipboard  save it to a text file  or print it     E  Uncertainty Calculator  Test3  ay pelo E     Uncertainty calculation result ld Save Ol Copy i Print    El INPUTS A  o  Uncertainty of calorific value    Uncertainties to includ Uncertainty of molecular weight  Uncertainty from the c Uncertainty of Wobbe index  i  isata irnom GC n Uncertainty of relative density  56   Uncertainty of standard density     Repeatability    Linearity    Mole percentage
179. al offline database as in the screenshot below is greyed out  it means you do not  have GCAS feature Local Offline Database in your GCAS licence               Choose which database GCAS should use       i Vigilant central database   _  Corporate database     Local offline database  Local Offline Database  Open a GCAS database file on this computer  permanently offline   Database type   C T Microsoft SOL Server Compact  CE   O Q   Microsoft Access  2007 or later     Database file   CA Ryan Documents GCAS exports Export 2014 02 06 sdt                               Test the file                      Reset to default settings          You should see the file name on your device panel and use GCAS Desktop as usual  However  you  would notice several differences     e This offline database file contains only the devices you have selected in wizard step 1    e This offline database file contains data for the limited date range you have set in wizard step  2    e Users who can log in to this offline database file are only you and those who joined the same  groups as you     Page 362 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    File Profile Subscriptions View Comms Tools Administrator Window Help Action        S  No device selected  2014 02 06 sdf    es E gt  Change calibration data          S Load latest calibration data    lier ee ee  Z  Show footprint     DEVICE NAME STATUS CALIBRATION DATA TIMESTAMP FOOTPRINT TIMES  Active 13 January 2014 11 32 13 January    Response Factor   
180. al single point RF values     Unlike Mark As  the Convert To operation requires action permission    MLC permanent conversion     If  your GCAS administrator doesn t give you this permission  GCAS displays a message saying that you  don t have sufficient permission to perform conversion when you select Convert To in this dialogue  box        Important    Be very cautious when using Convert To  Performing permanent conversions on wrong record will  damage the record permanently  For instance  a calibration record is wrongfully marked as single   point where it should ve been marked as MLC  You should use Mark As MLC here  But if you apply    Page 87 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Convert To MLC instead  the numbers will change to somewhere close to zero   damaging the record  permanently     7 11 3 Change MLC Flag Bit  Multiple Records     Changing MLC flag bit as described in chapter 7 11 2 only changes one record at a time  Sometimes  you need to change flag bit of a bunch of records  such as when you notice calibration records  coming from data capture should be marked as MLC but you forgot to set it in modbus mapping   Therefore all these records are still wrongly marked as single point  To save time  go to the Action  menu  select ISO 10723  then select Mark As     Bulk      This dialogue lets you change MLC flag bit of all records of the selected GC device  no exceptions   or  limited to certain date range  or specific selections of available records  F
181. alibration gas quality has degraded   2  Partial C6 elution to column 2    3  Partial C2 remains in column 2     Possible solutions    1  Check calibration gas pressure and ensure it is working above its dew point temperature   2  Adjust valve timing on valve 2 and or valve 3        Let s take a detour to the RF MW charts  Here we see the R   correlation  value of C1 C2 C6 is short  under the threshold of 0 995  By looking at the third chart  we see that C6 is below the trend line   Hexane is lower than where it should be        C1 C2 C6 C3 C4 CS C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6  R    0 9938 R    0 9983 R    0 9888  7 5    7 5 7 6  Z a  j 7 48 F   r  a fo 7 46 Fa a    7 3  7 2  7 1  P  0 93 118 143 168 193 2 18 1 55 1 75 1 95 113 138 163 188    Page 81 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    We can infer that the hexane backflush stage is late  so that a part of hexane eluted to the second  column  To achieve the goal in this example  we need to adjust the timing of valve 2 to close a bit  faster  After making such adjustment  we have a good correlation on the next calibration cycle     C1 C2 C6 C3 C445 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6  R    0 9980 R    0 9982 R    0 9979   7 0 F Be 7 6  TAS  7 46   7A T44 TA  T42  T4   Td 7 38 T2  7 36  7 34   T 7 32 T   0 93 118 143 168 193 218 1 53 1 75 1 95 1 13 1 38 1 63 1 88    GC health status is only available for Daniel C6  and C7  devices  Method of suggestion based on R   values for Daniel C9   Daniel C10   and ABB GCs is currently not available     7 
182. alysis or Mole Composition Comparison     19 4 Compare Two ISO 6976 Calculators    Ever wondered how much is the difference of CV between two ISO 6976 Calculators  Wonder no  more  Starting from GCAS Desktop version 1 7 3 0  ISO 6976 Calculator has been equipped with a    Page 230 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    comparison tool  Probably the most common use for comparing two ISO 6976 results is when you are  calculating how much the CV difference is between single point mole composition stream and its  multilevel calibration counterpart     To make a comparison  first add description to each ISO 6976 Calculator form you wish to compare   Next  go to the Action menu and select Compare To  then choose the target ISO 6976 Calculator form  which appeared on the submenu  If you didn   t add description  the submenu simply says      no  description      It will become problematic if there are three or more ISO 6976 Calculators open and  none of them has description     Input composition    Mole Base pressure   ISO 6976 Calculator    composition 1 01325    bar v   F  ressure and temperature  Methane   48 692577 Combustion metering temperature       Base pressure   Nitrogen m   ocroc  v nD O os    Carbon dioxide 2 888715  Combustion metering temperature    eee  gt  Calculate    20 206376    C   0  C v   3 492133    5 612511 Test    14 07 2015 07 47  stream 1  single  gt  Calculate                               Output      Output Value i Test6  14 07 2015 07 47  strea
183. amp     T Gg E  c    The crosshair cursor is the dotted magenta line which appeared when you click anywhere on the chart  region or as a remnant of a zoom operation  These lines may act as a ruler or guide  To remove these  lines  right click on the chart and select Hide Crosshair Cursors     Response Factor       100 000 000 i  80 000 000   G         a 60 000 000   y       a 40 000 000     rf   CCU ee eee    er Zoom All Qut 8 P TTT  20 000 000      tg Hide Crosshair Cursors          COs    Nitrogen  Ethane  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  i Pentane  n Pentane  Hexane  Heptane  Octane  Nonane    T     co     TD       neaPentane    Page 80 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    7 8 GC Health Status    GCAS Desktop may suggest an action should you see a fail alarm  which is R   correlation  value is  below the defined threshold  For the time being  this feature is only available for Daniel C6  and C7   GCs     Go to the Health status tab on either Footprint form or Calibration Data form  In the example below   the correlation value of light and heavy components  methane  ethane  hexane  happened to be  under the threshold     Calibration Data  CaseStudy3  real C    fame    i Change calibration data    EA  Load latest calibration data    C  Draw thinner lines Show footprint  DEVICE NAME STATUS CALIBRATION DATA TIMESTAMP FOOTPRINT TIMESTAMP  CaseStudy3 Active 22 December 2011 07 31 21 December 2011 12 47    Charts   Tables Health status   Comments    Possible causes   1  C
184. an around the chart using the provided scroll bars  Drag another rectangle to zoom in  further  To zoom out  click the circled minus button    on both scroll bars  Press on your  keyboard or right click the chart and select Zoom All Out to undo all zoom in operations     Selection mode lets you create a selection area on the chart  then makes some context menu  available to manipulate the data inside this selection area  Chapter 21 3 5 explains the function of each    menu  To clear selection area  right click the chart and select   Clear Selection Area     62 6 bel tave Chart as Picture  OG  Copy Chart Image       o2 4  i    Zoom In Here  62 2   eee j W Generate Summary Here  fr AEN F Ay vA fh fig Compare Averages  Selection   P  iy We P    62 0 V Ay i  W fi  Compare Averages  Entire X axis   e y  61 8 i Frame This Selection  Remove Frames  61 6 Set Underlying Mole Composition Records as Inactive    10 00 10 30 17 00 11 30 12 00 12 30 13 00 13 30 14 00  Zoom All Qut    Hide Crosshair Cursors    g   Clear Selection Area    Show Average    Show Values  Show Legend  Show Gridlines          21 3 3 Save or Copy the Chart    To save the chart as image file  right click the chart and select Save Chart as Picture  Or if you prefer  copying the image directly onto Microsoft Power Point for example  or any software accepting bitmap  image   right click the chart and select Copy Chart Image     Page 253 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14                          Set Underlyi
185. ane  i Butane  n Butane  Neopentane  i Pentane    n Pentane    a     0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0    aro oal oa ral al al alala a  amp     5l amp lala alala alallala  lalalalalala alala cali    Hexane     amp  Description        Begin entering the coefficient numbers one by one  Be watchful for potential human error   Alternatively  you can paste the coefficients from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet editing  software as long as there are 4 columns and equal number of rows  Click Paste to do so     Enter both coefficient sets  Switch tab to move from repeatability coefficients to response  concentration coefficients or vice versa  If you forget to enter coefficients for the other tab  GCAS  Desktop will alert you if one tab has all zeroes upon save     Don t forget to set the date of test  This is the date information of when the multilevel calibration  was conducted  not the date of when these coefficient sets was entered     Write the description  It is a good practice to provide a description about this coefficient set     When you are finished  click Save button or go to the Action menu  gt  Save Changes to save these  coefficients into database  Otherwise to cancel all of these  go to the Action menu  gt  Edit Mode to  remove its tick mark  The form will revert to the last record viewed     12 5 Change Record Status    Like other types of record in GCAS database  uncertainty coefficient set has a status bit indicating  whether the record Is active or inactive     Pag
186. aniel GC  legacy format     File Edit Format View Help    NGC Calibration 1 txt   Notepad    Totalflow Laptop Current Results Report    Printed date  04 05 2613    Station ID  MyDevice  Device ID   15T CAL    SYSTEM   LEASE   OPERATOR     Results Date Time   Stream Number   Manifold Temp   Oven Temp   Calculation Type   Stream Application Rev  Metrology Control Number  Flash Software Part Number  Contract Pressure   Contract Temp    Carrier Pressure 1   Carrier Pressure 2   Sample Pressure    Response UnNorm  Norms    Propane   Hydrogen Sulfide  IsoButane   Butane  NeoPentane  IsoPentane  Pentane   Hexane     2 1454  9 6461  6 6008    33 1  1 5647  0 2098    Location  Location of ist Cal  STATE    PRODUCER    BUYER     04 05 2815 12 39  Calibration  65 268  deg C   627 541  deg C   T50 6976 1995  21635567  007  2183315 861  2182411 829  161 696  kPa   18 6080  deg C   1082 211  kPag   97 128  kPag   66 830  kPag    P Time    P Area P Height    7431022   2058914  0 2220 870678  6 2625 826785  8 68098 8    1618 3881556  6 1419 719214  8 1662 574969    0 2202  B  2089  a  0000  6 1665  8 1467  8 6994    2999  6316    Liquids Ideal   liter m3  MJ m3     TLE    FE  n wo Wo    4 1338  1 1476  1 1365  0 9218  6 8088  6 6808  6 6088  6 8088     8088      4162  85 7086  3 2844  6 9677  a  000a  4 80068  8 6008  4 6008  4 8008    Nitrogen  Methane  CarbonDioxide  Ethane  Hexane  Heptane   Heptane  Octane  Nonane     8 4135 1167156  66 3987 179694297  3 3166 16596613  7 0238 25259164  4
187. anual Guide rev  14    Press   Show values or right click the chart and select Show Values to display the uncertainty  values  Be aware that too many data points on the chart will clutter the chart view     U CV  Trend   DEMO1  0 10390 0 1039     UC   0 10388  0 10386  0 10384  0 10382    0 10380       0 10378  13 10 13 20 13 30 13 40 13 50 1400 14 10 14 20 14 30 14 40 14 50 15 00    GCAS Desktop displays four digits after decimal points  Should you need a higher precision  right click  the chart and select Use 8 Decimal Precision on Labels  Now the labels display 8 digits after decimal  points     These dotted lines are called cursors  Cursors appear when you  left  click on a chart or as a remnant of  zoom operation  Cursor may act as a guide to compare Y axis values of two data points  Click T   Hide  crosshair cursors or right click on a chart and select Hide Crosshair Cursors     U CV  Trend   DEMO1    0 10390     UIC   0 10388  0 10386  0 10384  0 10382    0 10380       0 10378  13 10 13 20 1330 13 40 1350 1400 1410 1420 1450 1440 1450 15 00    In several occasions when you are comparing current chart to previous chart  the two lines come so  close that the current line chart obscures the previous line chart  Click Af Use thin lines in order to  make all line charts be one pixel wide  making it easier to see two lines that are too close to each  other     Page 181 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    U CV  Trend   DEMO1    0 10392     Previous UCV          u
188. ap bytes  also known as Modicon standard  swaps the bytes within each word  ABCD  gt   BADC     e Swap words swaps low and high word but not bytes inside each word  ABCD     CDBA     e Swap all swaps both words and bytes inside words  ABCD  gt  DCBA     e Don t swap preserves the original byte order  ABCD     ABCD      25 1 3 Calibration Parameter Registers    Calibration parameter refers to response factor and retention time  On Register Mappings form  set  the registers for RF and RT data to match those on your physical GC device  Register address starts  from 0  zero   Address 0 translates to Modbus holding register 40001  Address 1 translates to 40002   and so on     Change the gas order by selecting the correct gas names from the dropdown list  Depending on your  GC device type  one to five bottommost input fields may be disabled  For instance  a GC device of C7   without neopentane only reads 11 gases  Therefore  twelfth to fifteenth input fields would be greyed  out     Page 301 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Ignore a part of incoming data    You can make GCAS Desktop ignore incoming RF data  for example  if you want to capture retention  time only or mole composition streams only  To ignore response factor data  untick Read response    factor  The same applies for RT data  which you can control using Read retention time tick box        On standard 16 bit Modbus  one gas requires two Modbus registers  For instance in the screenshot  below  methane RF 
189. arameter    wah arm i section     _  Ethane A   Propane   C  i Butane Drag a rectangleto    Zoom     Select      n Butane y   op A aul  gal  a  EF Change footprint        Pm   iX    w                Chat   Comments    Propane RF Trend    11 000 000  e Propane RF  10 950 000  10 900 000    10 850 000 Chart    10 800 000 section  10 750 000    10 700 000  10 650 000  10 600 000    04Sep 11Sep 18Sep 25Sep O20ct O090ct 160ct 230ct 300ct 06Nov  2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011       Parameters section at the top is where you set everything in order to get the chart you want  Chart  section at the bottom graphs the chart  Comments tab is the place to write your comment     10 2 Parameters  Chart Types  and Components    This chapter explains the contents of the parameter section of Data Analysis form     Page 120 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    10 2 1 Parameters    Select parameter      RF O MC    C  RT O R    This is the main switch to select which parameter to be graphed on the chart  Users can graph the  following parameters     1  RF   Response factor   2  RT   Retention time   3  MC   Mole composition   4  R   Correlation parameter    If you see the MC  mole composition  option is disabled  it means you do not have Live Data Analysis  feature in your GCAS licence     10 2 2 Chart Types    Chart Types are more specialised options for the selected parameter  Available chart types vary   depending on the selected parameter     10 2 2 1 Selected p
190. arameter  RF  response factor     chart type      RF trend     D RF deviation trend    Change footprint       These options show up when the selected parameter is response factor  RF      1  RF trend graphs the actual response factor values over time in history   2  RF deviation trend graphs the deviation  difference  of RF values against footprints in  percentage  This gives further options which are     Page 121 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    e Each latest footprint  Each RF value is compared against its latest footprint   Methane RF Deviation Trend  4 00    2 00   0 00       2 00      4 00   28 Aug 11 Sep 25 Sep 09 Oct 23 Oct 06 Nov 20 Nov 04 Dec 18 Dec    2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011    These calibration data are compared against These calibration date    this footprint  are compared against  this footprint    e This footprint only  All RF values are compared against a particular footprint value  The  footprint to set as the comparison base is configurable through Change footprint link     Methane RF Deviation Trend  4 00   2 00   0 00   p   2 00      4 00   28 Aug 11 Sep 25 Sep 09 Oct 23 Oct 06 Now 20 Nov 04 Dec 18 Dec    2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011    neers _geetinnrenn   eeesnneat    All these calibration data are compared against  this footprint only     10 2 2 2 Selected parameter  RT  retention time     Select chart type      RT trend    3 RT deviation trend    Change footprint       These options show up when the s
191. ared or public computer        4 2 Main User Interface    Once you have entered your valid credential  you would see the main user interface               HWE  CaseStudy1  WE  CaseStudy2  WEJ CaseStudy3  WEJ CaseStudy4  WE  CaseStudys  BFE  Casestudy6       Search tool    foram 199   2       Online    Ready        Search tool    S E      ill Online   Ready       4 2 1 Device Panel    The device panel lists all workspaces assigned to you and all GC devices under these workspaces  Click  on a GC device to select it  Features such as Footprint  Calibration data  Mole Composition  or       Uncertainty Calculator works with one device only  therefore make sure you select the correct device   The selected device name is displayed on the top of device panel  Learn more about workspaces     Page 50 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    ae Daniel GC  either C6  complete or C6  without neopentane    TE Daniel GC  either C7  complete or C7  without neopentane     Daniel GC  either C9  complete or C9  without neopentane     da ABB GC  either C6  complete or C6  without neopentane    WE ABB GC  either C7  complete or C7  without neopentane  at Unsupported GC     4 2 2 Recent Device Panel    ail Daniel GC  either C10  complete or C10  without neopentane       Below the device panel is known as recent device panel  This section lists your recently used devices   Clicking a device on this list also selects it  which is the same effect as selecting the same device from  the device 
192. as changed  Comments tab does not open in case your  GCAS user account doesn   t have the action permission to post comments     Page 97 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    DEVICE NAME STATUS TIMESTAMP    Test2 Inactive 28 March 2014  15 58 00    Chart and Table   Comments                                       Refresh comment    Date posted   Comment          Post a new   The record status was cha nged to    inactive    at 21 April 2014 10 30 52    Submit  comment                            8 6 Change Record Status  Multiple Records     Mole composition records mostly came from a data capture operation  To make it worse  many users  set the data capture in unattended mode  If an error happened during unattended data capture  bad  records will still be committed into database  This may lead to numerous unusable records in the  database and it is a tedious work to set their status as inactive one by one  GCAS Desktop includes a  tool to set record status in bulk  batch  operation     From an open Mole Composition form  open the Action menu and select Set Status  Bulk   If you do  not see this menu  your user account may not have the action permission for it  Contact your GCAS  administrator     Spot Sampling  Import Data   CSV  Set Status       Send to  50 6976 Calculator    Add Comment    Normalisation Scale    ISO 10723       Page 98 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    This menu brings the Set Status for Multiple Records dialogue  This window has two
193. atability Coefficients   Response Concentration Coefficients    DATE OF TEST  21 October 2014    Niogen   73200 vee  SSS  Carson diode   seos  1570500  o o  E T   fume   s2  meo  o o  Neopentane   saoo  arao  o o  mpentane   as waso  o       Page 159 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Uncertainty Coefficients form has two tabs  one for repeatability coefficients and the other for  response concentration coefficients  Repeatability coefficients are used to calculate standard deviation  of GC repeatability  and response concentration coefficients are used to calculate standard deviation  of GC linearity  At the bottom there is a text box to display additional note or description about the  coefficient set     Each coefficient set consists of four coefficients  namely a  b  c  and d on both repeatability and  response concentration  These are the coefficients of this formula     2 3  s   a   bx    cx    dx     Where s is the standard deviation of one gas component used in the part of calculation  and x  is mole    fraction of this component     12 2 View Previous Coefficient Sets    To view other uncertainty coefficient sets  click i Browse another set  Select a different coefficient  set  then click OK or double click the list item     ax     Uncertainty Coefficients  Test      ES Load latest set    DEVICE NAME STATUS DATE OF TEST  Test8 Active 03 February 2015    Repeatability Coefficients Response Concentration Coefficients    Component b    9 933  100       Pag
194. ault is reset calculation at each certificate     On first option  whenever a new calibration certificate installed  all data after the certificate are  calculated using the new certificate           Old certificate New certificate  22 Aprl 2014 18 October 2014  I ll  i  a s Z SEES ee jf   y ME ae    j May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec  2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014  Plot range start Plot range end  23 July 2014 31 December 2014  All calibration data All calibration data  between 23 July 2014 between 18 Oct 2014  and 18 October 2014 and 31 Dec 2014  are calculated using the are calculated using the    certificate of 22 April 2014   certificate of 18 Oct 2014    On the other hand  the second option forces the Uncertainty Trend form to use a particular calibration    certificate for all data within the plot range  Click Change to display the Select Certificate dialogue and  select the desired certificate     Page 168 of 388    13 2 3    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Install date Cert  number Status  15 June 2014 14 0541  01    qq Page 1 v  of 1 gle h    Filter Options      List all certificates Entries per page         List certificates between  08 Jun 2014 and Sot      Newest to oldest  12 Dec 2014    Oldest to newest    hw se       Footprint Reference    Set footprint reference        Reference resets at each footprint     Pin this footprint as reference   08 November 2014 13 13 Ey Change    This section controls which footprints to use while calculating Urep
195. ause we cannot guarantee that the other device is the same type as the device you are  configuring  Their number of gases may differ  Therefore  we designed that the XML file  belongs to a certain GC can only be used by that GC exclusively    Nevertheless if you are very sure that both this GC device and the other device are of the  same type  you would need to edit the XML file using Notepad or any text editor  Open the  XML file  and find the  lt devices gt  element  It should be near the beginning of the file  Inside   lt devices gt   find the  lt tagname gt  element  Change the device tag name between   lt tagname gt  and  lt  tagname gt  to match the name of the device you are configuring  Save the  file  and then try to import the XML file again     Page 309 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Ej Test4 xml   Notepad           View        File Edit Format Help   lt  xml version  1 80  encoding  utf 8   gt    lt mappings gt      lt    mapping version  do not modify   gt    lt info version  4    gt      lt    device information    gt     device gt         lt l  reference for relative register addressing    gt    lt reference  gt l lt  reference gt      lt l  bit length  whether the registers are 16 or 32 bits    gt    lt bitlength gt 32 lt  bitlength gt      lt l  byte ordering     1   swap bytes  ABCD   gt  BADC    2   swap words  ABCD   gt  CDAB    3   swap all  ABCD   gt  DCBA     4   no swap  ABCD   gt  ABCD    gt      lt byteorder gt 1 lt  byteorder gt   
196. ave the diagnostic information  use the lal Save button on the toolbar  Alternatively you can copy    the contents through the ol Copy button then paste it onto notepad or any text editor     Info    If GCAS Desktop crashed  it might not be possible to use the Save or Copy button on the toolbar  because the user interface is frozen  white shadowed  by Windows operating system  A screenshot of    this frozen diagnostic window should suffice to help us understanding what the reason and at which    point the error happened        30 2 What Happened to Bug Report Wizard     Unfortunately we disabled Bug Report Wizard due to policy changes of our mail provider  In the past   Bug Report Wizard worked by sending your report and all additional attachments  diagnostic log and    Page 383 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    optional screenshots  via email to our development team behind the screen  However our mail  provider didn t seem happy and made few changes in their terms of use  For that reason  we need to  temporarily disable the Bug Report Wizard until we developed a new reporting mechanism which  doesn t involve SMTP  email   Bug Report Wizard has disappeared since GCAS Desktop version 1 7 2 0     For the time being  please send your bug report with any additional attachments such as diagnostic    log  stack trace  or screenshots to support i Vigilant com     Page 384 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    31 GCAS Startup Parameters    Startup parameters
197. avity  Uncertainty of standard density    O O O O O        The navigation button Next page and Previous page change pages in sequential order  They may  skip some pages depending on the selection you made on the previous page     At anytime you leave input pages  Uncertainty Calculator form should perform all calculations  Once  you are at intermediary calculation pages or output pages and you notice a mistake  you can always  go back to the input pages either by clicking Previous page button successively until the form arrives  at the desired page  or jump straight away using the navigation tree  After you make some changes in  the inputs and go forward to later page  the form shall perform automatic recalculation thus new  output values will update accordingly  If you notice the form does not recalculate  click Recalculate  button or press  F 5  key on your keyboard to force a recalculation     11 2 Calculation Steps    The form calculates your GC uncertainty is using the sequence below     Calculate Ucal gas if selected    Calculate Urepeatability If selected    Calculate Ureproducibility If selected    Calculate Ugc at k   1 which is the standard relative uncertainty   k is coverage factor      oo YY lS    Calculate Zmix  compressibility factor of mixture  and Zair based on the given base temperature  and combustion temperature    Perform all ISO 6976 calculations    7  Perform sensitivity analysis on ISO 6976 outputs     D    8  Calculate Ucv  Umw  Uwobbe  Usc  and Ups  
198. bic functions may have one  two  or three real roots  GCAS will always reject any imaginary  root and negative real root  However if there are multiple positive roots    Use the smallest one       Use the largest one    _  Use the one that yields result RF inside this range   O Use the one that yields result RF inside or closest to this range  To  15 000 000    From  500 000    Previous    Net  gt        Afterwards  enter the mole composition part of the calibration gas certificate  You can paste from  Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet software  click Paste to do so  If the footprints calibration data to  convert do not have gases such as neopentane  octane  nonane  or decane  leave their values to zero     Enter components    mole composition as in the calibration certificate   If your GC doesn t have certain gases such as neopentane or octane or nonane  leave their    composition zero        Page 277 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Next page is where you put the response factor values to convert  In this example  we are converting  MLC RF into single point RF  There are several ways to input RF values     Orthodox method   typing them manually  row by row    2  Copy and paste from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet processing software  Make sure the  column ordering is correct as you may end up with wrong RF values in wrong gas  Click Paste  append to paste from clipboard into new rows  Existing rows are not affected    3  Import from CSV     please sp
199. brated records within the plot range  into single point compositions before graphing them to the chart  Records already marked as  single point are plotted as usual      MLC compositions converts any single point records within the plot range into multilevel   calibrated compositions before graphing them to the chart  Records already marked as  multilevel calibrated are plotted as usual      Don t convert ignores the MLC flag bit and plots all records within the plot range as they are   Use this if you have slow network connection to the database server and you are confident  that this GC device never have mixed MLC records and single point records  Never select this  option if you are unsure whether the device has mixed MLC flag bit as it will produce invalid  MC trend chart     Users with both GCAS feature  SO 10723 and Data Comparison included in their licences see a link  Compare both below the ISO 10723 trend dropdown  This link is available if only one gas is selected   It calls Mole Composition Comparison form  sends the selected gas  date time range  and stream  number  then instructs Mole Composition Comparison form to compare single point versus MLC  compositions  If the single point and MLC curves are overlap or very close to each other  your GC is  more likely in a good condition  If they drift too far  your GC has too much bias and it will increase the    uncertainty value     10 2 3 Components    Components are selections of available gases to draw on the chart 
200. by the  preceding footprint calibration data are different  This can happen if there is a new coefficient  set installed between the timestamp of the calibration data and the timestamp of mole  composition record     PNG    0 6708 N A      _  Remove mode     Colourblind assist Ethane 3 3341 N A  Show legend Show unnormalised Total 100 0000 N A     _  High precision Show difference       A MLC conversion warning  2       A The mole composition is not preceeded by any active MLC coefficients         AX The associated calibration data is not preceeded by any active MLC coefficients     Click on the warning icon to see the detailed reason why the record is not convertible  Some items on  the warning dropdown are shortcuts  For example if it says the record is not preceeded by any MLC  coefficient sets  clicking on that item brings you the MLC Coefficients form in edit mode so you can  enter the coefficients straight away     Non convertible records display    N A    in either single point or MLC columns in both normalised and  unnormalised  depending on its MLC flag bit  Records having flag bit marked as single point which is  not convertible into MLC will show    N A    in MLC columns and vice versa  Additionally  the delta  column  through Show difference check box  will be empty     Note       Spot samples are never convertible  Spot samples are always marked as single point compositions     To see the MLC coefficients associated with current record  open the Action menu  sele
201. cal GC device and hardwire its value to  1  negative one   Use  two sequential registers if you are on 16 bit Modbus  On GCAS Desktop  set the register address of  the offending component s  to the address of this special register  By this way  GCAS Desktop will  record the value    1  thus will not display the component on RF or RT chart  The chart will have gap s   at the offending component s      25 1 6 Backup and Restore Configuration    Import a configuration file   HINEPAD Desktop Test_C9 xml    Browse          To back up your configuration  click on the Export current mappings to a file link  This will show the  save file dialogue to save the XML file     Page 307 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To restore your configuration  click Browse button and load that XML file  Next  click Import button  and GCAS Desktop should read the content and display register addresses accordingly  Click Save  Mappings at the bottom of the form to commit the change     Note    Backup and restore facility is not intended for copying settings from one device to another because  we cannot guarantee that the other device is the same type of the current device  You cannot use the    XML file indended for one device on a different device  If you need to do this and you are sure that    both devices are of the same type  a workaround is available in chapter 25 1 9 Troubleshooting        25 1 7 Reset to Default    This section is only available if you have ever configured a devi
202. ce  For first time configuration  this box  does not appear     Revert to template    Reset to default     Permanently    Your register configuration is stored in an XML file in  installation directory   Mappings   DeviceSpecific  directory  Reset to default button will revert all register addresses back to the  default definition as defined in template file  When you click Save Mappings button at the bottom of  the form  your XML file is overwritten     If you first tick Permanently before clicking Reset to default button  not only GCAS Desktop restores  all register addresses to the default definition as defined in template file  but also it deletes your XML  file  Permanent reset will put your GC device in GCAS database into unconfigured state     25 1 8 Tools Shortcuts    Tools shortcuts  Shift all RF 0      Y    EE E R L LA J rE  Li F  g pi FFF      H UEKI to T   A LERO   S J    Shift registers    Swap mole  stream and  without altering register addresses     Swap stream number    Instead of retyping all register addresses of RF and RT  use this section to shift registers addresses in  one click  Choose which one to shift  RF or RT   enter the amount of address shift between  10 000 to    10 000  and then click Shift registers     Page 308 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    You can also swap mole composition stream numbers without changing their register addresses  Enter    two existing stream numbers to switch place  then click Swap stream number     25 1 
203. certainty from GC re fraction    Repeatability 0 803820 0 018661 0 010814  0 0459 0 023256  0 0459 0 001455     Linearity Nitrogen 0 045450 0 176018 0 044133  0 0456 0 141169  0 0456 0 010493  Mole percentage ra  CO  0332 0 105263 0 077561  0 0332 0 148206  0 0332 0 006553     Uncertainty from GC re Ethane 06988 0 128792 0 096270 0 0460 0 142946 0 0460 0 009902  _   ISO 6976 inputs Propane 03326 0 150331 0 062876 0 0453 0 141345 0 0453 0 009766  H  CALCULATIONS i Butane j 0 151332 0 060637 0 0102 0 158511 0 0102 0 002317    S cal gas  ue or eee Standard  S repro  sll peat  at uncertainty    5  OUTPUTS n Butane X 0 160321 0 065469 0 0103 0 159796 0 0103 0 002429  7 Summary Neopentane 00   0 41 0 090236 0 0030 0 399927 003  0 001740     Uncertainty of CV i Pentane 0017 0 318182 0 109353 0 0030 0 320717 0 001412  Uncertainty of MW cor n Pentane    001   0 318182 0 141793 0 0030 0 342239 TEIE 0 001489  Uncertainty of Wobbe       Hexane 00   0 549954 0 154380 0 0038 0 165681 002 0 002255   ISO 6976 3 2 0 050000    Combined standard uncertainty 0 053593  Coverage factor  k  2   Combined expanded uncertainty 0 107185  CV absolute uncertainty  MJ m   0 045389    Legend  Input  editable   Input  from database   Intermediary calculation  Output  Read only Recalculate  F5  C  Show intermediary calculations    Previous page Next page  gt        Column names starting with U are uncertainties  U repro  for example  is the uncertainty of GC  reproducibility at k   1  Column names starting w
204. ces     1  Use the smallest positive   Use the largest positive   Use the one which yields a single point RF value inside a  range  or   4  Use the one which yields a single point RF value inside or  closest to a range     Page 262 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    If you choose option 3 or 4  you have to set the range   s lower  and upper bound  The default is between 500 000 and  15 000 000 because typical single point RF values fall between  that range     For mole composition  GCAS Desktop offers another four  choices     Use the smallest positive    2  Use the middle one if there are 3 roots  or smallest one if  there are 2 roots    3  Use the middle one if there are 3 roots  or largest one if  there are 2 roots  or   4  Use the largest positive     In both cases  the default cubic constraint is option 1     Most of the time  you don t have to worry about MLC constraints  As far as we tested  the default  constraint has worked for vast  vast majority of RF and mole composition records  There is a tiny tiny  chance the default constraints do not produce the expected result  which in this case you need to  override the MLC constraints  Visit chapter 22 3 to read more about levels of MLC constraints override   or chapter 22 5 for how to actually override the MLC constraints     22 3 MLC Constraints Override Level  Concept     MLC constraints have a scope  From the most generic  to the most specific  the order of scopes are global   device  coefficient  and re
205. ces have over 100 dots on the chart  which may clutter the  g chart even more if you display their values      Test  stream 1      Test  stream 1   Do you want to continue displaying labels for these devices  This action  may also cause GCAS to appear    not responding    for a few seconds    Recommended  Moj       These dashed lines are called cursors  Cursors appear when you click on a chart or as a remnant of  zoom operation  Cursor may act as a guide to compare Y axis values of two data points  Click TX Hide  crosshair cursors or right click on a chart and select Hide Crosshair Cursors to hide these lines from  view     Methane comparison  Device Stream      DEMO 2         DEMO       370XA DEMO 4           3 0KXA DEMO 1       08 Nov 08 Navy 08 Mov 08 Nay 08 Nay 09 Nov 09 Nov 09 Nov  14 00 16 00 12 00 2000 2200 00 00 02 00 04 00             By default  GCAS Desktop draws the chart using a thin line  The toggle button N    Use thin line is  pressed by default  If you prefer the usual thick lines  click this button to raise it from its pressed state     Page 217 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       83 010 Methane comparison  Device Stream  ee   ed ee Ce a  ee      OA eee veneer ETE  ieee E eee Ne eee eet ee      DEMO    85 000        DEMO         3 0XA DEMO 4  84 995     370XA DEMO 1  84 990  84 9835    08 Mow 08 Mow 08 Mov 08 Nay 08 Nay 09 Nov 09 Nov 09 Nov  14 00 16 00 12 00 2000 22900 00 00 02 00 04 00                      17 3 10 Colourblind Assistance    
206. ckup  Should  these sync errors render your temporary database unusable  follow these steps     Go online and cancel automatic sync  if any  by pressing the Abort button     2  Open the File Explorer     Windows Explorer    on Windows Vista and 7  and navigate to   installation directory   DB WorkOffline  directory    3  Delete your temporary database  your username  sdf     4  Rename your username sdf backup into your username sdf  A better solution is available if you have ever made a proper backup of your temporary database     Copy your current temporary database file to somewhere else   Go online and stop any automatic sync by pressing the Abort button   Open the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Delete Temporary Database  This will delete the  problematic temp database file   4  Open the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Use Existing Temporary Database   Point to your backup  sdf file   Do a manual sync to refresh the temporary database file     Should all the steps above did not provide remedy to the problem  you might need to delete your  temporary database and recreate a new one  You may lose data which has not been synchronised to  the main database server     29 9 Conflict Resolution    A conflict is a mismatch between database record on your main database server and the  corresponding record on your temporary database so that GCAS Desktop cannot determine which  one to keep  GCAS Desktop keeps track of when a record was changed and uses this information to  determin
207. composition isn t displayed on these tiles     OK   Cancel       Page 201 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Tick Override date rules for all devices in this workspace  Similarly  this is the main workspace  override switch  The two check boxes operate at similar fashion as per device override  Nonetheless be  reminded that device specific overrides take priority over workspace specific overrides     Main ain General General Workspace   Workspace   Device Device Result  Dashboard  workspace   device rule rule override override override   override tile turns red if date  override override   active  threshold   active  threshold active  threshold   of last calibration is  switch switch older than     lt   gt     takes  priority     on  ona  e say e o   ON says sdas O    oc  says   ON   10 days  DC  15days   10days  on  0c  bos  be  oas   ON   15 days   15days    DC   don t care        16 2 3 Revoking  Cancelling  an Override    Revoking an override causes the device  or all devices in a workspace  to return to the general rules  defined at the rules tab     To revoke device specific overriding rules  bring the Override Date Rules dialogue and untick Override  date rules for this device  Click OK to commit the change and the Dashboard window shall update  itself     To revoke workspace specific overriding rules  bring the Override Date Rules dialogue and untick  Override date rules for all devices in this workspace  Click OK to commit the change     To revoke all d
208. cord     Global constraints are hardcoded inside your GCAS  database  The factory values are reject negative root  for linear functions  use smallest positive for quadratic  functions  and use smallest positive for cubic    A  ii    constraints if required  Second level of override is device level  All ISO 10723 conversions on this       functions   although you can change these global    device will use these MLC constraints instead of global constraints  Third level of override is  coefficient level  All records using a particular MLC coefficient set shall use these constraints instead  of the device level constraints  But records using another MLC coefficient set will use another  coefficient level constraints if that coefficient set has one  or fall back onto device level if not  Fourth  level is record level  On this level  the MLC constraints apply to that record only  Other records may  have either their own record level constraints  or fall back onto coefficient level     While GCAS Desktop is converting from MLC records to single point  GCAS Desktop loads MLC  constraints from the most specific which is at record level  If current record has no record level    Page 263 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    override  GCAS Desktop moves down one step and look for coefficient level override  If the MLC  coefficients used by this record has no overridden MLC constraints  GCAS Desktop moves down one  step again and look for device level override  If current GC 
209. ct ISO 10723   then click View MLC Coefficients  This menu calls Multilevel Calibration Coefficients form and loads  the correct coefficient set associated with current mole composition record  To see the calibration    Page 106 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    data or footprint which is used by current mole composition record  click View Associated RF in the  same ISO 10723 menu     8 10 1 MLC Flag Bit    Similar to footprint and calibration data  all mole composition records have MLC flag bit to indicate  whether it is single point or multilevel calibrated  The easiest way to see MLC flag bit is to look at the  title of pie chart  It says the stream number  for example    Stream 2   and if the MLC flag bit is  multilevel calibrated then the title appends      MLC      after stream number  If there is no other text     then it is single point  Alternatively  open the Action menu and select ISO 10723  The first submenu is  not clickable but it states the MLC flag bit                dministrator Window Help   Action    Bl Spot Sampling  fi  Import Data   CSV Test  Set Status     Set Status     Bulk   Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Add Comment       i Change record       DEVICE NAME  Test    TIMESTAMP  14 April 2015 14 57       Normalisation Scale    ISO 10723    Flag bit in database  MLC MC     Chart and Table  Comments               Mark As    or Convert Io      Stream 1  MLC  Mark As     Bulk  s  View MLE Coefficients    View Associated RF    Butane Change MLC 
210. d 2                    RF C  Mc     RF trend bed Save Chart as Picture      C RT Or  O RF deviation trend e  2   Copy Chart Image   Gelert co eni Zoom In Here        Generate Summary Here    Methane  C  Nitrogen    Frame This Selection    E Carbon dioride Drag a rectangle to G Remove Frames   C  Ethane  Select all Change footprint          dp ma   sisal   Set These Records as Inactive   oe oe a a z   a p  r    Mark These Records as Single Point    Mark These Records as MLC       Chart   Comments  Send to  50 6976 Calculator  Averaged   Methane RF Trend so Send to ISO 6976 Trend         Send to Correlation Calculator  Selection  Averaged   7 000 000 E ion C  All G    Send to Correlation Calculator  All Gases  Averaged     6 800 000   Send to Mole Composition Comparison    Zoom All Out    6 600 000 Hide Crosshair Cursors    Clear Selection Area   6 400 000 i  Set Y axis Scale      Reset Y axis Scale   08 Nov 14 08 Nov 14 09 Nov 14 09 Nov 14 Set X axis Scale      12 AM 12 PMI 12 AM 12 Phe    6 200 000    Reset X axis Scale  Reset X axis Tick Mark Format  Toggle Light Dark Background    Show Values    Show Legend    line   Ready Show Gridlines    To copy the chart  right click and select Copy Chart Image  Then you may paste the image into  Microsoft Paint  Microsoft Office  or any software that accepts bitmap image picture data on  clipboard     Tips before saving or copying    Enlarge the chart by maximising the Data Analysis form  collapsing the device panel  and expanding  the
211. d octane Is  10  of hexane  Split numbers increase the accuracy of ISO 6976 outputs     If you have these split numbers  enter them at the designated input text box  For C6  devices you can  enter up to 5 splits   which are the division among C6 C7 C8 C9 C10  C7  devices accept maximum 4  splits  and C9  devices accept maximum two splits  C10  devices cannot accept split numbers  because current version of GCAS Desktop supports up to C10 only     The split numbers being entered should add up to 100  If they don t  GCAS Desktop will normalise  them before redistributing the certificate mole percentage  For example  50 30 normalises to 62 5 37 5  so their sum becomes 100     If you don t have split numbers  leave it blank  GCAS Desktop will treat hexane or heptane or whatever  the highest carbon count as a single entity throughout the calculation     11 4 Calculation Pages    When you finished with ISO 6976 inputs  clicking Next page will take you directly to the output  summary page and skipping the calculation pages  They were skipped because most users are only  interested with the results  If you want to visit calculation pages  please check Show intermediary  calculations before clicking Next page  Alternatively  expand the  CALCULATIONS  node at the  navigation tree then pick an item to navigate     Page 152 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Calculation pages consist of ten pages     10     11 4 1    Uncertainty of calibration gas   This is the result of Uc
212. d the data  capture terminated  mole composition records stop coming and you notice the timestamp of last  mole composition record is stationary after several dashboard refreshes     Default setting dictates that dashboard tiles should turn red if date of last mole composition record is  older than three hours  You can change the threshold  the time unit  minutes  hours  days   or turn off  the rule at the rules tab  Do not put unrealistic threshold for instance  1 minute  because mole  composition records usually come every 4 7 minutes  Specifying the threshold to a value lower than  GC cycle time will cause the dashboard tile to become everlasting red     Rules for date of last mole composition is also overridable at per workspace and per device level  Visit  chapter 16 2 Overriding Rules for more information     Page 194 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    16 1 2 Rules    fe Dashboard Settings    Health status to display Rules    lf at least one of the ticked conditions below is true  the tile shall turn red     Mutes Date rules are overridable on each workspace and each device  right click the tile to override      Uncertainty calc  settings  Health status Condition Value Unit    R  threshold set in analysis  parameter  typically 0 995     Miscellaneous  Uncertainty of CV expanded  gt  Jo    Uncertainty of standard density    absolute  gt  0 63   kg m     Display style    Lowest R  of last calibration    My Device    v Date of last calibration older than 60  
213. defootprintUT     UTdiagnostic    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Forces GCAS Desktop to exclude the last footprint while  calculating uncertainty values in Uncertainty Trend module     On normal forward calculation  the data included to calculate the  uncertainty at one point is taken from the last footprint   including the footprint itself  up to this point  This switch causes  GCAS to exclude that last footprint  so data range starts from  one calibration after the footprint     On normal backward calculation  the data included to calculate  the uncertainty at one point is taken from that point and travels  backward  If you set GCAS to trim at footprint  the last footprint  is included in the calculation but it stops  hence the footprint is  the last data   With  excludefootprintUT  GCAS stops at one  calibration after the footprint  Nevertheless  if you set GCAS to  continue through  include data before footprint  then this switch  has no effect     Activates the Uncertainty Trend diagnostic     Additionally  these are a list of advanced start up parameters for GCAS Activator     GCASActivate exe             info     compcode     install  lt licence string gt      regkey  lt 6 digit  registration key gt      revoke    Displays a quick help in a console window or a message box     Displays the details of the licence and registration key installed on  your computer     Displays the computer code of your computer     Installs the specified GCAS licence  or replaces cu
214. detailed reason why the record is  not convertible     ie Change calibration data    Ee  Load latest calibration data     _  Draw thinner lines Show footprint   DEVICE NAME STATUS CALIBRATION DATA TIMESTAMP FOOTPRINT TIMESTAMP  Test The footprint record is not MLC convertible  14 April 2015 14 28    This calibration record is not MLC convertible     i There are no MLC coefficients installed before the footprint   Charts   Tables   Health status   Cc ae X   ee  There are no MLC coefficients installed before this calibration data              Show   AW   Response Factor  1 2000  3    0 8000  5  E    MLC conversion warning icon     Page 85 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To see the MLC coefficients associated with current record  open the Action menu  select ISO 10723   then click View MLC Coefficients  This menu calls Multilevel Calibration Coefficients form and loads  the correct coefficient set associated with current footprint or calibration data     7 11 1 MLC Flag Bit    Footprint and calibration records have an additional flag bit to indicate whether the RF values are  single point or multilevel calibrated  If you don t have  SO 10723 feature in your licence  this flag bit is  always set to single point  To recap  footprints and calibration data have three flag bits  One to  indicate active inactive  another one to indicate whether it is a footprint or calibration data  and the  last one to indicate whether its RF are single point or MLC     Open the Acti
215. device has no MLC constraints defined  either  then GCAS Desktop falls back to the global MLC constraints     22 4 The Multilevel Calibration Coefficients Form  Multilevel Calibration Coefficients form  abbreviated as MLC Coefficients form  is a form to enter or edit    MLC coefficients of a GC device  Select the desired device from your device panel or recent device  panel  then go to View menu  gt  Multilevel Calibration Coefficients     MLC Coefficients  Test    ES Load latest set    fe Browse another set       DEVICE NAME STATUS  Test6 Active    DATE OF TEST  02 October 2014    Component    Nitrogen    Ethane  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  Neopentane  i Pentane  n Pentane    Hexane    a   118 39213  0 112799   0 045907  115 84367   0 106963   0 70313   0 120025   0 120025  0 002252  0 009661   0 003119    b  0 00055583  4  7705E 05  4 5226E 05     0 00096907    2  862E 05  3 9947E 05  2 6352E 05  2 6352E 05  2 0357E 05  1 7 788E 05   2 313E 05    m   6 69E 10  2 895E 10   0  2 9345E 09  0     1 2156E 10     1 394E 11   1 394E 11  2 80E 11   1 098E 10     6 8382E 10     2 8147E 15  0   2 07 17E 16  22411E 17  22411E 17   2 2002E 16   1 075E 15  3 0725E 14    Display style     Auto  2  Number  _  Scientific    Description        22 4 1 View Previous Coefficient Sets    Click    Browse another set at the top of the form  This button shows the Select a coefficient set  dialogue  Select the desired coefficient set then click OK or double click on the list item     Page 264 of 3
216. dicated with asterisk     after stream number similar to the green line in this screenshot example     Mole Composition Comparison  alaj     Short araqn  GIT gran Al    Gas to compare  jf 150 10723 sample   Show  Device tag am TE  Methane _      Test   hn Hog  From    Test6   i  _  Equal scaling  06 June 2015 11 00 Hr Test  it LJ   Mole fraction      Refresh       Clear MLC cache  June 20151500 ir  Collapse all jd    lt  Remove Remove all                    a  i E    Methane comparison  Device Stream    1    IL  ice         At    12 00 on 13 00 30 14 00       17 3 Comparison Chart    The chart graphs the historical mole composition of the selected gas over time  limited by your plot  range  device  stream number  and single point or MLC selection for ISO 10723  at a time  This chart  has maximum capacity of 15 comparison entries  The legend at right side tells what gas it is  the  devices  and their stream numbers  Multilevel calibrated streams  ISO 10723  are indicated with  asterisk     after their stream numbers        1 8080 Propane comparison  Device Stream  1 8060     DEMO 2        DEMO 1  nf f     370KA DEMO1 1  oc PAA AN  1 8020    1 8000  08 Nov 08 Nov 09 Mov 09 Nov 09 Nov 09 Nov 10 Nov 10 Mov  12 00 18 00 00 00 06 00 12 00 12 00 00 00 06 00    Page 207 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    By default  GCAS Desktop draws the chart using thin lines  unlike all other charts in GCAS Desktop  which use 2 pixel width  Line charts having data points less than 10
217. ditioned by the regulator    e Line compressibility  The compressibility factor  Z  of the gas at this stage    e Tube inner diameter  Inside diameter of this pipe    e Tube length  Total length of the pipe    e Bypass flow  How much gas being discarded before entering the next stage     One stage data is contained in one tab  To add more stage  open the last tab  Add stage  then the  form automatically creates a new tab for you  To remove a stage  click Remove this stage at bottom   left corner of a tab     Note    You can add up to 32 stages maximum        When you finished entering all stage data  click Next  GC time to move onto next tab     Page 291 of 388    O  Do not include GC analysis time to the total lag time    Analysis Parameters         Include GC analysis time  override      eel   seconds or  O0h 04m 10 005    Prev  Pressure letdown stages       GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    GC time is cycle time plus analysis time of the GC device  This time value is added to the total lag time    so far  but you have the option not to include GC analysis time if desired     The second radio button is disabled because Lag Time Calculator form is in offline calculation mode     This option is intended for device bound calculation mode which is not yet available in GCAS Desktop    version 1 8 1 0    Pay attention to units of measurement as wrong unit will produce wrong result  When you are ready     click Calculate at the bottom left corner of the form  Lag Time Calcula
218. e    Install date Cert  number Status    02 June 2014  01 June 2014 CERT 0001    i d Page of    Filter Options      List all certificates Entries per page   30      List certificates between  23 Dec 2015 and Sort     Newest to oldest    27 Jun 2014  O Oldest to newest    Show    Any status Cancel       Click    gt  Load latest certificate to return to the most up to date certificate     9 3 Input a New Certificate  As calibration certificates come as hardcopies  you need to enter the mole percentage and uncertainty    values meticulously by hand  Open the Action menu and select New Certificate  If you do not see this  menu  you may not have the action permission for it  Contact your GCAS Administrator     Edit Certificate    Set Status or k Number  Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Add Comment       The New Calibration Certificate entry form shall appear  Begin by entering certificate properties such  as certificate number  issue date  install date  expiry date  minimum storage and or usage pressure   minimum storage and or usage temperature  cylinder gas tank canister serial number  and the k value   coverage factor      Page 113 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    New Calibration Certificate      E E    Device  Test3  Certificate number  fo Issue date  26 June 2014 fr  Minimum pressure    2 MPa  20 bar  Install date  27 Junie 2044 H     Min  temperature   20  C Expiry date  27 December 2014 lr  Cylinder number    Mole percentage Absolute uncertainty    Methane 0 0 0
219. e  Propane  n Butane  i Butane  n Pentane  i Pentane  neoPentane  Hexane  Heptane  Octane    Nonane    4 969 560  6 356 461    8 202 302  10 422 670  11 861 070  11 407 460  13 644 450  13 198 640  12 676 400  79 599 050  94 481 940  98 745 780  99 462 830    158 01 16 04246 Methane  132 36 28 01340 Nitrogen  207 63 30 06904 Ethane  51 14 44 09562 Propane  T343 38 12220 n Butane  65 39 38 122420 i Butane  130 56 72 14878  115 99 72 14878  94 15 72 14878  106 49 86 17536 Hexane  164 81 100 20190 Heptane  283 94 114 22850 Octane  39 33 128 25510 Nonane    n Pentane  i Pentane    neoPentane    5 168 578  6 401 351    133 76  152 03    16 04246  28 01340    7 938 170 187 51 44 00950    8 317 067  10 237 440  11 863 650  11 853 870  13 061 220  13 461 330  12 480 250  79 849 440  91 650 670  98 252 220  99 576 920    208 26  30 44  13 23  67 26   128 76   113 75  96 83   109 00   164 74   284 17  47 33    44 09562  38 12220  38 12220  72 14878  72 14878  72 14878  86 175336  100 20190  114 22850  128 25910    Special value  1    If you see  1  negative one  for all RF values in one or both of the table views  this means the    calibration data  or its footprint  does not have response factor data  This record may come from data  capture operation but with an additional configuration to ignore incoming RF data  Similarly  if you  see  1 00 for all RT values  the calibration data  or its footprint  does not have retention time data     Read more about incomplete calibration record  
220. e  except the COM number      For Ethernet or Wi Fi connection  enter the IP address of your GC device and the TCP port  Refer to  your GC device about the TCP port it listens  Modicon standard recommends 501  502  or 1100  depending of the Modbus protocol set in the device settings     25 2 3 Device Settings    This sections configures the Modbus protocol to communicate with GC device  Available Modbus  protocol depends on the connection medium set in connection settings     Device settings   A2   Protocol   RTU w  Slave ID    i   Timeout   1000 ms  Poll delay   1000 ms    Serial cable 1  ASCII  plain text   2  RTU  remote terminal unit        Ethernet or Wi Fi 1  Modbus TCP  2  RTU over TCP    Slave ID is the Modbus device identifier that ranges from 1 to 255  In a typical one device to one    computer configuration  usually the slave ID is 1  one   Refer to the configuration on your GC device to  get the slave ID     Page 312 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Timeout is the period GCAS Desktop should wait after a Modbus command has been issued to the  Device  Default value is 1000 milliseconds  one second  for serial cable and 5000 ms  5 seconds  for  Ethernet or Wi Fi  Note for RTU protocol  serial cable   this timeout starts counting after the standard  3 5 second wait as specified in the RTU protocol specification itself  Minimum value is 10 ms     Poll delay is the period GCAS Desktop should wait after a timeout occurs before it retries to issue the  sam
221. e  it is time to perform a    preventive maintenance of the GC     Note    This module requires Uncertainty Trend to be included in your GCAS licence        13 1 The Uncertainty Trend Form    Select a device on your device panel or recent device panel  then go to the View menu  gt  Uncertainty  Trend      EE Uncertainty Trend  370XA DEMO Sa    Uncertainties to include Uncertainty of GC repeatability ISO 6976 calculation    Uncertainty of calibration gas Use this coefficient set  Base pressure    1 01325 bar    E 2  October 2014 Ee Change Combustion metering temperature pair     Uncertainty of GC reproducibility     Mole percentage range  ec  orc we    Set calibration certificate     Universal     20 0    a  Direction of calculation What s this          Forward  O Manual  set range  Minimum number of calibration data after        Use  20 of mole comp  records footprint to start graphing   1      Calculation resets everytime a new O Individual  set range   certificate is installed       Use this certificate for everything     15June 2014   Gee FAR ee  06 Jul 2015 00 00 Calibration data range inclusion mode     Set footprint reference       Reset at each footprint     Refer S E emer ear 06 Aug 2015 11 13   eference resets at each footprin C  Backward       Pin this footprint as reference  1  08 November 2014 13 13   fie Largest component is balanced    Plot range  Trim at footprint    From  06 July 2015 00 00       to  06 August 2015 11 13 fr  Threshold value   0 200         Inc
222. e  latest RF RT data is not  cached during the launch of GC Connect form     If GCAS Desktop was instructed to ignore RF or RT data during  data capture  GCAS Desktop assigns a special value  1 to all RF  or RT values  This  1 value is not drawn on Data Analysis form   Using this switch overrides the behaviour   1 values are always  graphed     Disables double buffering on your graphic card when rendering  GCAS Desktop main form  Use this switch if you experience  display problem or performance drop when using GCAS  Desktop     Forces GCAS to reveal empty points in Uncertainty Trend chart     Empty points are data points that only has X value  without Y  value or its Y value is undefined  Example of empty points is  when you set the uncertainty trend in forward direction and the  minimum number of data is 10  then the first 9 calibration data  after a footprint are marked as empty  hence is not drawn on the  chart and you see a gap      With  drawemptyUT  GCAS Desktop draws grey dots for empty  points  The X values of these grey dots are valid  correspond to  dates and times on X axis correctly   but their Y values are  meaningless     Disables cache in the Uncertainty Trend module  GCAS Desktop  caches the calibration certificate and footprint reference while  calculating uncertainty values  Disabling the cache means GCAS  Desktop will always retrieve the footprint and certificate values  from database  This makes calculation time becomes longer     Page 386 of 388     exclu
223. e  octane  and nonane  Visit  chapter 18 to read more about correlation calculator     Page 83 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Correlation Calculator    Add entry  R    0 6373    MIW      RF MV Calculator Any X    Calculator    Molecular weight Response factor      cu 100 357 000  Ethane 166 916 496  Propane 207  781 600  Butane 246 035 808  Pentane 296 361 600  Hexane 325 306 400  Heptane 166  789 693  440  Octane 201 263 005 696  Nonane 225 908 494  336  Decane 42 4535  792 708    Log  response factor     1 7602 1 3602 1 5602 1 7602 1 9602 2 1602    Log  molecular weight        Correlation Calculator with data sent from Footprint or Calibration Data form  Delete unwanted gases to  get the correct R   result  For example  to get the correlation of C7 C8 C9 C10  delete everything from  methane to hexane     7 11 Multilevel Calibrated RF  ISO 10723     GCAS Desktop supports the traditional single point response factors as well as multilevel calibrated   MLC  response factors     Note    This feature requires  SO 10723 feature in your GCAS licence        Users with  SO 70723 feature in their licences will see MLC selector at top left region of response  factor chart  This dropdown list lets you change the displayed RF whether the single point or the MLC  one  GCAS Desktop performs ISO 10723 conversion on the spot  therefore the actual RF values in the  database are not affected  By default  GCAS Desktop displays single point RF     Page 84 of 388    GCAS   Desk
224. e 160 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Select a coefficient set a    Date of test Description  03 February 2015       Ho d Page of 1 2P H    Filter Options      List all coefficient sets Entries per page   30     List coefficient sets between  02 Feb 2015 ne Sort    Newest to oldest    06 Aug 2015      Oldest to newest    Show    Any status v Cancel       Select a coefficient set    dialogue  Windows 10 doesn   t render form border     Click 1 Load latest set to return to the most up to date uncertainty coefficient set     12 3 Edit Mode    In order to edit the coefficients or the description  you need to put Uncertainty Coefficients form in  edit mode  Open the Action menu and select Edit Mode  You know the form is on edit mode when  you see ra pencil icon  some labels are coloured orange  and there is a Save button at the top region    of the form     Edit Mode    New Coefficient Set  Save Changes    Set Status       Page 161 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14     Edit mode  Uncertainty Coefficients  Test3    i Browse another set    bet Load latest set lal Save    DEVICE NAMIE STATUS Fa DATE OF TEST  Test3 Active 21 October 2014  a     Repeatability Coefficients Response Concentration Coefficients  f Edit mode  Component a b  Methane 11 641 000  Nitrogen 73 230 12 983 000  Carbon dioxide  8 839 3 15  795 000  Ethane  8 470 4 17 971 000  Fropane  66 586 22 322 000  i Butane  53 559 26 367 000  n Butane  9 265 2 27 108 000  Neopentane  39 089 29 729
225. e 164 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To change status  open the Action menu and select Set Status  This menu brings the Set Status  dialogue where you can flip the status bit from active to inactive or vice versa     Edit Mode                         New Coefficient Set   Active OK    Save Changes  _  Inactive          Click OK and GCAS Desktop instructs the Uncertainty Coefficients form to reload the set with the new    Status     E Browse another set    al Load latest set    DEVICE NAME STATUS DATE OF TEST  Test3 Inactive 21 October 2014    Repeatability Coefficients   Response Concentration Coefficients    Component b    w w o o  Neogen   ss  om o o  amene   aws  ss o o  Propane   amw  nas o o  r A   a A   Neopentne   sa  ams  o o  e a T A   mpeane   m  o S e  e So     Description     First set       We believe it is a good practice to provide a short note of why the set was made inactive or active  To  write this note  invoke edit mode from the Action menu  write the note on the description box  and    finally click Save     Page 165 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    13 Uncertainty Trend    Uncertainty Trend is a module to graph uncertainties of a GC device over time  It is equivalent to  running many individual uncertainty calculations  with the same configuration  for an increasing range  of calibration data  and finally plotting result numbers on a graph     The chart has a threshold line  When uncertainty line crosses the threshold lin
226. e MLC  coefficents  Coefficient a and b are mandatory  and also b must not equal to zero  Coefficient c and d  are not always present in the analysis function  depending on the GC     The term coefficient set refers to collection of MLC coefficients for all gases  Every gas has their own  analysis function equation  thus has their own coefficents  These coefficients are bundled together  into one record of MLC coefficient set in GCAS database     22 2 MLC Constraints  Concept     Multilevel calibration constraints  abbreviated MLC constraints  are a set of rules to determine which  root to use in polynomial MLC to single point conversion  The opposite direction  single point to MLC  conversion  doesn t need constraints  MLC constraints consist of linear constraint  quadratic constraint   and cubic constraint  Recall the equation of analysis function     y  a   bx   cx    dx       During MLC to single point conversion  the task is    given this y value  find x that satisfies this  equation     A polynomial function may have several roots  solutions  therefore MLC to single point  conversion require constraints to select the correct root  On the other hand  single point to MLC  conversion is much easier     Find y  given this x value    means GCAS Desktop simply subtitues the x and  evaluate the function to get y     Page 261 of 388          Which one      E E    I Fj  Which ae         GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Linear constraint    If the coefficient c and d are ze
227. e Manual low limit Manual high limit       4  Use plus minus twice standard deviations  The range is taken from twice of standard  deviation of mole composition records over the specified period of time  filtered to the    Page 172 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    specified stream        Methane MC Trend  Stream  1   90 3000        Mean    a   2 std dev         std dev    wm ALIN A A A e  ee WY ET Y VV    90 0300       06 Jun 08 Jun 10 Jun 12 Jun 14 Jun 16 Jun 18 Jun 20 Jun 22 Jun  2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014             Finally  the last check box controls whether to treat the component having largest percentage as the  balanced gas  Balanced component means its composition is not taken from the calibration certificate   but from 100  minus the others instead  Balanced gas keeps the mole percentage sum at 100   while  without balanced gas it may go over 100  and below 100      Unlike Uncertainty Calculator form which you can choose which one to become the balanced gas   Uncertainty Trend always selects the gas with largest mole percentage as balanced  For a rare  occasion where there are multiple gases sharing the same largest percentage  e g  two gases have  40  each   GCAS Desktop selects the first gas as the balanced one  Gases are sorted using RF sort  order     13 2 5 ISO 6976 Parameters    ISO 6976 calculation  Base pressure   1 01325 bar w    Combustion metering temperature pair     OC  0  C W  This section contains the base pressure a
228. e Modbus command to GC device  Default value is 1000 ms  but you can set it to zero if you don t  want to wait     25 2 4 Data Retrieval Options    Data retrieval options    Poll every    15    seconds w        Push to database  O Bs  Save to CSVs    Change destination files       You can set the poll interval at  poll every  input field starting from as frequent as every 5 seconds up  to every 90 days  Typically  the poll interval is between 10 to 20 seconds  You can also match poll  interval to the cycle time of your GC device  however please make sure time difference between the  poll and the end of cycle is not too far apart     Data destination  Choose where the captured data is being uploaded to     e Push to database  Data is uploaded to GCAS database   e Save to CSVs  Data is saved as two CSV files     For CSV option  GCAS Desktop creates two CSV files  One for RF and RT data  another for mole  composition  If you do not have GCAS feature Live Data Analysis in your licence  the latter CSV is not  created     GCAS writes only the RF and RT data into one CSV file     The file for RF and RT data follows i Vigilant CSV format so that it is usable for CSV import on  Footprint or Calibration Data form  Similarly  CSV file for mole composition follows the format  recognisable by CSV import on Mole Composition form     Mole composition values are left unnormalised when GCAS Desktop writes to the CSV  When you  import this CSV through the Mole Composition form  the values will
229. e X which  enforces a different calibration policy  for instance  once every 7 days  This causes the dashboard tiles  under Workspace X to become red if their last calibration date Is  let s say  5 days ago  By overriding  calibration date rule for Workspace X  we can specify that all devices under Workspace X uses 7 day  rule  not three     Device specific override has priority over workspace specific override  For instance  Workspace X has  five GC devices named X1  X2  X3  X4  and X5  These five devices were calibrated 9 days ago  Your  general rule state 3 day calibration rule  but those under Workspace X are overridden to use 7 day  calibration rule  Now let s override the date rule for device X4 to be 14 days  As a result  device X1  X2   X3  and X5 become red while device X4 is still green     You can even override the on off status of a date rule  For example  the general rule for last calibration  date is turned on  but this particular device is overridden as turned off  You shall see other devices  have green or red font on their dashboard tiles  while this device has black text for its last calibration  date  The same applies for the other way round  if the general rule is turned off but you wish to turn  on date rules for several devices or workspaces     16 2 1 Per Device Override    To override date rules at device level  right click the dashboard tile     Page 199 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Customer X T            o        R    0 9977 R   
230. e on tablet mode   Next  go to    All Apps  Jump to the letter I then find i Vigilant Technologies  Inside the folder you will find  the Change Database shortcut     I Vigilant Technologies  New  Change Database  New  Change Licence  New    GCAS Desktop  New    Java Development Kit  N ev           Back       Page 37 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    4  Alternatively  run GCAS Desktop with additional  changedatabase parameter     Type the name of a program  folder  document or Internet  resource  and Windows will open it for you        Any of the actions above would bypass the login screen straight to the Change Database dialogue  On  this dialogue box  select the desired database server          twm Choose which database GCAS should use      j Vigilant central database   O Corporate database      Local offline database    i Vigilant Central Database    The data i stored on    Vigilant database server     Select server     oft SQL   New server  Microsoft SQL   proxy     Test connection       Click OK and start GCAS Desktop again     Page 38 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    2 6 Reconnect on Network Problem  If you were disconnected from GCAS database server because of network problem   GCAS Desktop    displays an overlay notification and the status bar reads Network Problem  Click anywhere on the  overlay to dismiss the notification     File Profile Subscriptions View Comms _ Tools Window Help      370XA DEMO    B i Vigilant  New server  Microsoft
231. e size of your temporary database file by consolidating sparse  free spaces similar to defragmenting a hard disk    Verify Uses the built in verification feature on Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition  in order to check that all tables and indexes are not corrupt  If verification  result says the database is corrupted  try the Repair menu    Repair Should the Verify menu reported a problem on your temporary database  this  menu attempts to repair the file     Backup Makes a backup copy of your temporary database  To restore from this  backup  use the Restore menu  Otherwise if you have deleted your temporary  database  go to chapter 29 1 2 Restore a Backup to reuse this backup file     Replaces your current temporary database with a backup     29 13 Deactivate Offline Working       To deactivate this work offline feature  you need to go online  It is a good idea to synchronise your  main database server with your temporary database for the last time  in order to make sure there are  no pending data in your temporary database which have not been synchronised to your database  server  Then  open the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Delete Temporary Database     Page 380 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    i Change Database      Reconnect Database  re Export Data    Ctril E    Flush and Backup d    Work Offline t  i Go Offline    Notification Log Sync then Go Offline  Minimise to System Tray Maintain Ternporary Database  Exit Delete Temporary Database  Sync Now  Wo
232. e textbox and the Submit button  i e  the comment grid fills up the entire form   your user account may not have action permission to write comments or your user role is Read only   Contact your GCAS administrator     7 10 Send to Correlation Calculator    This shortcut is intended for unsupported GC or those in special needs  For example  your GC is C10   complete  is actually calibrated with C10 calibration gas  decane is present   But later on  your process  gas is only up to C9  decane is missing   This will mess up the correlation calculation  R   because the   response factor of decane Is zero  To workaround this problem  open the Action menu from an open   Footprint or Calibration Data form  then select Send to Correlation Calculator     Action    Import Data   Import Data   CSV   Import Data   Manual Entry  Set Status   Add Comment   Send to Correlation Calculator  Print Preview    Print        50 10723       This menu will send all response factor values from methane  C1  to decane  C10  to Correlation  Calculator  Only normal butane and normal pentane are included  their isomers are not  Once the  Correlation Calculator form is open  simply delete any unwanted gases and the calculator will get you  the correct R   result  In our example before  C10  device treated as C9  should have R  of C6 C7 C8   C9  not C7 C8 C9 C10  In Correlation Calculator form  delete methane  ethane  propane  butane   pentane  and decane  this will give you the correlation of hexane  heptan
233. e which one is the most recent  When a conflict happens  this last modified information is  either equal  meaning that both records were updated at the same time  or unavailable  The  probability you would find a record conflict is quite rare  nevertheless a slim chance is not zero chance     Page 375 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    a Synchronisation Completed    dA Synchronisation is complete  However      there were 22 record conflicts     E       When conflicts arise  the sync progress bar turns yellow  Click Resolve conflicts to see what records  are conflicting  The button brings the Resolve Conflicts dialogue similar to the screenshot below   Conflicting fields are highlighted in yellow     wl  Resolve Conflicts  Number of conflicts left to resolve  22    Decide which one of these records to commit to both databases   Table name   Response Factor    Field name Online  record Offline  record  Record ID _ po TT  Timestamp 05 03 2014 11 28   05 03 2014 11 28    Device ID   43  FUEL GAS  43  FUEL GAS                                                                                                                                                                                                        1 02535E 07      1 02535E 07                Use online record Use offline record       Repeat my action for all conflicts on the same table  Response Factor        To resolve one conflict  click the appropriate button whether to Use online record or Use offline  rec
234. ea TEESE E EAER 212  17 3 7 Send to ISO 6976 Trend CompariSoN ou    cecesccesssessssesesesesessesecssessssesssesesssesesesesssesesesesessessseseeeesesees 213  17 3 8 Selection Mode MenUS          ss sssessssesssesssessssssssesssesssessseessseosseesseesseesssrosseesseesseessseosseosstesseesseeossrosseessresseess 215  dg OTV 0 Fe   GU     a e a E Oe ena Teva Nunya en anne SEES 216  P3105    COMOUIDINIAG ASSISE AICO cisssiec sesh etic ceste Saaastiti ose asesbeeiecaste sae eassesasee Uaeesti ener aeese nities nies 218  16  Gorrelation Calculator as e aE aden a a nen nt oe eke 219  181    ING COMeIaHON Calculator TON rencrien na ticteasieenntiaten niet aveeicnetieneeetiaeneeae  219    Page 8 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    182 RES CalCulator  ena en enc an Sissies ee eee ia eee 220  To SAVY Gal UO oenar E T E E EEEO EOR 222  ISA  Any CIAO  C ACUO esen E EE E 223  19  1506976 Cal CU ater scissors cscs ase a E E E needs 225  1931  Thels0 6976 Calculator FOUN sciseiersineei iea E reeled tube Seti O EE 225  TQ Ways to EMerCompO SIO Mesene A EA A IA 226  POD Te Manua NDUT ssum a e A a ala 227  19 22  N  rmalPasteana Smart Paste smesna ea ea a Ea e ea ee n 227  19 2 3 Load a Mole Composition Record  scene 229  1924 Load a Calibration C erica tEn aa aa nea nee aO ee 229  1935  AANDETE ON aaa E E EE at E EEEN 230  T94  Compare TWO ISO 6976 Calculators osses a a SEE 230  20  1506976 Trend nosne e E E eeueseteawestedeewseeteed  233  201   TneS9 6976 Tena FOrMkoesen eanne n
235. eam MLC   WDA Ta LE     Methane kZ Lacie Test    Test   Be Ic  Test6    From   _  Equal scaling    14 June 20151430  Jr Test  Mole fraction    To  Clear MLC cache    2015 1430 El   Collapse all  lt  Remove Remove all    zoom    Average Methane comparison  Device Stream    4Jun 14Jun 14Jun Jun 15Jun 15Jun 15Jun 15 Jun  15 00 18 00 21300 00 00 03 00 06 00 05 00 12 00       Each comparison entry has its own average bar  or technically    column    as it is a column chart    Showing or hiding a line chart through the Show  check box in the comparison list also displays or  conceals its average bar  You can also zoom the average chart in case all bars are of the same height  thus making it difficult to see the difference among them  provided that the chart is in zoom mode     17 3 7     Send to ISO 6976 Trend Comparison    Now that you have the mole composition trend of various devices or streams  ever wondered how  much calorific value each stream would stack against one another  If you have the GCAS feature  SO  6976 Trend included in your licence  you see the button Send to ISO 6976 Trend Comparison is  enabled next to Copy to Microsoft Excel button     This button calls ISO 6976 Trend Comparison form and communicates the necessary information such  as the plot range and content of the comparison list  Then ISO 6976 Trend Comparison form handles  the rest  Because this  Send to  shortcut bypasses some of the ISO 6976 Trend Comparison s standard  startup routines  the ISO 6976 T
236. eature included in your GCAS licence  you shall see an additional dropdown for  ISO 10723 conversion  This dropdown controls whether the underlying mole composition records  should be converted to single point or to multilevel calibrated values prior to ISO 6976 calculation   Note that non convertible records will produce gaps on the ISO 6976 trend chart  In addition  you can  select Don t convert if you have a slow connection and you are confident that the mole composition  records are all single point or all MLC  Choosing this option will bypass all ISO 10723 prerequisites  which usually takes a long time to load over a slow network     Under the ISO 10723 dropdown  there is a link named Compare both  This link calls ISO 6976 Trend  Comparison tool and tells it to compare ISO 6976 trend based on single point mole composition  records versus the trend based on multilevel calibrated mole composition records  It requires an  additional GCAS feature Data Comparison     Page 235 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    20 4 Mean and Standard Deviations    Data source and options    Plot from  15 Jun 2015 09 41  Bly   to 115 Jun 2015 13 41  alr  floors to Fh Jih g  Stream Records to plot  96     50 10723 conversion    Convert to single point we       Compare both       Drag arectangleto    Zoom  _  Select  5134 125 ah  po   gt   N    ip F      Mean and standard deviations are calculated based on all data points currently appearing on current  ISO 6976 trend chart  Tick th
237. ece Y B425R   afl LF TEST       Tick  None Top 10 Bottom 10  C  Remember my selections on this computer         LLE    ail  Online     Licensed device count mismatched  Waiting for user to choose devices                   Page 52 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    As an example  meet Frank  He is a talented GC specialist service engineer  He bought a GCAS licence  of 5 GC devices  One day a customer called  requesting his help to analyse problems on their GCs  The  customer exported part of their GCAS database to a Microsoft SQL server compact database and  handed the  sdf file to Frank  Unfortunately this database has 8 devices  When Frank changes database  to this  sdf file  GCAS presents Choose Devices dialogue when the main window is being loaded  As his  licence only permits five GC devices maximum  Frank must choose which five out of these eight to be  visible during this session  To see the other three  Frank needs to restart GCAS to end current session  and start a new session  thus displaying the Choose Devices dialogue again  This time  he chooses the  remaining three  and optionally two out of the other five      4 3 1 Persistent Device Selection    Device selection made through Choose Devices dialogue Is not persistent  Next time GCAS Desktop is  launched  it presents Choose Devices dialogue again  allowing you to select the other devices that  were not visible during previous session     Wg LENUS  i DEMO4  i  DEMOS     Bg  C10 for development       
238. ecify whether the CSV file follows standard GCAS CSV template or  a custom template  More about this later    4  Import from GC device in database     select a GC device and date range  then RF offline  converter will load all active footprints and calibration data of that device between that date  range          feel        Add the  average  row Paste append Clear all    MLC   Single Point RF Offline Converter    Input all multilevel calibrated RF values here     entane n Pentane Hexane Heptane    0 24557326  0 24557356  0 24557405  0 24557312  024557377  024557392  024557408  024557323   0    024059924  024059956  024060002  024060014  024059933  024059984  024060024  024059975   0    0 301571 74  0 30157079  0 30157035  0 30157009   0 301571  0 30157192  0 30157189    0 30157205 0 27352363    0    027352566  027352497  027352594  027352532  0 2 7352452  027352391  027352333    0    0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0        Or import from CSV file   Or use data from a device    RF inputs      This CSV file follows standard GCAS CSV template        Import     This CSV file has data starts at column 1  A     having gas order of       Previous Next       Above the grid there is a check box called Add the    average    row  This check box inserts a special row  at the very top  which contains the averaged value of all rows below it  Average row will be converted  to MLC or single point too  depending on selected direction during the first page  If you delete some  rows or edit some rows
239. ed total to drop to 15   This number is close to 10  therefore GCAS assumes  the scale is decimal  0 to 10   You know the GC reads the composition in percentage scale  hence the  decimal scale may hinder troubleshooting     To override this automatic scaling  browse to the desired mole composition record then open the  Action menu  Under Normalisation Scale  select which scale to use  Mole Composition form is now  locked to the selected scale until it is closed     Action  a8  Spot Sampling  Import Data   CSV  Set Status     Set Status     Bulk   Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Add Comment    Normalisation Scale    Automatic    ISO 10723    Fraction  1     Decimal  10    Percentage  100    Permillage  1 000   Bips Base Point  10 000   Percentmillage  100 000   PPM  1 000 000    PPB  1 000 000 000       mest used       8 9 Send to ISO 6976 Calculator    Users whose GCAS licence includes GCAS feature  SO 6976 Calculator shall see an additional action  menu called Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  This shortcut sends the mole composition record to ISO  6976 Calculator tool  It calculates the calorific value  CV  and other properties of this composition         Spot Sampling  Import Data   CSV  Set Status      Set Status     Bulk     Send to  50 6976 Calculator Send Single por nt Values    Add Comment Send MLC Values    Normalisation Scale    ISO 10723       Page 104 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Users with  SO 10723 feature included in their licences shall see two sub
240. ee 382  30 2 What Happened to Bug Report Wizard         sessssssssssesssssessssssessssssesssessesssessesssessesssessesssessessseesssesess 383  Si     GCAS Startiip Parameters sssini gaiarda aa a aaa E N 385    Page 13 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Revision Log    Revision   14  Finalised on   12 October 2015  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 8 1 0      Updated chapter 21  ISO 6976 trend comparison     Inserted chapter 17 3 7  Send to ISO 6976 trend comparison     Updated screenshots for few other chapters    Revision   13  Finalised on   17 September 2015  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 8 0 0      Updated chapter 20  ISO 6976 trend     Updated chapter 15  Comments     Revision a he  Finalised on   26 August 2015  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 7 4 0      Updated screenshots     Renumbered chapter 27 to 31  GCAS startup parameters       Renumbered chapter 26 to 30  Diagnostics and maintenance      Renumbered chapter 25 to 29  Working offline        Renumbered chapter 24 to 28  Export data      Renumbered chapter 23 to 27  Administrator menu        Renumbered chapter 22 to 25  Data capture      Renumbered chapter 21 to 24  Device management      Renumbered chapter 17 to 18  Correlation calculator      Renumbered chapter 16 to 17  Mole composition comparison      Renumbered chatper 15 to 16  Dashboard      Renumbered chapter 14 to 15  Comments      Updated chapter 1 13 in regard to ISO 10723 support     Chapter 14  Uncertainty trend comparison  is reser
241. eed to calculate lag time when they change  the piping or the design of pressure letdown systems  or when they replace the GC device     The only module using lag time data is Data Analysis  It is used when the user wants a mole  composition trend  then ticked Include spot samples  By subsequently ticking Apply lag time  all  spot sample dots on the chart will shift to the right by the amount of total lag time     Page 293 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    24 Device Management    A device is a representation of an actual  physical GC device  Device in GCAS database has several  properties for example device name  also known as device tag   device type  and device date format   whether American or rest of the world format   These properties should match the actual  configuration of your physical GC device  Managing devices are conducted through the Devices form     Default installation of GCAS specifies only GCAS administrator and super users have access to this  form        Workspace C       e One group has several workspaces   e Workspaces are a way to separate devices in the same group  This has been covered in    chapter 3 2 Groups and workspaces   e One device must belong to one workspace     24 1 The Devices Form    Ce  New     Edit     Delete   ID     Device Tag Name  Op opa  ae  Oo are  O  16  CaseStudy1 Daniel C7  complete  y  Daniel C7  complete          Daniel C6  complete  Daniel C7  complete   KMS ABB C  complete  O  49ltestico ss Daniel C9  without
242. elected parameter is retention time  RT   They are very similar to RF    chart types     Page 122 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    1  RT trend graphs the actual retention values over time in history  The unit of measurement is  second  s    2  RT deviation trend graphs the deviation  difference  of RT values against footprints  also in  seconds  s   This also gives two further options   e Each latest footprint  Each RT value is compared against its latest footprint similar to RF  deviation chart     e This footprint only  All RT values are compared against a particular footprint value  The  footprint to set as the comparison base is configurable through Change footprint link     10 2 2 3 Selected parameter  R   correlation     Select chart type        Correlation trend    The chart will only show the actual value of R  calculations  This parameter is not compared against  footprint values  but against a low alarm limit  The low alarm limit is configured in the Analysis  Parameter form  If it is not set  the default limit 0 995 is used     10 2 2 4 Selected parameter  MC  mole composition     Select chart type      MC trend  stream    1 T  Include spot samples  Apply lag time    E Include calibration gas  certificate    ISO 10723 trend   Single point compositions    Compare both    The chart will graph mole composition values of the selected stream  Refer to the user manual of your  GC device to know which stream numbers deliver mole percentage data     Availab
243. en successful  You can now open the CSV file     eu Export data from GCAS database  o The export was successful  Click Finish to exit the wizard     Show the file in File Explorer       Previous Finish Cancel       A quick note if you open the CSV file using Microsoft Excel  Excel tends to truncate large number into   scientific notation up to 2 decimal place  the number of decimal place follows the regional settings on  your Windows Control Panel   This truncation may lead to large rounding error and is permanent   As soon as you notice this Excel evildoing  change the number format for the selected cells to general  numeric format before you save the file     Page 347 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14                                                                   H   z Export 2014 02 06 csv   Excel Za     AX  HOME INSERT PAGE LAYOUT FORMULAS DATA REVIEW VIEW DEVELOPER OFFICE REMOTE TEAM Yusuf Adriansyah 7  Th aii Calibri    1 JE a S  ys   Wrap Text Scientific K ia ey i em  x ri A 7 Ay fai   H Copy   m     Fill    re gramatinius     FM    B    AEE EEE Eegenen    6      ch 4   Contre Foata Cal   meat Das omat   G G  sota a   Clipboard F  Font F  Alignment E  Number G Styles Cells Editing    a  O21 v fe 13492810 v   A B C D E   G    J K L M N o P Q a  1  GCAS data export  2  Expor date  06 02 2014 16 20  3 Export range  01 09 2013 00 00 to 31 01 2014 00 00  4  5  6  7  FP_ID Timestamp Flag Status RF MetharRF NitrogeRF CO2 RF Ethane RF Propan RF i Butar RF n Buta
244. en the Action menu  and select View Error Log    Note if you are in unattended mode  first click 5 Collapse button then deactivate  unattended mode to see Error log button      25 2 7 Unattended Mode    Unattended data capture is a data capture operation where all incoming data are committed to  database or CSV files automatically  It is intended for remote sites where engineers rarely present in   situ while GCAS Desktop continuously captures data  You can then leave the computer on and come  back later to stop the operation     The regular way to capture data as described in chapter 25 2 5 Start Capture and 25 2 6 Stop Capture  is known as attended mode  The table below summarises difference between attended and  unattended mode     Attended mode Unattended mode    Incoming records await your decision whether Incoming records are committed immediately   to commit or ignore     You need to click Commit button or Save to Commit button  Save to CSVs button  and  CSVs button in order to commit the records  Clear grid button are not available in  unattended mode     You can review RF and RT records  giving youa   All records are automatically marked as    time to change their flag either to footprint or calibration data   calibration data     Click the Stop button to stop operation  Click the Stop button to stop operation  or  choose one of three available automatic stop  triggers        Page 317 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To activate unattended mode  first
245. ent focus  Switch to user view if you want to focus on the users  i e  how many groups one user  has  Switch to group view if you want to focus on the groups  that is  how many users one group has     Assigning and removing users or groups are conducted through drag and drop operations  Go to one  of the subchapter below to use the form using a particular view     27 4 1 User View  User view focuses on the users  You see how many groups each user has     Assign a group to a user  Drag the group from left pane to the user     Page 337 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    User View Group View    To assign a group to a particular user  drag a group from the left pane to the desired user on the right  pane     GROUP LIST USER LIST    x2 One group j 4 admin  A   Another group        gE One group  4X Another another group 38 Another group  g   Another another group     4 User A    ge One group  4 User_B    gt One group  4 4 User_Readonly     Another group    To remove a group from a particular user   drag the group under that user from the    right pane and drop it here     User View   Group View    To assign a group to a particular user  drag a group from the left pane to the desired user on the right  pane     GROUP LIST USER LIST  g  One group  A   Another group    A   Another another group    4 4 admin  g One group    gt One group  4 4 User_Readonly     Another group       27 4 2 Group View    Group view focuses on the groups  You see how many users each group has  
246. ently used devices  AFE  370XA DEMO1       Search device    Pp H Q 2          Y Offline    Ready    We strongly recommend to close and reopen all open forms  This is because each form retains a  connection to GCAS database server but the disruption cut this connection  Attempting to continue   working on open forms may raise an error especially when there is a task to load or reload data from  the database     Page 370 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Please do not attempt to go back online should your network connection had not recovered   Attempting to do so would make GCAS Desktop tries to connect to your main database server  finds it  failing  and switches back to your temporary database              Gas Chromatography Analysis Software   demo   O x    File Profile Subscriptions View Comms Tools Window Help    i  No device selected        j Vigilant  New server  Microsoft SQL   v jh CASE STUDY  BE  CaseStudy1  by ES  CaseStudy2  WE  CaseStudy3  WE  CaseStudy4  WE  CaseStudys  be ES  CaseStudy6  v jp Demo  WEJ DEMO  WE  370XA DEMO  By    ES  8425R  yf ES  TEST    APS  UK21  1813 GCAS is unable to connect to i Vigilant central database    Ay 2  370xA DEMO1 Message from the database provider  A network related or instance specific error occurred while establishing a connection to SQL  WEJ DEMO1 Server  The server was not found or was not accessible  Verify that the instance name is correct and that SQL Server is configured to  BE  DEMO2 allow remote connecti
247. ert you and propose a corrected selection area   Nonetheless if you disagree with the new selection area  click Cancel on the message box     Mole Composition Comparison    Gas to compare  di ISO 10723 sample Show  Devicetag Stream MLC   Bre  Test  Methane EA Test  Test6  _  Equal scaling    Beet  Test     14 June 2015 14 00 i   Mole fraction  bel Save Chart as Picture    From     To   15 June 2015 1600    m  Copy Chart Image Clear MLE cache       Zoom In Here   Remowe all  Generate Summary Here  H Frame This Selection x dp tagoh   Remove Frames  Set These Records as Inactive Methane comparison  liso  Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Selection Averaged  Deke Siream  iso  Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Entire X axis Averaged   A i twa Send to ISO 6976 Trend Comparison  A     aT ae Mr CL   Zoom All Out   eae I ini  bo      vy ey Hide Crosshair Cursors  Clear Selection Area  15 00 12 00   Show Values   Show Legend    Show Gridlines    Zooms in to the selection area   Generate Summary Here Generates statistical summary for the selected area     Frame This Selection Literally puts a rectangular frame around the selection  for  presentation purpose    This works on the average chart too    Set These Records as Inactive   Sets all records within the X axis range of the selection area as  inactive  GCAS Desktop displays an additional dialogue if your  selection area covers several devices stream numbers    Send to ISO 6976 Calculator   This menu requires  SO 6976 Calculator in GCAS licence
248. es such as negative composition  However  there is  no check if sum of a composition record exceeds 100 because the record may be on a different scale   not percentage  If GCAS Desktop finds errors  the problematic rows will display red exclamation mark  on their headers and are highlighted in light red  GCAS Desktop also refuses to move onto next page  unless the errors are fixed     Ultimately  click Next to move onto next page and you shall see GCAS Desktop is doing its job   performing ISO 10723 conversion  It may take a while if you are converting hundreds or thousands of  records  When the conversion is finished  you have options to Save as CSV  Export to Excel  or Copy  to Clipboard  The average row  if ticked in previous page  also appears in the conversion result at the    Page 286 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    very top  However it is not the actual average of conversion results you see right now  it is simply the  MLC or single point conversion of the average value of all input rows before     MLC   Single Point MC Offline Converter    Single point MC after conversion     Note Compare Methane Nitrogen Carbon dioxide     Eth    Average    Compare    Compare    Compare  Compare  Compare  Compare  Compare  Compare  Compare  Compare    Compare    24 9931091911   64 999999659   4 9659938246   5 011 7002855   4 9915632827   4 9885 416008   4  99222751269   84 992733165   4 9865345647  24 992880 7282   24 9998175   5 0032056677    9 9229463066  9 92 7349
249. eset all will reset all numbers back to zero     Uncertainty Calculator  Test3    Uncertainty from GC repeatability    H  INPUTS A _ a   i  l Uncertainties to include S dat bx   CX   dx    X  unnormmalised concentration of each component  s   standard deviation of unnormalised component  Linearity Paste Resetall Choose existing coefficient set Reload set Editthisset New set  be Mole percentage range Component     Uncertainty from GC reproducibi Methane    ISO 6976 inputs  ce CALCULATIONS Carbon dioxide     OUTPUTS Ethane    H Summary    Nitrogen    Propane     Uncertainty of CV ees  Uncertainty of MW composition      Uncertainty of Wobbe index   gt     n Butane  Neopentane  i Pentane  Legend n Pentane    Hexane    SS 2oe eo ele ele  e  ae aels aia  lalalalalalala     Input  editable    Input  from database    Intermediary calculation   Output   Read only Recalculate  F5  C  Show intermediary calculations  lt  Previous page Next page  gt        Because these coefficients rarely change  about once a year   we suggest you to store these  coefficients in database and recall them the next time you open Uncertainty Calculator form  To store  a new coefficient set  click New set  This link opens a blank Uncertainty Coefficients form and you  type  or paste  the coefficient numbers there  Visit chapter 12 to get detailed explanation of  Uncertainty Coefficients form     If GCAS Desktop detects there is at least one coefficient set in database  GCAS Desktop loads the  latest coefficie
250. evice specific and workspace specific overrides  open Dashboard Settings then go to  the rules tab  Click Clear all overriding rules button at the bottom and finally finish it by clicking OK     Page 202 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    17 Mole Composition Comparison    Mole Composition Comparison is a tool to compare trends of mole composition across different    devices  This module complements the Data Analysis module  Through Data Analysis you see mole  composition trend of various gases for one device  now on Mole Composition Comparison you see    mole composition trend of one gas for various devices     Note    This module requires two GCAS features to be included in your GCAS licence  Live Data Analysis and       Data Comparison     17 1 The Mole Composition Comparison Form    To open Mole Composition Comparison form  go to the Tools menu  gt  Mole Composition    Comparison     Mole Composition Comparison    Sec oS Seo Sects Pore oes  md a A AA i WLL    _    Gas to compare  Show  Devicetag    Stream MLC    pee Bee  370XA DEMC  gt  Go  Bebe  370XA DEME   From  papm 5R   06 August 2015 10 02 r pii Mole fraction   To  ae  sent Clear MLC cache    07 August 2015 10 02       Equal scaling     lt  Remove Remove all        i           Mole Composition Comparison form has two resizable sections  Parameters and device list are at the  top  while the comparison chart is at the bottom     Page 203 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    17 2 Parameters and
251. f why the record status  was changed  Comments tab does not open if your GCAS user account doesn t have action  ULES to post comments       Charts   Tables   Health status   Comments _              2 Refresh comment         Date posted   Comment     gt  10 February 2014 08 55 12    Demo ooo 12 December 2013 09 13 38 Response factor of methane and COZ are too low  Investigation needs to be conducted        Posta new   This calibration data was marked as inactive at 13 February 2014 15 29  Made this inactive to prevent it being included  comment    in Data Analysis form         Submit    7 6 Incomplete Footprint or Calibration Data    There are cases of incomplete footprint record or incomplete calibration data  A footprint or  calibration record is said to be incomplete if it has only response factor data  or only retention time  data  but not both  Incomplete records usually come from data capture operation but with additional    configuration to ignore RF data or ignore RT data     If GCAS Desktop was instructed to ignore RF data  it assigns the special value  1  negative one  to all  RF values  The same goes for RT  which GCAS Desktop assigns  1 to all RT fields  You shall see this  special  1 value when you switch to table view on either Footprint or Calibration Data form     Why  1  This value is used to differentiate the 0  zero  value  which indicates the gas is missing or not  present in the calibration inlet  By default  GCAS Desktop will still plot zero values on RF 
252. f your block of cells has one column  GCAS processes a  normal paste  If it has two  GCAS processes a smart paste     Normal paste is like the Paste button on Microsoft Excel  it pastes the cells sequentially  Some  safeguards are cells containing non number like alphabets will translate into zero  and negative    numbers are converted into positive     Page 227 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    So ISO 6976 Calculator  H S gt   z    Input composition       Mole                                                                                                          A FILE HOME INSE  composition     Methane Calibri  ore al B IU    Carbon dioxide    l Clipboard m   Al     E   1 L  A   5   6     T   5   9     Paste Reset ny  Use a mole composition record of 12   Demol 13   144   15     16      Smart paste works for two column data  First column must be the gas name  Second column is the  value  The good thing is  you don t have to worry about gas order as GCAS Desktop will reorder the  gases into the correct sequence  GCAS Desktop recognises the standard gas names  e g   Methane       Ethane    i Butane   as well as some well known names  e g   Isobutane    Pentane    translated as  normal pentane or n Pentane   and even their C number notation  Gas names are not case sensitive     Having said that  these three blocks of cells below will work     SO ISO 6976 Calculator    Input composition                                      Book    Excel  Gas name    e HOME INSER
253. fic override level  its radio button will be disabled   Ultimately if no permissions are given  you will not see Change MLC Constraints in the Action menu       from the beginning   Which override level should I apply to     Be careful with the first option in Apply Constraints dialogue box  Yes  that option means you are  changing the value of global constraints  All other devices in the same GCAS database will use the new  constraint values you just specified     You are unsure whether the new constraints would Record level  produce unwanted side effects on other records   Some records are broken  while some others are Coefficient level if those broken records use    not  the same MLC coefficients  otherwise apply  record level override to each of those one by    one     All records are broken  but records on other GC Device level  devices are not     All records are broken  regardless of what GC device   Global    they belong to   A very ultra rare case   Also check all MLC coefficient values for potential  mistakes         22 5 2 Overriding Constraints for Mole Compositions    Many operations involving multilevel calibrated mole compositions such as Data Analysis  MC value  trending   uncertainty calculation  and ISO 6976 calculation  automatically load MLC constraints  Their  MLC constraint overrides are set through Mole Composition form     Open Mole Composition form  then browse to the desired record  Or if you plan to apply coefficient   level override  browse to any 
254. fications     1  Status bar notification  Status bar notification is displayed on   what else    the status bar  This kind of notification  usually contains less important messages  You probably see the message    xyz form is busy     most often when you attempt to close a form which was busy calculating  Status bar  notifications dismiss themselves after few seconds        Search device    OQ 2    al Online     Data Analysis Form is busy        2  Tooltip notification  Tooltip notifications contain only informational messages but GCAS needs to catch your  attention  It appears at the top left corner of work area  Tooltip notifications dismiss    themselves after few seconds   View Comms Tools Administrator Window Help    d    Reconnection successful  GCAS ts now connected to 101 255  90 246        3  Panel notification  GCAS Desktop uses panel notification to ask your decision  The notification is displayed at the  bottom of work area  Panel notifications have up to three buttons  Click one of them to    perform the appropriate action and dismiss the notification   EL            __              7  i           gt   ah devie     O D Q 2 sty  GCAS detected the network connection has been restored  Would you like to return online  Go online Stay offline    a Offline    Ready          4  Overlay notification  Possibly the most annoying one  overlay notification is the black transparent window which  covers the entire work area  Overlay notifications interrupt your work therefore 
255. g the spot sample  values stay afar from the mole composition record  Hence  you cannot use it  or it becomes more  difficult  to determine the health status of your pressure letdown system     Lag time is calculated per stage and summed together at the end  One stage is one configuration of  pipes and regulators  Typical pressure letdown system may have three to four stages  which in turn  makes typical lag time calculation has five or six stages in total     Note    This module requires GCAS feature Lag Time Calculator to be included in GCAS licence        Page 289 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    23 1 The Lag Time Calculator Form    Lag Time Calculator form takes your stage data as input then calculates the lag time as output  Lag  Time Calculator form is designed for two uses  offline calculation and device bound calculation  Yet  in  current version of GCAS Desktop at the time this document is written  version 1 8 1 0  the device   bound calculation is not yet implemented  For the time being  Lag Time Calculator handles offline  calculation only  Offline calculation is one time calculation that is not tied to any devices in GCAS  database     Go to the Tools menu and select Lag Time Calculator     Lag Time Calculator  Global parameters Pressure letdown stages   GC time Lag times    Tesy SoTtE ool lec v Lag time  seconds  Lag time  canonical     Base pressure 1 01325    bar   absolute  Base compressibility 1   eg  from AGA  amp  on STP     Sample flow 0 0 
256. ge   I  a EE  i  Include ISO 6976 calculation standard uncertainty 0 05  at the end    ISO 6976 inputs  g  CALCULATIONS  2 OUTPUTS  x Summary    Uncertainty of CV    Uncertainty of MW composition       sn Jasegaini aiak handi  l  Legend    Input  editable     Input  from database   Intermediary calculation  E Output      Read only Recalculate  F5  C  Show intermediary calculations       Navigation buttons    Uncertainty Calculator form and its parts     The form contains 23 pages as laid out in the navigation tree  Each terminal item links to its page  within the form  Click on any item below to read more about its part     e Inputs  o Uncertainties to include  o Uncertainty from the calibration gas  o Uncertainty from GC repeatability and linearity     Repeatability     Linearity    Mole percentage range  o Uncertainty from GC reproducibility  o ISO 6976 inputs  e Calculations  normally collapsed     o Uncertainty of calibration gas  WRM RF and standard deviation  Uncertainty of repeatability  Footprint and calibration data  Uncertainty of reproducibility  Standard relative uncertainty  Compressibility factor   ISO 6976 calculation    Sensitivity analysis Tor Uaiber gas and U reproducibility    O O O O O O O       Page 143 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    o Sensitivity analysis for Urepeatability  e Outputs  Summary page  Uncertainty of CV  calorific value   Uncertainty of MW composition  Uncertainty of Wobbe index  Uncertainty of relative density specific gr
257. ge 329 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    2  Administrator Menu    Administrator menu is available to GCAS administrators  Look for the  Administrator  menu on the  menu bar of main user interface  Through this menu  GCAS administrators manage GCAS users   groups  and access control list     Note    If your GCAS user account has a custom user type and your GCAS administrator granted the menu    permission for  Options  for this user type  you would see Administrator menu as well  This implies  you can manage users  groups  and optionally the access control list too        27 1 Manage Users    Go to Administrator menu  gt  Users  This menu displays the Users form which lists all GCAS users  registered in this GCAS database     JSETS     pima    4 Y     Search user  Jel  Role  System Administrator    Active  Engineer 1  Engineer 2                      27 1 1 Create a New User    Click New button on the toolbar  Define the new username and initial password  Choose a user type  and user role  and finally enter the information for his or her user profile  Finally  click Save     Page 330 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       New Edit                         Login name                Initial password  User type    User role       User status    Profile                         Full narne    Email    Fhone  7 12345678                         Poccna  Cankt lletep6ypr  ET  JlennHrpag O  nact  KWeBCKOeE wocce 124                      Timezone    Europe Moscow
258. hat gas     10 10 Other Visual Cues    Enlarge chart area by hiding the parameters panel through the O Expand button  To show the    parameters panel again  click 5 Collapse     fe Data Analysis  CaseStudy2    Device name  CaseStudy2         Methane  Ethane  Propane  and Heptane RT Error Trend     e Methane RT difference    Ethane RT difference     Propane Ri difference     Heptane RT difference       Hover your mouse cursor over a data point to see its value     Page 138 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14      Butane and N Butane RF Trend    18 000 000   i Butane RF  17 800 000   n Butane RF  17 600 000  17 400 000  17 200 000  17 000 000  16 800 000  16 600 000       i Butane RF at 13 November 2011 07 51 00   17 315 600    23 Oct 30 Oct 06 Nov 13 Nov 20 Nov   r Nov  2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011    5134  Alternatively  use the         Show values button  or right click on the chart and choose Show Values      N Butane RF Trend    18 000 000        n Butane RF    17 811 300 17 803 100                        17 613 700  17 600 000 17 5210 ns  541100 i   7 537 000 17 525 700 Neha  17 400 000 t7 457 000 17343  780  17 200 000 17 287 900   06 Nov 09 Nov 12 Nov 15 Nov 18 Nov 21 Nov 24 Nov 2  Nov   2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011    We don t recommend to show values on chart with many data points as the number labels may flood  the chart area     unless you have zoomed it in     l Butane and N Butane RF Trend           13 000 000 E   i Butane RF  17 811 200 17 8
259. he flag bit or convert the whole record     Mark As changes the flag bit only  The original numbers of all RF values are untouched  Use this if you  notice     e MLC selector shows    single point    but the chart is horizontally flat and all numbers are close  to one  1 0   Also when the selector is changed to multilevel calibrated  the chart is still flat  and all numbers become almost zero  You need to mark the record as MLC    e MLC selector shows    multilevel calibrated    but the chart is not horizontally flat and instead  the numbers skyrocket to scale of hundreds of billions or even trillions  Also when the selector  is changed to single point  the chart suddenly forms a nice ascending shape and the numbers  now make sense  You need to mark the record as single point     Convert To changes the flag bit and converts all RF values  thus changing the actual numbers stored  in database   permanently  Use this when you see the record is good  the numbers make sense    which is completely opposite condition of when to use Mark As     Because Convert To also converts the actual RF values  you will get the desired numbers during data  export  For example  you want to export footprint calibration data into CSV  All records are marked as  MLC  If you go to export directly  all RF values in the result CSV will also be close to one  1 0  as they  were in MLC  On the contrary if you use Convert To single point before the export  RF numbers will be  in scale of millions like typic
260. hen you are finished  click Save or Save and add another to set up the new device inside GCAS  database   24 1 1 2 Edit an Existing Device    To edit a device  tick the device on the grid then click the Edit button  Make the change as required  and finally click Save  Visit previous section if you need help about how to edit a particular field  You  might need to click    Refresh Devices on the main interface for the change to take effect     P  Edit     Delete       Edit Device                                        Choose the group and workspace a  this device belongs to  Device tag name     Select a workspace Device type  A   gt  ge TEST4 ABB C6  without neopentane   gt  ge Test 2 ABB C7  complete   gt  ge TEST3 ABB C7  without neopentane  a gh CASE STUDY Daniel C6  complete                   Daniel C6  without neopentane F    Device date format    om  Tod Toy toH  TaM                            Egi  oj  ol  o0  paj  0   o   EN  E   Of  ami                            Cancel       If you change the workspace  the device will be moved into new workspace  or even new group  This is  one way to reorganise devices  however it moves only one device at a time  To move multiple devices    more efficiently  visit chapter 24 1 2 Reorganise Multiple Devices     Important    You need to reconfigure modbus register mappings of this device  if there s one defined for it  when  you change the device type  Not doing so will cause many modules to display values under wrong gas  names      
261. here is a  transaction ID   a number at the beginning of every data  packet travelling along the network  When your GC device finished executing the command and ready  to send back a response  it must echo the same transaction ID at the beginning of response  This is  how Modbus protocol works as already defined in the Modbus protocol standard  However  some GC  devices do not follow this standard  Instead of echoing back the transaction ID  they set the  transaction ID to zero  Because GCAS Desktop follows Modbus standard  GCAS Desktop rejects this  response and issues 0x00000086 error code  To fix this problem you might have to upgrade the  firmware of GC device  Restarting GC connection won t help  therefore it is better for GCAS Desktop to  terminate connection     Similar to automatic restart configuration  highlight an error code and click Remove from list to  remove the error code from auto terminate trigger list  To add an error code  select one from the  dropdown list or type the error code in hexadecimal number and then click Add     25 4 Controlling Multiple Data Captures    The Comms menu on the main user interface provides two shortcuts to control multiple data capture  operations     Connect to Device Ctrl 6  Register Mappings    Advanced Preferences    Start All Connections p Mow       Stop All Connections P With Delay    Start All Connections menu is a way to start multiple data captures simultaneously or with delay   Stop All Connections menu will attempt to 
262. hese are users who do not belong to any  a Another  ii rag here group  To re assign these users fo a group   2 t R while holding drag the user from this list to the desired  admin group on the left pane    Ctrl key iia re    4 User_Readonly       Page 339 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Remove a user from a group  Drag the user under a group and put him on the trash bin icon     Group View  To move an existing user into different group  drag the user    to the new group  To assign that user to multiple groups   hold the Ciri key while dragging   a gv One group  4 admin    UNASSIGNED USERS    4 User_A  These are users who do not belong to any    4 User_D    group  To re assign these users fo a group   d  JE ee ee drag the user from this list to the desired    group on the left pane     4 User_Readonly  gf Another another group       Unassigned users  If you remove the same user from every group she had  she will appear on the list    of unassigned users     Group View    To move an existing user into different group  drag the user j a  to the new group  To assign that user to multiple groups  aude aes vais ae iei  hold the Cirl key while dragging  nakr thd group from the left  ne and drop them here   a gv One group   i  4 User_ A  4 User D UNASSIGNED USERS     Another grou These are users who do not belong to any  3 group  4 User_Readonly group  To re assign these users fo a group   rime  drag the user from this list to the desired  g Another another group gro
263. i RF Neope RF i Pente RF n Pent RF Hexane RF Heptar RF Octane RI  8      Device  Ai  9 i 01 01 2014 05 27 Footprint Active 1 11E 07 1 35E 07 1 59E 07 1 80E 07 2 30E 07 2 69E 07 2 80E 07 2 90E 07 3 08E 07 3 18E 07 3 36E 07 0 0  10      Device  61 7   11 2 13 01 2014 11 11 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 02E 07 9946967 1 15E 07 0 0  12 4 13 01 2014 11 23 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 02E 07 9946967 1 15E 07 0 0  13 5 13 01 2014 11 24 Calibration data Active 4325396 5080538 6093185 6820819 8427312 1 03E 07 1 03E 07 1 14E 07 0 0  14 6 13 01 2014 11 26 Calibration data Active 4213518 5137841 5908633 6852802 8413856 1 01E 07 1 02E 07 1 11E 07 0 0  15 7 13 01 2014 11 32 Calibration data Active 4177709 5185238 5996151 6813496 8369295 1 02E 07 1 04E 07 1 13E 07 0 0  16      Device  B2     17 3 13 01 2014 11 20 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 02E 07 9946967 1 15E 07 x 0 0  18       Device  A2     19 8 28 01 2014 08 08 Footprint Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 02E 07 9946967 1 15E 07   0 0  20 10 28 01 2014 14 18 Calibration data Active 4283978 5148756 6032886 6790917 8432414 1 02E 07 9946967 1 15E 07 f 0 0  21 11 28 01 2014 14 19 Footprint Active 4309686 5221769 6035713 7024046 8685369 9918244 1 03E 07 1 16E 07   il 0 0  2   23  24 x  Export 2014 02 06      4      AVERAGE  1 22E 07 COUNT  27 SUM  3 30E 08 H       28 2 Copy to Microsoft Excel    This exporter module opens a new Microsoft 
264. ice on your device panel     Page 67 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    2  Open Footprint or Calibration Data form through the View  gt  Footprint menu or View  gt   Calibration Data   If you import new data through Footprint form  the imported data shall be marked as  footprint  If you import new data through Calibration Data form  the data will be marked as a    calibration data     3  Notice the Action menu on the menu bar  To continue  pick one of the supported import  formats   a  Text import  b  CSV import  c  Manual entry    7 4 1 Text Import    GCAS Desktop supports calibration report files generated by GC devices manufactured by Daniel  Industries and ABB  If you have the file  open the Action menu and select Import Data  If you don t  see this menu  your user account may not have the action permission for it or the Text Import feature  was not included in your GCAS licence  Contact your GCAS administrator     Import Data   CSV    Import Data   Manual Entry    Set Status   Add Comment   Send to Correlation Calculator  Print Preview   Print       ISO 10723       Load the data source file and select the appropriate importer module  The importer module depends  on the format of the file  For example  GCAS Desktop supports legacy Daniel report files  Daniel 370XA  files  and Daniel 700XA files  These three report files have different formats and are not compatible to  one another  therefore we include three Daniel importer modules to handle each of them    
265. icence in order to  use this feature  Additionally  this exporter also requires just one of these         Microsoft Access 2010      Microsoft Access Database Engine 2010      Microsoft Access 2013 32 bit  or     Microsoft Access Runtime 2013 32 bit  the 64 bit won t work           to be installed on your computer     Choose Export to MS Access to begin     Page 352 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Se Export data from GCAS database    Choose an export type       ey g    Export to C5V Copy to Excel    Export data to a Microsoft Access database file    Requires Microsoft Access 2010  or Microsoft Access Database Engine 2010 be installed      mio    e  gt        Tick all GC devices you would like to have their data exported     j Platform A  Al  A2   j Platform B  B1 Collapse all  B2   a    Platform C     c1  C2    _  Renamed workspace       Page 353 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Choose the data kind and a date range to export  If you tick Also include records marked as  inactive  inactive footprints  calibration data  mole composition data  calibration certificates   uncertainty coefficients  MLC coefficients  and lag time data  including comments for them  if selected   within the defined date range will also be included in the export     eu Export data from GCAS database    Choose what kind of data to export and the date range       ea Range  Footprints  amp  calibration data  Mole compositions From 26 Juy 205 g    _  Calibration certificate
266. id  on the right is known as comparison list     Hover your mouse pointer over a device to view more information about data availability and stream  numbers  In the screenshot below  the device Test6 has only one stream number  stream 1  ISO 6976  calculation is based on mole composition records  hence devices which don t have mole composition  records at all are displayed as semi transparent and cannot be added to the comparison list     Oss         Add devices to lst Select stream to compare       ISO 10723 sample Show  Devicetag Stream MLC     eel Testi  anf    Daniel C   complete  Available data  from 28 July 2014 16 45 to 14 July 2015 07 47  Available streams   1         gt     To compare devices  add the devices from the device tree view to the comparison list  Either select the  device then click Add  or double click the device  or drag the device and drop it onto comparison list        Note    An ISO 6976 Trend Comparison form which was opened via Send to shortcut from Mole Composition  Comparison s Send to ISO 6976 Trend Comparison button or right click menu  as well as through the  Compare both link on ISO 6976 Trend form  is locked to a certain number of comparison entries   Device tree view is empty and you cannot add another device into comparison list  The text above the    Page 248 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    chart should clearly indicate the form is locked  Click Reset and reload device list next to this text in    order to unlock ISO 6976
267. ide    Ethane    Total  sur        Spot Sampling    a    June 2014    08 30 00        Normalised  0 6123875  1 420029  1 275807  1 316855    0 820943    Page 95 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    As you type  the total sum is updated accordingly and all values are automatically normalised in the    rightmost column  The form deduces the correct scale automatically  Therefore  for a few first gases     total sum for normalised column may display 1  mole fraction  or 10  decimal   As you fill in more and    more fields  the scale will change accordingly and typically end up in 100  percentage      Always double check the numbers to avoid potential human error  When you are ready  click Save to    commit the record     Tip    You can copy values from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet processing software  Press Ctrl V    inside the first text box and the rest will follow  Alternatively  click di Paste button        Spot Sampling               Device  Test4  Dateandtime  04 June 2014   08 30 00        x  Heptane  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  neoPentane  i Pentane  n Pentane  Hexane  Nitrogen  Methane  Carbon dioxide    Ethane    ca  Unnormalised Normalised    O x    0 12983    0 06183    0 05549    0 05202    0 05567    0 06596    0 06424    1 65817    90 12414    2 1769    9 45967       Cancel       E H S  7    FILE HOME INSERT PAGELAYOUT FORMUL                            Tk a   Calibri    1        A  ip Bru   Aan  ZSZFZE  Paste   fs fh   ca        HH o  Ay A E E
268. ies to find the device configuration if you have ever configured it before   The configuration is stored in an XML file in  Installation directory   Mappings   DeviceSpecific  folder  If the corresponding XML file does not exist   implies that the device has  never been configured  the form loads the appropriate template  The template being used depends  on your GC device type     Now you are ready to configure the register addresses for calibration data and for mole analysis data     25 1 2 Bit Length and Byte Ordering    A standard Modbus register is 16 bits long  or 2 bytes  However  a standard single precision  IEEE 754  floating point representation requires 32 bits  or 4 bytes  Two Modbus registers are then used to  output a single floating point datum  The floating point standard dictates how the bytes in these two  register be arranged to construct a 4 byte floating point value     Bit length and byte ordering      16 bit     Swap bytes C Swap all     32 bit  O  Swap words O Don t swap    Several GC devices such as Daniel and Enron implement a non standard Modbus protocol extension  which uses 32 bit Modbus registers  or 4 bytes for each register  GCAS Desktop supports these 32 bit  registers as well  Choose 16 bit to use standard 16 bit Modbus registers or 32 bit to use non   standard 32 bit registers     Depending on how your GC device is configured  you need to match the byte ordering configuration  on GCAS Desktop  Select one of four byte ordering options     e Sw
269. ight its row on the grid and then click Remove or  press on your keyboard  Everytime a comparison entry is removed from the comparison list   its line chart is also removed  However if you add it back  you need to redraw the chart because its  data in the cache has already gone  This is the difference between removing an entry versus  temporarily hiding it  by unticking the check box inside the Show  column   In addition  click Remove  all to empty the comparison list and start over     Note    Maximum number of entries in comparison list is 15 entries        Page 249 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    GCAS Desktop will alert you if there are duplicate comparison entries  A duplicate means same GC       device   same stream number    same MLC single point switch if you have  SO 10723      21 2 3 Start Graphing        Go    Clear MLC cache    When you are ready  click Go  GCAS Desktop loads the required mole composition data  calculates  their ISO 6976 values  and renders the chart  The Go button turns into Refresh button unless you  change the selected ISO 6976 output  ISO 6976 properties  comparison date range  devices  stream  numbers  or single point MLC switch     Users with  SO 70723 feature in their licences see an additional command link Clear MLC cache  This  clears the cache used by ISO 10723 conversion  The cache contains MLC coefficients  calibration  certificates  single point RF  MLC RF  and MLC constraints  Click this link if you notice the ISO 697
270. ile device B has around  0 7  fraction scale   Thus the line chart of device A flies high up there while device B lies low near the    X axis     To circumvent this problem  Mole Comparison Composition form is equipped with scaling  equalisation  However it is not enabled by default  The reason is most users have all GC devices    Page 208 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    generating mole composition records on the same scale  or at least configured to output on the same  scale  Therefore scaling problems rarely affect GCAS users     If you do compare devices with different scaling  be sure to tick Equal scaling before you click Go   Select one of four available scales  fraction  percentage  permillage  or parts per million  PPM           hart Sees  ae L Lal fate Fie FA    E           gt  Go    Equal scaling  Percentage My    Clear MLC cache    Continuing our example about device A and B  with mole fraction scaling equalisation  you are  downscaling device A to fraction  0 to 1  while device B remains in fraction scale  If you select  percentage on this dropdown  you are upscaling device B to percentage  0 to 100  instead     17 3 3 Zoom Mode and Selection Mode    This toggle button controls whether the comparison chart is in zoom mode or selection mode     Mole Composition Comparison    wise ag aa and dato r  i k    Gas to compare  di 150 10723 sample Show  Devicetag Stream MLC   Methane Ber Tn Test 1   O    From  i   Test6 ka f    Equal scaling  14 June 20151
271. ile memory storage where your GC device outputs the data to  GCAS Desktop reads holding  registers on your GC device  therefore please configure your GC device to write the data to Modbus  register 4xxxx  On GCAS side  configure GCAS Desktop to match those register addresses  This is  administered through Register Mappings form     25 1 1 The Register Mappings Form    Select the device you would like to configure on your device panel on the main interface  Then  click  the Comms menu  gt  Register Mappings     To Configure Register Mappings Sao  These mappings are for    Bit length and byte ordering Import a configuration file   O All C6 complete devices   16 bit     Swap bytes C  Swap all Browse Import  Export current mappings to a file     Live data analysis Read response factor  _   Mark MLC Read retention time  Registered mole composition Methane s   0      fl a Hexane s   22    streams     Nitrogen w   2   l Propane w    24    Stream Registers  Carbon dioxi w   4 i Butane s   26  Ethane s   i n Butane w    28    Propane wy  le neoPentane    i Butane Wi i Pentane  Tools shortcuts    n Butane s   1  n Pentane 4 Shift all  RF w  by      10 000 to  10 00    neoPentane w Nitrogen    Shift registers  i Pentane Methane        Add stream i l   sae  n Pentane Carbon dioxi Swap mole  stream ee    D Hexane i Ethane ti without altering register addresses        0 0 Swap stream number    Cancel       Page 300 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    When the form opens  it tr
272. imple Cancel                                           For the first time  GCAS Desktop lists all records within the last 24 hours  To change the date filter   choose Filter by date time and enter the desired interval  If you choose Show all records  this turns  off the date filter and you see all records ever exist for this GC device since the beginning  Click  Refresh at the top right corner to apply the new date filter and reload the list     At the bottom left corner  there is a selection of available stream numbers  Change which stream  number to display on the record list  then click Refresh to apply the stream number filter and reload  the list     Tick or untick records you want to have their status to change  The Current status column displays  current record status before the operation begins  To view the record content  click View record  button available at each row  That button opens a new Mole Composition form and loads that  particular record  In the example screenshot below  there are 6 records to be set as inactive when you  press OK button  The rest  those without check mark  are left untouched  thus their status remains  active     Page 100 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Set status to for these ticked records     Hl Timestamp Stream Current status View record    C 22 September 2014 16 52   1 Active   View record _    X  22 September 2014 16 50 ver    ist 22 September 2014 16 46    7   22 September 2014 1 11 40    wv     Cl e2september201 T
273. in  edit the user then set her status as    Active  Alternatively  tick  multiple users on the list then click  amp  Set as Active button on the toolbar     27 1 3 Delete Users    To delete one or more users  tick the user s  you want to delete on the list then click Delete button on  the toolbar     Page 332 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Note    You cannot delete yourself  Ask another GCAS administrator to delete your user account to do so     Warning    If the user being deleted is still logged in on another computer  deleting her account will cause errors  on her computer  Make sure she has logged out beforehand     Deleting users will also delete all their comments in any footprint  calibration data  mole composition   calibration gas certificate  data analysis  uncertainty trend  and repeatability test  records  If you need  to preserve their comments  set them as inactive instead         available only on GCAS Web version     27 2 Define New User Types and Roles    Default installation of GCAS Desktop sets up three user types and six user roles  Should you need to  create another user type or user role  you would go to the Administrator menu  gt  User Type and Role  Definition     Ta User Type and Role Definition  User types User roles    Mame Name  System Administrator System Administrator  Super User 2 Engineer 1  General User 3 Engineer 2  Partner    Read only    fal m     os       Click New to create one  Click an existing user type or role and yo
274. in a wrong record  Or  you double post the same comment  The only way to delete your comments is to contact your  database administrator  DBA  and ask him her to remove your comments at database level  Include    Page 187 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    your username  the date and time when your comment was posted  timestamp of the record for which  the comment was written  and the content of your comment in your enquiry     Page 188 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    16 Dashboard    Dashboard is a place to see health status of all your GC devices in one place  This helps if you have  numerous GC devices across different workspaces like one in the screenshot below  Health status of  each GC device is represented by a small  LED light  on its dashboard tile     To access dashboard  go to the View menu  gt  Dashboard     po  e    Z Refresh all Stop calculation   Last refresh  15 21  about a minute ago  sz  Dashboard settings Q  Help      Customer X to                 R    0 9974 R    0 9947  30 Sep 2014 DA 01 Oct 2014    TPdev 02 ww    R    0 9972  22 Oct 2014    Spare GC    Demo1 w Demo2 C     R    no data R    0 9554 R    no data  No calibration data   06 Jun 2014 No calibration data    R    0 9945  21 Sep 2014 A 15 Aug 2014       Each tile displays GC tag name  light indicator  and maximum 4  four  health statuses  Choose between  1 to 4 out of 8 available health statuses to display     GC tag name Health status      indicator  u    R    0 9977
275. inalisedon   6 October 2014  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 3 0 0      Major changes in chapter 8  inserted subchapter 8 5      Updated chapter 12  Uncertainty coefficients      Major changes in chapter 20  Agreements and Devices becomes Device Management     Major changes in chapter 21  Data capture      Updated screenshots    Revision  gt   6  Finalised on   20 August 2014  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 2 0 0      Inserted chapter 11  Uncertainty calculation   Mole composition comparison becomes chapter  15      Reserved chapter 12  Uncertainty coefficients  for future release        Comments    is moved to chapter 13     Inserted chapter 14  Dashboard      Updated chapter    Correlation calculator     formerly chapter 13  now moved to chapter 16     Reserved chapter 17  ISO 6976 calculator  for future release     Reserved chapter 18  Lag time calculator  for future release     Reserved chapter 19 for future release  possibly for AGA 8 calculator        Agreements and devices  is moved to chapter 20  and all previous chapters afterwards are  moved to chapter 21 onwards     Revision 2  Finalised on   30 June 2014  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 1 0 1      Updated GCAS Desktop system requirements     Added chapter 1 4 4  Instant trial      Updated chapter 7 4 3  Manual entry      Inserted chapter 11  Mole composition comparison     Reserverd chapter 13  Correlation calculator      Updated chapter 15 1 5  What if my GC device         Updated chapter 18 9  Conflict re
276. ion and ISO 10723 conversion     To change certificate status  open the Action menu and select Set Status or k Number  If you do not  see this menu  your GCAS user account does not have action permission for it     New Certificate    Edit Certificate   Set Status or k Nurmber  Send to  50 6976 Calculator  Add Comment       This menu brings forth the Set Status and k Number dialogue where you can flip records status from  active to inactive or the other way round     Set Status and K Number E    Certificate number  CERT 0001  Install date  01 June 2014    Set status Set k Number          Active C k 1    C  Inactive O k 2    Cancel       After you change the status  Calibration Gas Certificate form will reload the record and displays the  new status at the top region of the form  It also switches to Comments and asks you to write a  comment of why the status was changed  Comments tab does not open in case your GCAS user  account doesn t have action permission to post comments     Page 116 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Ses     it Change certificate    ES Load latest certificate    DEVICE NAME STATUS INSTALL DATE CERTIFICATE NUMBER  Tests Inactive 01 June 2014 CERT 0001    Date posted   Comment    Post anew   The record status of this calibration certificate has been changed to    inactive    at  comment    37 June 2014 13 29 08          9 6 Change k Number  Coverage Factor     Use the same Action menu as the previous subchapter  Set Status or k Number  This me
277. is Scale            a f Tt SERS LL Cit L   i 3 P     a 5 A di Display mean and 2 std  deviations Records to plot  53  RF Mc RF trend   ae oe   Calculate x and p   O RT O R  _  RF deviation trend    kel Save Chart as Picture     Compute the deviation to    l Copy Chart Image  Select component i sig C All records o       Each latest footprint    What being        Zoom In Here   C  Nitrogen    This footprint only  View summary    E Carbon dioxide 08 November 2014 Drag a rectangle to   H Frame This Selection    Ethan ESFE T  L aa   ale F  5134  Caled all Change footprint             Chart    Generate Summary Here           i Remowe Frames       Set These Records as Inactive        e  Mark These Records as Single Point  Mark These Records as MLC  Send to   0 6976 Calculator                          Methane RF Trend  Send to Correlation Calculator  Selection     Send to Correlation Calculator  All Gases        t   Send to Mole Composition Comparison       _    Zoom All Out    Tx Hide Crosshair Cursors               3 Clear Selection Area  tiv Reset Y axis Scale  DE Set X axis Scale     A Reset X axis Scale  Reset X axis Tick Mark Format  F  Toggle Light Dark Background             OF Mov 14 08 Nov 14 O08 Mov 14 09 Mov 14 09 Mov 14  12 PM 12 AM 12 PM 12 AM 12 Ph       eee Values  Show Legend  Show Gridlines    For Y axis  specify the desired numeric range  The input fields accept decimal values  For example  take  the chart screenshot above and let us enter this range        minimum
278. is check box to reveal the mean and twice the standard deviation lines   GCAS Desktop cannot show mean and standard deviation lines for previous chart  they are for current  chart only  Mean and standard deviations will not show if there are multiple ISO 6976 output trends in  the chart     ial ISO 6976 Trend  Test6   o       E      Data source and options    Plot from  15 Jun 2015 09 41  lr   to  15 Jun 2015 13 41 ir  ISO 6976 ISO 6976 rties  SR PPE St 1 ne Records to plot  96  Calorific value Base pressure  Son oy    W Molecular weight atm i ISO 10723 conversion    Convert to single point  LC  Wobbe index   C  Relative density  C  Standard density 15  C   15  C ne Display mean and 2 standard deviations View summary    Drag arectangleto    Zoom  _  Select    Device name  Test6    Combustion metering temperature  Compare both    am  ka    Chat Comments    CV Trend    yina          Next to the check box  you see a link called View summary  This link generates statistical summary for  the entire X axis  To generate summary on a certain portion of X axis  switch to selection mode and    use the right click menu instead     Page 236 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Meo  150 6976 Trend Summary          Summary from 15 June 2615 69 41 to 15 June 2615 13 41         Calorific value      Mean   62 199255 MJ m    Standard deviation     151151   Mean   2 std  dev    62 501557   Mean   2 std  dev    61 896953   Maximum   62 621678   Minimum 61 422186       Molar mass sum 
279. is set to use register address 7300  In practice  it uses register address 7300 and    7301 altogether  Set the next gas nitrogen RF register to address 7302     Read response factor     Mark MLC Read retention time    l Heptane Mj   face      ol    Propane w   7326 ol  Nitrogen w   7302 ol   i Butane w   7328  Carbon dioxi    7304    n Butane w     7330  Ethane mw    7306    neoPentane       7332  Propane w   7308    i Pentane w   7334  1 Butane vw     7310    n Pentane w    7336   n Butane s  7312  Hexane se   7338   neoPentane    7314  a Nitrogen w    7340   i Pentane s   7316  Methane w  7342   n Pentane w    7318    Carbon dioxin     7344  Hexane se   7320    Ethane w    7346  Heptane mw  7322    However in 32 bit Modbus  one gas requires only one register  There is no need to skip register  address once every two like in the prior example     Users with GCAS feature  SO 70723 included in their licences see an additional check box at the  header of response factor fields called Mark MLC  This controls whether the incoming response factor  data should be marked as multilevel calibrated or not  Rewind to chapter 7 11 to read more about  multilevel calibrated RF     Tip    To quickly define sequential Modbus registers  enter the first register address then click   Flash fill   For example  type 110 in methane response factor  click   Flash fill  and GCAS Desktop shall assign  112 for nitrogen response factor  114 for carbon dioxide  116 for ethane  and so on  If you are on 
280. is working    Exit GCAS Desktop through the Quit button on the login form   Run GCAS Desktop with an additional  online parameter   GCAS is now back in online mode     Ui eS a a    Log in as usual  and now is the chance to set up your temporary database     Type the name of a program  folder  document or Internet  resource  and Windows will open it for you     Cancel       29 11 Online Offline Mode Persistence    By default  GCAS Desktop assumes online mode every time it is launched  If you choose to work  offline  GCAS Desktop enters offline mode until you exit the software but returns to online mode on  the next time you run the software again     You can make GCAS Desktop stay in offline mode even after you exit GCAS  To do so  open Work  Offline Preferences dialogue through the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Work Offline Preferences  Give  a tick on Remember current state  offline online  for the next time GCAS is launched     Page 378 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Work Offline Preferences    Sync data in the temporary database from the last   12   months    Stonng too much data in the temporary database will take more disk  space and more time to finish a synchronisation process      _  Automatically sync to central database server when   go online    Automatically switch to temporary database if network connection is lost  Resume all modbus operations after a successful switchover  Do a periodic check if GCAS can return online every   3    minutes  
281. isplay one of the following     Appearance   Colour   Meaning O    GCAS Desktop is loading or calculating the data  or   Calculation was aborted through m Stop calculation button on the  Black toolbar  or   All rules are turned off  This should not happen  no users should ever    turn off every rule      DE GC is not healthy  At least one health status fails     Yellow represents  error  state  which is probably caused by    One or more health statuses cannot be determined because some data  Yellow was missing  or  Network connection to GCAS database server goes down or interrupted  while calculation was in progress     GC is healthy  All health statuses pass   GC has no data  All health statuses have no data     Users with colour blindness    aami     Simulated black  red  yellow  green  and white indicator in protanopia vision    GCAS Dashboard does not include alternative colour scheme for users with colour blindness  We       apologise if this affects you     Page 190 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Click    Refresh to recalculate GC health status of all devices  During refresh  the Dashboard form  displays a progress bar  On slow network connection  calculation of GC uncertainties may take longer  time  like half or one second per device  You may abort this calculation via Oo Stop calculation  button     A healthy GC has a green tile and all health statuses are displayed using a green font  If one health  status  or several  fails  the tile turns red and
282. isplays a link to change database  Find the link  near the top left corner below the database name     ee uar    Change database    Username    Password     _  Remember me on this database  untick on a shared computer       This link brings you to the same Change Database dialogue  Enter the required parameters e g  IP  address or server host name  DBMS username  and DBMS password  Click OK and GCAS Desktop will  restart  After restart  you see the new database displayed on the top of login form               Choose which database GCAS should use       i Vigilant central database  O Corporate database  O Local offline database  i Vigilant Central Database  The data i stored on   Vigdant database server   Select server     oft SQL   New server  Microsoft SQL   proxy     Test connection       Page 36 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    2 5 Change Database without Running GCAS    1  On Windows Vista or 7  open the Start menu then go to All Programs  Within   Vigilant    Technologies  click on the shortcut Change Database     di I Vigilant Technologies          Change Database Zz       Default Programs     gs  Change Licence        GCAS Desktop  di Maintenance  di Microsoft Office    Help and Support    2  On Windows 8 or 8 1  open the Start screen  Change the view to All Apps view  Scroll to the  right  find   Vigilant Technologies and the same shortcut should be there     i Vigilant Technologies       3  On Windows 10  open the Start menu  or Start screen if you ar
283. it 2  T sepemper20  Tat   1  nerve   once    10 records  6 selected     n  Ci ae   P  22september201416a6   2  acie   View record    i u  sone Veneen     O Show all records  C Filter by date time   22 Sep 2014 00 00 l    to  26 Sep 2014 14 00 H    Filter by stream number  Add comment to each record  Macro help  Spot samples This record was set as  NEWSTATUS at  DATETIME    1   2       Click on the column header of the check boxes  yes  that one with a boxed check mark symbol  to  quickly check all or uncheck all records in the list     Ei        rrent status View record    Timestamp    z w fe september 20   i Z  ES              a  record    Click the column header to quickly tick all or untick all records     Page 101 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    You can also attach a comment to each record like what GCAS does in single record status change  To  do so  give a check mark at Add comment to each record  Then write your comment at the text box  under the check box  The same comment is applied to every ticked record when their statuses are  being changed     The comment box recognises five keywords called macro s  which it automatically highlights in red   Macro identifier starts with the     symbol and is all uppercase  GCAS Desktop replaces these macros  with actual values before writing them into database     Macro keyword Will be replaced with   OLDSTATUS Previous record status   active  or  inactive          NEWSTATUS New record status   active  or  inacti
284. it mode and reload the coefficient set from the database     22 4 3 Create New Coefficient Set    From an open MLC Coefficients form  open the Action menu and select New Coefficient Set  This  menu creates a blank coefficient set  all zeroes  with the timestamp set to current computer time     Save Changes    Set Status       Begin entering the coefficient values one by one  Be alert for potential human error  Alternatively  you  can paste the coefficients from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet editing software as long as there  are 4 columns and equal number of rows  Click Paste to do so     Page 267 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    ia  Edit mode  MLC Coefficients  Test6    i Browse another set    bet Load latest set lal Save    DEVICE NAME STATUS f   DATE OF TEST  Test6 Active 02 October 2014    g Edit mode    Component  Methane  Nitrogen  Carbon dioxide  Ethane  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  Neopentane  i Pentane  n Pentane    Display style     Auto      Number  _  Scientific   amp  Description        Don t forget to set the date of test  This is the date information of when the multilevel calibration  was conducted  not the date of when the coefficients were entered     Write the description  It is a good practice to provide a description about this coefficient set     When you are finished  click Save button or go to the Action menu  gt  Save Changes to save these  coefficients into database  Otherwise to cancel all of these  go to the Action menu  gt  
285. items as laid out in list box on the right  Click an item on the right hand list and click Hide  to remove this health status out of dashboard tiles  The list box on the right also determines the    Page 192 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    order sequence of displayed health statuses  Reorder the items through Move up or Move down  button     16 1 1 1 Lowest correlation  R    of last calibration    Depending on the device type  the table below summarises how the lowest R   is determined     Lowest R   is the lowest among these R  values  Daniel C6  C1 C2 C6 C3 C4 C5    Daniel C7    C1 C2 C7 C3 C4 C5 C6    Notice that lowest R  for Daniel C6  and C7  devices is determined only by first two correlations  The  third correlation  C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 or C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7  is ignored  If the lowest R   falls  below the R  threshold defined in the Analysis Parameter of a device  typically 0 995   the tile for that       device turns red   16 1 1 2 Uncertainties    There are five uncertainty health statuses to display  Uncertainty of calorific value  CV  is probably the  most used among the others  The calculation uses these inputs     e Calibration certificate  Configurable through uncertainty calculation settings tab  If a device  doesn t have any calibration certificates  GCAS Desktop aborts uncertainty calculation for this  device  uncertainty health status on its dashboard tile turns grey  and displays  no  certificate       e Uncertainty coefficients  This alwa
286. ith S are sensitivities  As already explained in chapter  11 4 2  sensitivity for GC repeatability becomes identical to sensitivity of calibration gas and GC  reproducibility if the mole percentage range is set to universal or individual mode     What may be the interest here are the cells coloured in green  For example  let s use the screenshot  above  The screenshot tells us uncertainty of calorific value  but the layout applies to other detail  pages as well     The cell at bottom right corner rendered in bold font is the CV absolute uncertainty  or Ucy  It has a  unit megajoules per cubic metres  MJ m     If you want to see how much the CV itself is  visit the ISO  6976 calculation page  Note that not all ISO 6976 outputs have units   look for the unit at the title  label  Relative density and Wobbe index do not have unit     Above the absolute uncertainty is the combined expanded uncertainty  This is Ucv expressed in  percentage  not in MJ m   The percentage is measured against the CV  again  in the ISO 6976  calculation page   Expanded uncertainty implies k   2  And there is also combined standard  uncertainty which indicates k   1     Standard uncertainty is calculated using this formula     Standard uncertainty    2 2 2     Uiga x Sages    Cree x Srepearahuny     U eproducibitity x Sreproducibitity      where U and S are uncertainty and sensitivity respectively  given that all uncertainties are included  If  you opt out the Ucal gas for instance  the column U cal gas 
287. iting if you are interested with the calorific value  relative  density  or some other output of ISO 6976 calculation    Sensitivity analysis  calibration gas  amp  GC reproducibility    This page displays the relative sensitivity of all ISO 6976 outputs for Ucalibration gas and  Ureproducibility    Sensitivity analysis  GC repeatability    This page displays the relative sensitivity of all ISO 6976 outputs for U repeatability     Manual Mole Percentage Range    If you selected manual mole percentage range for the calculation Of Urepeatability  You need to enter    mole percentage range on the WRM RF and standard deviation page  The column turns white to    indicate that it is editable  Initial numbers on these columns are copied from your calibration gas    certificate  Enter a lower value for mole percentage low limit and higher value for the high limit  On all    options other than manual range  these columns appears yellow and is read only     Page 153 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Double click the cell or press  F2  to enter edit mode  Type the minimum value or maximum value  then  press to commit  After you press  Entex  you should see all columns on current row to the    right side is recalculated  Urepeatability Is recalculated  thus Usc and subsequent calculations also change        Uncertainty Calculator  Test3    Test3 as ee  tests lol  Mole s WRM response Standard elim Ss    E gi   Component deviation deviation  p Linearity H      minimum maximu
288. k Have    Response Factor  Read more about incomplete footprint or calibration data     Response factor input has three options  described below     Response factor values are readily available  RF data is the values you entered   Response factor values are inverse of these values  RF data is calculated from the  reciprocal of the values you entered  If you type 1 567E 7 for example  the RF value will be  1   1 567x107  which is 6 381 621  rounded   Use this option if your GC device uses the  inverted formula  that is mole percentage divided by peak area   Response factor values are calculated from peak area  This option shows two input fields  for every gas  First input field is for peak area as given by your GC device  Second input field is  for mole percentage  as in the component data table or calibration gas certificate  RF values  are then calculated using the formula peak area divided by mole percentage   o Mole fraction instead of percentage  This option changes mole percentage input  into mole fraction  GCAS Desktop will convert mole fraction back into percentage at    later stage     Page 73 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Retention time input has two options  and both are related to its gas order  To make RT input fields  use the same gas order as RF input fields  choose Follow RF gas order  This is particularly useful if  you want to paste the numbers from your spreadsheet  see tip box below  but the gas order in your  spreadsheet is different fro
289. ke to return online  Go online Stay offline  Piaae  109       2  Offline    Ready          As a reminder  when you choose to go online  make sure that all open forms have been closed     You can reopen these forms later after the switchover     b  Automatically switch back to central online database  GCAS performs another automatic  switchover to online mode when possible  This is particularly useful for unattended data capture     If you choose this option  all data capture operations will once again be stopped during the  switchover  Tick Resume all Modbus operations after a successful switchover to make GCAS  Desktop resumes all data capture operations after entering online mode  Special case if you also  enabled automatic sync when returning online  the sequence is temporary database sync comes  first then data capture resumption takes place afterwards     Page 373 of 388    29 8 Sync Error Log    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    During a database sync  the process may stop when GCAS Desktop encounters errors  Red progress  bar indicates serious errors  while yellow progress bar indicates less severe errors  Click the Error    message button to see more details about the error        Synchronisation Error    AS  Error while synchronising databases   P S  A backup file was created before synchronisation process began                                     Open backup   Error message   Close                                          Error messages can be as simple  yet fa
290. ktop     Note    This module requires two GCAS features to be included in GCAS licence  Uncertainty Trend and Data    Comparison        Page 185 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    15 Comments    All user comments  e g  on Footprint form  Calibration Data form  Mole Composition form  Calibration  Gas Certificate form  Data Analysis form  Repeatability Test module  only on GCAS Web   Uncertainty  Trend form  and ISO 6976 Trend form  are consolidated in the Comments form     15 1 The Comments Form    To view user comments of a certain device  select that device on your device panel and go to the View  menu  gt  Comments     Testa   Filter by date of topic from    6 months ago Search  pe   Comment Fosted by Date posted Date of topic  Footprint This footprint was marked as inactive at 11 June 2014 13 16  yusufadr 11 June 2014 15 16 43    Calibration data This record flag was changed from    footprint    to    calibration data    at   yusufadr 11 June 2014 14 25 41 ne 2014 14 22  11 June 2014 14 25   Calibration data This record flag was changed from    footprint    to    calibration data    at 11 June 2014 14 28 01 ne 2014 13 44                                     isufadr  11 June 2014 14 25   Calibration data This record flag was changed from    footprint    to    calibration data    at 11 June 2014 14 24 59 ne 2014 13 37  rutadr          11 June 2014 14 24     Calibration data This record flag was changed from    calibration data    to    footprint    at   yusuf O7
291. l  or be automatically logged  out for inactivity   However please notice that the login form is in offline mode now  A warning icon  appears on the right side of Quit button     We New server  Microsoft SQL  Help       Change database    Password    _  Remember me on this database  untick on a shared computer I    an   A    Password    We New server  Microsoft SQL       _  Remember me on this database  untick on a shared computer  GCAS could not connect to database server and  switched into offline mode     LOG IN ty AN       During offline mode  only users who already set up their temporary databases can log in     Login form in offline mode behaves differently compared to normal  online  mode  As in online mode   GCAS Desktop is continuously connected to GCAS database server so that any login attempt is  immediately verified against user credential in the database server  However in offline mode  the login  form first checks if the user has his temporary database available  then verifies the login attempt  against credential stored inside his temporary database  This is why users without temporary  databases  i e  never set them up before  cannot log in to GCAS     Page 377 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    In an unfortunate scenario where you have never set up your temporary database  you would not be  able to log in during offline mode  You can force GCAS to return online and here are the steps to do  SO     Verify that your network or internet connection 
292. le  When   click a tile     Miscellaneous Open Footprint Calibration Data form    My Device       R   0 9967  UVI   0 1769   Fa 26 Oct 2014  28 Oct 2014 08 30    Cancel       The misc tab configures other behaviours which are not categorised into the other four tabs     Play sound when all calculations completed makes GCAS Desktop play a ding sound after all  calculations completed  On slow connection  a dashboard refresh may take minutes to complete so  GCAS Desktop can notify you that dashboard refresh is finished     Auto refresh causes the Dashboard form to refresh itself once every the defined interval  The default  is 12 hours  but you can change it between half an hour  30 minutes  and 72 hours  3 days   By default   auto refresh is turned off  If you turn auto refresh on and leave Dashboard open for a long time  we    recommend to turn off automatic logout on inactivity     Open Dashboard window as soon as   log in instructs GCAS Desktop to open Dashboard  immediately after all workspaces and devices have been loaded  This only works after GCAS login  not    after changing database or refreshing device panel     When I click a tile  select the action you want GCAS Desktop to do  There are four options    e Do nothing    e Open Footprint Calibration Data form  This action opens the footprint or calibration record  who has the lowest R   displayed on the dashboard tile    e Open Mole Composition form  This action opens the latest mole composition record   assuming that 
293. le point conversion only       Per record override  These constraints are enforced to this calibration record only   Revoke this override Help    Linear functions    y  a  bx    Linear functions have one real root  However if it  amp  negative    D Take  absolute value  to make it positive  not recommended         Reject the solution and set the result RF to zero     Quadratic functions     y   a   bx   cx     PEPE Quadratic functions may have two  one  or no real roots  GCAS will always reject any imaginary  F B  root and negative real root  However if both roots are positive         Use the smallest one     _  Use the largest one    Cubic functions   y   a   bx   cx    dx     Cubic functions may have one  two  or three real roots  GCAS will always reject any imaginary  root and negative real root  However if there are multiple positive roots        Use the smallest one        Use the largest one    Which one  From         Use the one that yields result RF inside this range     Use the one that yields result RF inside or closest to this range  To     ox       As an example  the screenshot above tells the calibration record is using record level override  Now  click Revoke this override to revoke it  Confirm the message box and then the dialogue will reload  the MLC constraints from one level lower  Eventually it falls back to the global MLC constraints if there  are no more overridden MLC constraints found  You know it s already on global MLC constraints when  there is no te
294. le stream numbers are determined from data that has been existed in database and also the  mole composition stream definition in Register Mapping form  If you know there is a stream number    Page 123 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    that is not on this dropdown list yet  simply type the stream number on the dropdown box manually       then click the   Refresh button or press  F5      You can also display spot sample records and or calibration gas certificate alongside the regular mole  composition record on the chart  Spot samples are displayed as triangles  calibration certificates are  displayed as bigger triangles  while regular mole composition values appear as ordinary line charts   Tick the corresponding check box to show or hide these special records     Apply lag time is currently non functional  In future version of GCAS Desktop where the device level  lag time module has been developed  this check box will shift all soot sample dots to the right  according to the amount of calculated lag time  Thus  the triangle is closer to the regular mole  composition line chart or even co incide  This way you can see if the spot sample dot and the line is  far apart in terms of Y axis value  it indicates problems within your pressure letdown system     Users with GCAS feature  SO 70723 included in their licences see an additional dropdown selection  ISO 10723 trend  This dropdown contains three options       Single point compositions converts any multilevel cali
295. log and error log  If you run multiple data capture operations  simultaneously  each GC Connect form has its own error log and connection log  Both logs are cleared  when you close the GC Connect form     To view the connection log  open the Action menu and select View Connection Log         Action    View Error Log        To View Connection Log    Page 320 of 388    06 Oct 2014 12 13 32  06 Oct 2014 12 13 36    WO Wet 2    ee  ee eee  ae    Information    Poll       GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Connected to GC   000000000 Operation was successful  new data received     era i  I i oo HO meL mara  raed E m d g ee d a j Moo    Click Show hide to filter which types of event to display on the connection log window  Clicking a    dropdown menu will toggle that filter to on or off  If you tick Hide successful polls with no new    data  all polling events having 0x00000000 error code  which indicates  no error  or a successful poll     without new data will be hidden      r a a O   a    oy ron rar   KTS ALU ii   LI  ae 8    06 Oct 2014 12 15 24  06 Oct 2014 12 15 24  06 Oct 2014 12 15 24  06 Oct 2014 12 15 24  06 Oct 2014 12 15 48  06 Oct 2014 12 15 48    ll   MX    Show hide      Information  Information  Information  Information  Pall    Commit       as successful  new data received   as successful  new data received   ction to GC     Attempting to connect to GC     This unattended data capture  Starting a record commit background thread   The record commit background th
296. low background to distinguish it from comments by other users  Date of topic is an additional  information of which calibration data footprint mole composition record you are writing your  comment for  thus other users know the correct data point to refer to     Make sure that the comment is correct e g  free from spelling errors  because once submitted you  would not be able to remove your comment  This is a part of audit trail requirements     The main ma Refresh button does also reload comments     If you do not see the text box to write your comment  i e  you only see the comment grid view  your  GCAS user account doesn t have the action permission to write comment in Data Analysis  Contact  your GCAS administrator     Page 141 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    11 Uncertainty Calculation    Uncertainty Calculation is a module to calculate the uncertainties of your GC device  This is related to  condition based maintenance which allows early detection of GC failures  Method to calculate GC  uncertainties is described in the journal article    Sutan  A  and Daniel  P    Gas Chromatography     Conditional Based Monitoring and Live Uncertainty  Calculation   North Sea Flow Measurement Workshop  2012     and    Sutan  A and Daniel  P    Gas Chromatography Maintenance using Uncertainty Based CBM   The  Americas Flow Measurement Conference  2013      Note    This module requires GCAS feature Uncertainty Calculation to be included in your GCAS licence        Uncert
297. lude standard calc uncertainty 0 03     View comments  gt  gt  Start graphing  gt        This form has three pages  Parameter page  chart page  and comment page  The buttons at the  bottom of the form do the navigation between these pages     When Uncertainty Trend form is opened  it shows the parameter page  This page configures all  parameters required to perform uncertainty calculation  These parameters are    Page 166 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    e Uncertainties to include   e Calibration certificate    e Footprint reference    e Uncertainty coefficients      e Mole percentage range    e ISO 6976 parameters    e Direction    e Plot range      available if Uncertainty of GC repeatability is ticked     Each parameter is explained in chapter 13 2  After all parameters are set correctly  click Start graphing  and GCAS Desktop will start the calculation     Note    Uncertainty calculation is slow because it loads many different data from database  Moreover     uncertainty trend calculation is a sequence of many uncertainty calculations  Depending on how wide    your plot range and how many calibration records inside the plot range  one trend calculation may  take from few seconds to ten minutes or even more  Fast CPU and good network connection between  your computer and the database server help reducing the calculation time        13 2 Uncertainty Trend Parameters    This chapter explains each uncertainty trend parameter     13 2 1 Uncertainties to Include
298. ly 2013 17 56 and 24 June 2014 09 30    Select footprint  AX 31 July 2013 17 56       Until today      Uncertainty of repeatat  2 Footprint and calibratic ry Change range start Eye Cha nge range end    Uncertainty of reprodu    H  Standard relative uncer      Compressibility factor       0 6976 calculation  Sensitivity analysis        OUTPUTS   lt     Legend  Input  editable   Input  from database   Intermediary calculation  Output  Read only Recalculate  F5  Show intermediary calculations    Previous page Next page  gt        Select a footprint as a reference  You can see all footprints through Footprint form  If you choose a  footprint that happens before the certificate installation date  GCAS Desktop displays a A warning  icon     Next  decide how many calibration data to include in the calculation  GCAS Desktop offers three  choices     e Until GCAS bumps into next footprint  The selected footprint itself and all calibration data  up to one last calibration before next footprint are included in the calculation of U reproducibility    e Until today  The selected footprint itself and all calibration data including subsequent  footprints and all their calibration data afterwards  all the way to this very moment  i e  current  computer time  are included in the calculation of Ureproducibility    e Custom range  You can choose from which calibration record exactly to which calibration    record that are included in the calculation Of Ureproducibility  A YW star indicates a fo
299. m  LoadGroupsAndDevices  About to load groups and devices     11 Aug 15 16 32  Main form  LoadGroupsAndDevices  Number of devices in database   18    11 Aug 15 16 27 32  Main form  LoadGroupsAndDevices  Number of devices permitted by    11 Aug 15 18    2  Main form  LoadGroupsAndDevices  Found 2 groups     11 Aug 15 1 Main form  LoadGroupsAndDevices  Group  CASE STUDY   Found 6 devices     11 Aug 15 1   LicenceUpdater  Automatic update timer started  Next    11 Aug 15 11 icenceUpdater  CheckForUpdateNow  Manually checking   ee ee L Main form  LoadGroupsAndDevices  Group  Demo   Found 15 devices     11 Aug 15   Main form  LoadGroupsAndDevices  Number of GC loaded so far   18    11 Aug 15 186  Mai LoadRecentDevices  Recently used devices have been loaded  Recent device IDs 163    11 Aug 15      Aut 1 update  No new licence     11 Aug 15 1i       11 Aug 15 lf   11 Aug 15 18     Lu    k    nE  k e d           gt   RAM  memory  allocated for GCAS  30 59 ME     RAM used by reference type objects  3 26 MB    You can minimise or close the diagnostic window at any time  The diagnostic window continues to  output debug information even after it is closed  To show the window again  go to the Diagnostics  menu  gt  View Log Window     G Gas Chromatography Analysis Software   demo ee    File Profile    Subscriptions View Comms Tools Window Help   Diagnostics   aan    ES View Log Window           cA J   No device selected  aif Refresh GCAS Settings  l ee  4 Me CASF STUDY A             To s
300. m  i  Mole percentage ra   Uncertainty from GC re     ISO 6976 inputs      CALCULATIONS       Uncertainty of calibrati     WRM RF and standard    Uncertainty of repeatat    minimum maximum factor deviation    Methane 4327 89 401 0 0  Nitrogen 0 0541 0 0541 0 0  Carbon dioxide 0 1312 0 1312 0 0  Ethane 0 0610 0 0610 0 0  Propane 0 0554 0 0554 0 0  i Butane 0 0492 0 0492 0 0  n Butane 0 0561 0 0561 0 0  Neopentane 0 0651 0 0651 0 0  i Pentane 1 6651 1 6651 0 0  n Pentane 2 2029 2 2029 0 0  Hexane 5 7488 5 3488 0 0    Footprint and calibratic    Uncertainty of reprodu    H  Standard relative uncer    z Compressibility factor      ISO 6976 calculation     Sensitivity analysis   3 OUTPUTS      Legend   Input  editable   Input  from database   Intermediary calculation  Output  Read only Recalculate  F5   lt  Previous page Next page  gt     Note    Manual mole percentage range is not balanced  The sum of low limit may be less than 100  and the       sum of high limit can be more than 100     11 4 2 Regarding Sensitivity Analysis    Starting from GCAS Desktop version 1 3 1 0  GCAS Desktop calculates two sensitivity sets  One for Ual  gas ANd Ureproducibility  aNd the other for Urepeatability  Sensitivity of calibration gas and GC reproducibility is  based on the mole percentages in your calibration certificate  Sensitivity of GC repeatability is based  on the average between mole percentage lower bound and upper bound range     If you chose universal mole percentage range or individu
301. m 1  MLC  0 754496 Compressibility  Zmix  0 9908281589  0 134945 Calorific value 65 9672385906  0 025495 Molar mass composition 29 8108079882   g mol  Wobbe index 64 7422113565  Relative density   1 0382012587                  Output             Compressibility  Zmix  0 9907945873  Calorific value   66 0688353252   MJ m   Molar mass composition 29 8586515292   g mol  Use a mole composition record of Wobbe index 64 7888537447  ae Relative density 1 0399027083   Standard density   1 3445139498                                             This is the  SO 6976 Comparison form  It compares all ISO 6976 outputs between the two calculator  forms  Left column is the ISO 6976 Calculatorwhich initiated comparison  let s call it A  The right  column is the ISO 6976 Calculator selected as comparison target  let s call it B  Then you get the delta   difference  which is A minus B  and finally the delta expressed in percentage relative to A  Units in ISO  6976 Comparison form follows the ISO 6976 Calculator  like the CV is still in MJ m      Test    14 07 2015 Test  14 07 2015  07 47  stream 1  07 47  stream 1   single MLC       Page 231 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    GCAS Desktop displays a warning if the two ISO 6976 Calculators did not have the same base pressure  and combustion metering temperature pair  Correct the mistake in the ISO 6976 Calculator  parent     form  click Calculate on the parent form to recalculate using the new pressure or temperature value   and fi
302. m the default sort order     Tip    You can copy numbers from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet processing software  Press Ctrl V  on the first text box and the rest will follow  Alternatively  click di Paste next to the corresponding  input field series         Manual Data Entry    H S9  7  Device  Test4  FILE HOME INSERT Pi  Footprint timestamp  x   ails   27 June 2014 B  09 3407   tk oo   eke sid  HE r  Paste ERIE    SS  Have Response Factor   g B    U L  Response factor values   Clipboard M Font      are readily available   Al z       are inverse of these values i    4 B C   _  are calculated from peak area  1 3 307 243  2   6 845 964    re 3   7 868 788  Nitrogen RF   6 845  964 7 5 110 795 956  7     6   13 987 499  CO  RF   7 868  788    gt   13186711  Ethane RF   8 328 458    amp    14 935 288    9   15 199 155  Propane RF   10  795 956  10   15 207 122  i Butane RF   13 98 7 499 7 11  17 604 465  Euan EF 13 186 711 12 ee  13  Neopentane RF  14 935 288 14  i Pentane RF   15 199 155 Ls  16  n Pentane RF   15 207 122 17  y  18    A Always double check for typing errors before clicking   19    Click Hide options link near the the top right corner to hide both option panels and to make larger  room for the input fields     Always check the numbers     and also the timestamp     before you click Save  Once it is saved  the    record is not editable     Page 74 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    7 5 Change Record Flag and Status    15 1 Change Record Flag  
303. menus  One will send  normalised single point composition  while the other will send normalised multilevel calibrated  composition  Users without  SO 10723 see no submenus  the menu itself will send normalised single   point composition  For more information about ISO 6976 Calculator  visit chapter 19     Normalised Normalised  Stream 2 Component percentage percentage   single pt    MLC           Propane 0 9100 0 9103   i Butane 0 1741 0 1743   Ady n Butane 0 2307 0 2304   150  neoPentane 0 0055 0 0054  Input composition Pressure anc i Pentane 0 0894 0 0896  TES Mole i Base a D itane        composition 1 01 323    bar BE Meth Nitrogen 3 1264 3 1488   Methane 90 609915 Combustion metering temperatu re  Methane 90 8699 90 8296  Nitrogen 3 126432 oc   OFC ae CO    0 6015 0 6032    Carbon dioxide 0 601507 thane 3 6865 3 7019    Ethane 3 686471   Calculate ee       Propane 0 909997    i Butane 0 174098    n Butane 0 230686  Neopentane 0 005549  i Pentane 0 029445  n Pentane 0 081982  Hexane 0 223916    Output Value Unit  Compressibility   mix  0 9972152989  Calorific value 41 0118416706   MJ m   Molar mass composition 17 7839820148   g mol  Wobbe index 92 2000 700731  Relative density 0 6153840308  Standard density 0 7956440610   kg m     Heptane       ALLEL   L    Paste Reset  Use a mole composition record of Test       8 10 Miultilevel Calibrated MC  ISO 10723     GCAS Desktop supports the traditional single point mole compositions as well as multilevel calibrated   MLC  mole co
304. mment such as  This record status was changed  to inactive at  lt current computer time gt   for bulk status change in simple view  Use       advanced view if you want to attach comments to these records     To switch into advanced view  click Advanced button     Page 99 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    8 6 2 Advanced View    Advanced view gives more flexibility to set record status for multiple records  In advanced view  GCAS  Desktop gives a list of mole composition records and you tick which ones to change status     Set Status for Multiple Records                                           Set status to  inactive   for these ticked records     Refresh    Ml Timestamp Stream Current status View record  26 Septernber 2014 13 55 2 Active View record  22 September 2014 16 52   Active View record    2 September 2014 16 50   2    Active   View record    22 September 2014 16 46 Active record  22 September 2014 11 40 Active View record  22 September 2014 11 11 Active View record  19 September 2014 14 08 Active View record  19 September 2014 14 01 i Active View record  19 September 2014 13 54 i Active View record  19 September 2014 13 46 Active View record  19 September 2014 13 45 Active View record    43 records  43 selected    M    Ka     O Show all records        Filter by date time  14 Sep 2014 07 00 El   to  01 Oct 2014 22 45  gr    Filter by stream number  Add comment to each record  Macro help   ee This record was set as  NEWSTATUS at  DATETIME      1       S
305. mouse cursor over the dots   Otherwise  switch to table view  On table view  MW is the molecular weight in gram per mole     Page 62 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Charts Table   Health status   Comments       Component RF RT MW  Nitrogen 2 936 591 40 23 28 01340  Carbon dioxide 3 603 466 95 80 44 009530  Ethane 4 049 306 222 00 30 06904  Propane 3 498 922 43 65 44 09562  n Butane 3 948 029 79 63 58 12220  i Butane 3 942 288 70 80 58 12220  n Pentane 4 893 218 161 25 72 14878  i Pentane 4  762 046 137 95 72 14878  Hexane 3 400 630 23 03 26 17336  Table view    Special value  1    If you see    1  negative one  for all RF values in this table view  this means the footprint does not have    response factor data  This record may come from data capture operation but with an additional  configuration to ignore incoming RF data  Similarly  if you see  1 00 for all RT values  the footprint    does not have retention time data  Read more about incomplete footprint record        Retention time chart behaves differently for Daniel C9  C10  GCs and ABB GCs  Daniel C6  C7   devices have one detector and thus have a certain sort order and is constant  ABB devices have two  detectors and Daniel C9  C10  have two ovens  thus the sort order does not apply because the  sequence of analyte gas coming out from one detector is independent from the sequence of the other  detector     In this case  the RT chart is sorted by value  You can show bar charts from both detectors  from
306. mpare both section   C  Standard density 15  C   15  C v C  Display mean and 2 standard deviations               Drag a rectangleto    Zoom    Select    2X   e      t 4  Chat Comments    CV Trend    62 60   62 40     62 20 Chart  62 00 section  61 80   61 60   61 40    10 00 11 00 12 00 13 00       20 2 ISO 6976 Properties    ISO 6976 outputs ISO 6976 properties  Calorific value Base pressure     W Molecular weight   1 9  a D      Wobbe index  Combustion metering temperature        Relative density   _  Standard density 15  C   15  C v       Page 233 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Check boxes on this list controls which ISO 6976 outputs to show  Typically only one output is    displayed because values of one ISO 6976 output are far apart from other ISO 6976 outputs     Set the base pressure and the combustion metering temperature pair  These properties are used to    calculate ISO 6976 outputs throughout the entire plot range  Default base pressure is one atmospheric    pressure  There are six combustion metering temperature pairs supported       O  C 0  C      IaC OG    25 C70     15  C7 T5     20  C   20  C     25  C   20  C     20 3 Plot Range and ISO 10723 Conversion    Data source and options    Plot from  15 Jun 2015 09 41  ly   to 115 Jun 2015 13 41  lr    Records to plot  96     50 10723 conversion    Convert to single point       Compare both   _  Display mean and 2 standard deviations View summary       Drag arectangleto    Zoom    Select    por  R
307. mpositions     Note       This feature requires  SO 10723 feature in your GCAS licence     Users with  SO 10723 feature on their licences will see two columns when Mole Composition forms is  loaded for the first time  First is normalised single point composition  second is normalised MLC  composition  Unlike multilevel calibrated RF  multilevel calibrated mole composition  MC  have values  close to its single point counterpart  The difference between single point and MLC mole composition  is usually called bias     ISO 10723 conversion for mole composition requires     Page 105 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    1  A multilevel calibration  MLC  coefficient set installed before the timestamp of the mole  composition record  and   2  An active  MLC convertible calibration data or footprint before the timestamp of the mole  composition record  which in turn requires    3  A multilevel calibration  MLC  coefficient set installed before the timestamp of this  footprint calibration record  and finally   4  An active calibration gas certificate installed before the timestamp of this footprint calibration  record     If one or more of these conditions are not met  the mole composition record is said to be not    convertible  GCAS Desktop displays a A warning icon at the bottom of the form  below the pie chart   if     One or more of the four conditions above are not fulfilled  or   2  The MLC coefficient set used by the mole composition record and coefficient set used 
308. n and uncertainty health statuses shall bear an asterisk symbol on them     How many calibration data to include  Pick one of the choices   e From footprint to today  the default  takes the footprint itself  all calibration data afterwards   all subsequent footprints  and all subsequent calibration data after them  all the way until  current computer time     Page 196 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    e Latest x days  default x   30  takes all calibration data counted down from today to today  minus x days  Nevertheless if GCAS Desktop bumps into a footprint within these x days  GCAS  Desktop stop travelling backward and instead takes that footprint plus all calibration data  until today    e Follow last uncertainty configuration causes GCAS Desktop to follow last uncertainty  configuration of each device   including custom calibration data range if you have set them    through Uncertainty Calculator form beforehand     16 1 4 Display Style    Ei Dashboard Settings  Health status to display Display style  Rules Precision   4  Uncertainty calc  settings For uncertainties  show me  combined expanded uncertainty    Display style  For date information  show me    Absolute date  dd mmm yyyy  hh mm      Miscellaneous        Bold font on the device name    My Device wW    R    0 9967  LCV    0 1769   i 26 Oct 2014  28 Oct 2014 08 30    Cancel       Display style tab configures the appearance of dashboard tiles     Precision  Select how many decimal digits to display o
309. n entering numbers in the previous  chapter  go to the Action menu and select Edit Certificate  If you do not see this menu  you may not  have the action permission for it  Contact your GCAS Administrator     Set Status or k Number  Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Add Comment       This menu brings forth Edit Calibration Certificate form which is the same form as New Calibration    Certificate but its function now is to correct mistakes in the numbers  Correct every wrong value and  then click Save     Edit Calibration Certificate ce   C  mS  Device  Test6  Certificate number   14 1035 04 Issue date  12 November 2014  lr  Minimum pressure   3 Bar Install date  10 December 2014  lr  Min  temperature    13  C Expiry date  11 November 2019  Al  Cylinder number  k    Mole percentage Absolute uncertainty   Methane 54 548    0 06    fil  Nitrogen 141  X 0 005  Carbon dioxide 3 33  6 0 008    Ethane Pa 0 046    Propane    i Butane  n Butane    Neopentane    Cancel       Page 115 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Although you can use Edit Calibration Certificate form to change the certificate install date  this can  trigger unwanted side effect  If another certificate has already existed on the same date  GCAS  Desktop will use whichever stored first in the database     9 5 Change Certificate Status    Every certificate record has a status bit indicating whether the certificate is active or inactive  GCAS  Desktop will not use inactive certificates in uncertainty calculat
310. n numeric health status  lowest R  and  uncertainties   The default precision is 4 digits  However if you opt to show both types of uncertainties   i e  expanded and absolute   GCAS Desktop can only display 2 digits     For uncertainties  show me  Select which type of uncertainties to display  This setting applies to  uncertainty health statuses  Most users prefer combined expanded uncertainty  expressed in  percentage  over absolute uncertainty  expressed in units such as MJ m  for CV   There is also a choice  to display both  however GCAS Desktop can only fit 2 decimal digits due to space limitation     For date information  show me  Select date format to display  This setting applies to date of last  calibration and date of last mole composition record  The default is absolute date which shows the  exact date month year  and also hour minutes for last mole composition record   The other choice is  rough relative timespan like  3 days ago  or  5 hours ago      Bold font on the device name makes the device tag name on dashboard tiles use bold face  Look at  the preview tile at the left side of this dialogue box to see if you fancy the bold font     Page 197 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    16 1 5 Miscellaneous    ney Dashboard Settings    Health status to display Miscellaneous    Rules  _  Play sound when all calculations completed    3 i    Auto refresh every 12 0    hours  Uncertainty calc  settings  C  Open Dashboard window as soon as   log in  Display sty
311. n required    GCAS requires a valid licence to run  Please enter your licence  now     Computer code  18AB 1747 771C    Registration name    ACME Inc     Registration key  123456  N   Acticin       4  Registration name is your customer identifier name as you have entered during checkout  process on our website  For offline purchase  we will send your registration name  This name is  case sensitive  requires exact spelling    5  Registration key is six numeric digit and doesn t start with zero  This key is available on the  confirmation page and my account page  for online purchase  or in our confirmation email  for  offline purchase      Page 22 of 388          GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    If you purchased GCAS Desktop through an offline channel such as PO or direct meeting    Tell us your computer code either by email  fax  or phone  Our email address is support i   Vigilant com  Wait for our confirmation that we have successfully generated your licence    If you purchased GCAS Desktop through our website    You don t have to tell your computer code because your licence is generated automatically at the  time of first activation  As long as you entered correct registration name and key  case sensitive   and you haven t exceeded your activation count  licence generation will work without problems   Type your registration name and registration key  then click   Activate  Provided that all data  were correct  this window will show     Licence retrieved   However  GCAS
312. n you click OK  GCAS Desktop presents you another  dialogue asking which override level these new constraints are about to be applied     Apply these constraints to     Everything   These constraints are applied to all records of all devices in this GCAS database       This device only    These constraints are applied to all records of this device only  Test       _  This coefficient set only   View coefficients  These constraints are applied to any records of this device which uses MLC coefficients  of O2 October 2014        This record only    These constraints are applied only to this specific calibration record        From top to bottom  each radio button corresponds to global constraints  device level  coefficient   level  and finally record level  Make a decision then click OK  The Footprint or Calibration Data form  will reload the record and you may see the RF chart is now different from the previous one  If not  try    another constraint values     Page 270 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Note    Each option in this dialogue box requires its own action permission  The GCAS administrator has    authority to assign which user roles can change global constraints  device level  coefficient level  or    record level  For example  an administrator may prohibit regular users to change global and device   level constraints  but permit them to change coefficient level and record level constraints  If your  administrator didn t grant you permission for a speci
313. nally click Refresh on ISO 6976 Comparison to re compare     AX  These two have different combustion metering temperatures  Refresh    Test    14 07 2015 Test6  14 07 2015  07 47  stream 1  07 47  stream 1   MLC single      Z  compressibility  0 992355 0 001527 0 154      percentage        Page 232 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    20 ISO 6976 Trend    ISO 6976 Trend is a module to plot historical ISO 6976 output values over time  This module should  not be confused with Uncertainty Trend which graphs the uncertainty of ISO 6976 outputs  ISO 6976  Trend takes a collection of mole composition records and performs ISO 6976 calculation on each of  them using the same parameters  and finally displays the trend on a line chart     Note    This module will require GCAS feature  SO 6976 Trend to be included in your GCAS licence        20 1 The  SO 6976 Trend Form    Select the desired GC device on device panel or recent device panel  and then go to the View menu  gt   ISO 6976 Trend  Similar to Data Analysis  ISO 6976 Trend form has three sections  parameters  chart   and comments         iso  ISO 6976 Trend  Test6   gt        E                   e Data source and options  Device name  Test6 vad E _  Plot from  15 Jun 2015 09 41 E    to  15 Jun 2015 1341 Gv  ISO 6976 outputs ISO 6976 properties aT   Calorific value Base pressure  Stream  1      a atm v ISO 10723 conversion    Convert to single point v Parameter   C  Relative density Combustion metering temperature  Co
314. nas pene antyeter ne bescren Ont age ice stpaNTs gem nro ote anv nO OER nN ren eer NTN ee eee 198  T162    OVENMOING  RUGS tte eine ie wien ncaeie edness nee ness ero neneneinas 199  T6 2 1     Per Device OVEA G araceectactencracectenee tenants wen attene tastes EAT ONET OER TON 199  1622 Per  Workspace OVemide nenastane a 201  16 2 3 Revoking  Cancelling  an Override         ss sssesssesssesssoesssesssesssessseesssessseosseessessseessseossresseesseeossrossresseesseess 202  17 Mole Composition Comparison              cccccccccccccsscccccccccccccscccccccsccssccccccsscecccscccsssccsscccsccsscesssssseeecs 203  17 1 The Mole Composition Comparison FOr     c csccsessssssesessssssccsesesessesesessesssessesescssesesccsesesssesesesesessseaeeseseees 203  Vise Parameters and Device Listosrar eanna elected ede ees 204  za Gas and Date RINGE ieni E a atest beat cstontteadtanedestanueuan 204  H22 Devices AVC Compan OPN US Teaia a a A aie ad 204  W FEP a etry LIC En woe TUS EN DeC ESCM T Mace MORN Tan SeavE TM Tan entre eran ona euae 206   AWW es sammie 0  0 6    gc  pve    g neem nee eee a E E ESEE IEEE EEEIEE 207  V3 1 SROW Or Hide Some DEVICES soresoni enine n vie stevetele T T 208  Thae Saip Egualdi Neser e ONN EN 208  17 3 3 ZOOM Mode and Selection Mode uu    esssssssssssssessssessessssssesssessesesessesssssesssessesesessesssessessseesessseseeseess 209  kaoa SNe COPY DECI ee E ES 211  Io Epor Values  to  MITOSO EXCEL  irosino rintra nE R AE EO O 212  13 0  Compans OT AV Cl AG ESen aie
315. ncluded in the export     S   gt     we    Export data from GCAS database  Choose what kind of data to export and the date range       er Range  Footprints  amp  calibration data    Mole compositions From 26 July 2015       _  Calibration certificates 10 August 2015 E        _  Uncertainty coefficients  Multilevel calibration coefficients     Lag time data  _  Also include records marked as inactive        Comments       Page 345 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Set the destination CSV file     Set the destination file     Change file C Users ryang_000  Desktop  Export 2014 02 06 csv       Review the export settings  and click Next to begin the export process     ee  I D  eu Export data from GCAS database    Review that all of these are correct  and click Next to begin the export operation     Export type   Export to CSV   GC devices to export     devices  show    Data to export   RF RT  mole composition   Date range   01 September 2013 to 31 January 2014   Include inactive records   No   Destination file  gt  C  Users rvang_000 Desktop  Export 2014 02 06 csv       GCAS Desktop commences the export operation  For CSV export  this step is typically very fast      unless the number of records to export is way too many     Page 346 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14         erg Export data from GCAS database    Export operation is in progress     Counting records     10 records found       Previous       This wizard page confirms that the export has be
316. nd combustion metering temperature pairs  These  parameters are used for all data within the plot range     Default base pressure is one atmosphere  or 1 01325 bar  GCAS Desktop supports six combustion and  metering temperature pairs  which are     e 0  C 0  C  e 15  C   0  C  combustion temperature   15  C  base temperature   0  C   e 25  C 0  C    e 15  C 15  C  e 20  C   20  C  e 25  C   20  C    Page 173 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    13 2 6 Direction    Direction of calculation What s this       Forward  Minimum number of calibration data after    footprint to start graphing        ka     O Backward    Trim at footprint    Direction of calculation determines which calibration records to include in the calculation  Uncertainty  calculation may go forward or backward     On forward direction  list of calibration data to include is counted from footprint  For every calibration  data in the plot range  calculation Of Ureproducibility at that point will include all calibration data from the  last footprint  including the last footprint itself  and accumulatively go forward up to that point           Footprint Footprint  T July 2014 1 December 2014   E I l   o          l l   k    i   T   I   m I I     I I   l     l     EENE  l Po   Calibration   i  records   in use I i   l     l   Date        Jul   Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar  2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014     This picture ts animated in the HTML version of GCAS Desktop Manual     Do not co
317. nd paste  or an existing record     Page 226 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    19 2 1 Manual Input    Go to the input composition grid  Press  F2  or double click the cell to invoke edit mode  Then  type the  numbers  There is total row at the bottom of the grid  You might need to scroll the grid or resize the  form  This total row is updated everytime you finished editing a cell     fisol ISO 6976 Calculator    Input composition Pressure and temperature    Mole Base pressure     Gas name composition 1 01325    bar        Methane  280353 Combustion metering temperature   Nitrogen   r c ba   Carbon dioxide  Ethane   Calculate  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  Neopentane    i Pentane Output Value Unit    Compressibility  Zmix  0 997 797532   Calorific value 36 8213536030   MJ m     n Pentane  Hexane    ee Molar mass composition 13 4115704697   g mol    Wobbe index 48 059320292   Relative density 0 58 700831 2    Standard density 05996750159   kg m     te LLE    aste Reset  Use a mole composition record of  Test       Take extra care about the gases your GC device doesn t read  For example  a C7  device has no  octane  nonane  and decane  Some GC devices do not read neopentane too  Set the composition of  these unavailable gases to zero     Click Reset to reset all numbers back to zero     19 2 2 Normal Paste and Smart Paste    Copy a block of cells from Microsoft Excel or your favourite spreadsheet processing software  then  click Paste at ISO 6976 Calculator form  I
318. ne  Uncertainty of MW cor Soe  Uncertainty of bind     Neopentane    E        8889 8       i Pentane  Legend n Pentane   _  Input  editable   fel Input  from database      Intermediary calculation     Output  L ow     Show intermediary calculations  lt  Previous page Next page  gt     l    d    ae EERE  manm  h          You can also load a coefficient set stored in database  If you already loaded a set for GC repeatability   it also loads for GC linearity  Go to page 146 to read more about loading a coefficient set from  database     Page 148 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    11 3 3 3 Mole Percentage Range    Uncertainty Calculator  Test3    Mole percentage range    El INPUTS    Uncertainties to includ  Uncertainty from the c  5  Uncertainty from GC re Methane Nitrogen Ethane Propane    z Repeatability 20 00  19 00   18 00  17 00  16      lt       Plus minus range    Assume universal range of 20 00         Set individual range         z  _  Manual range  Uncertainty from GC re _  7 ISO 6976 inputs tA Use   Z standa rd dewiation range of mole composition  ower this period   for all streams        CALCULATIONS      OUTPUTS 02 Jun 2014 00 00 to 14 Aug 2014 11 19      pissin  Mais Balanced gas  Methane     Uncertainty of MW cor    Uncertainty of Wobbe       gt     Legend  Input  editable   Input  from database   Intermediary calculation  Output  Read only Recalculate  F5  C  Show intermediary calculations    Previous page Next page  gt        Choose how the mole pe
319. nfuse  the last footprint    in the previous paragraph with the  reference footprint   Reference  footprint is set on this section  The last footprint only marks where the collection of calibration data  begins  Reference footprint and  last  footprint may co incide  but that is not always the case  You can  pin any footprint as a reference  but uncertainty calculation in forward direction uses one last footprint  before every single dot on the chart  Actually it uses the timestamp of last footprint  in order to query  calibration records from the timestamp of last footprint to the timestamp of the current dot being  calculated     There is a minimum limit to start calculation  The default is one  1   which means forward calculation  can start at one calibration data after every footprint within the plot range  You can set the minimum    Page 174 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    for example  ten  so the calculation starts after 10 calibrations following every footprint  You will see a  gap on the chart after every footprint indicating the number of dots within those gaps is below the    minimum limit  therefore calculation could not start     On backward direction  list of calibration data to include is counted from the calibration data being  calculated  For every calibration data in the plot range  calculation of Ureproducibility at that point will  include all calibration data from that point and go backward to the last x days or last x record before    tha
320. ng Mole Composition Records as Inactive    1000 1050 1100 1130 1200 12350 13 00    Zoom All Out    62 6 ki  Save Chart as Picture p m      Copy Chart Image 20  624  H  cid 2    Zoom In Here  j    62 2 j Tir Generate Summary Here  oe phi  i J     JA J  fie Compare Averages  Selection   ji N    fe Compare Averages  Entire X axis   61 8 j i Frame This Selection    Remove Frames  61 6    I   x Hide Crosshair Cursors  Clear Selection Area  Show Average  Show Values    Show Legend  Show Gridlines              21 3 4 Export Values to Microsoft Excel    Above the chart  located at the rightmost button  click k  Copy to Microsoft Excel  This button  opens a new Excel worksheet  Then GCAS Desktop writes all data points of all line charts available  onto this worksheet     Note    This feature requires Microsoft Excel 2010  2013  2016 or later  to be installed        GCAS Desktop prevents you from exporting to Excel if there are duplicate comparison entries     Every device or stream in comparison list has its own column and the rows are timestamps  If there are  two or more data points from different devices or streams sharing the exact same timestamp  they are  merged into one row in Excel worksheet     Page 254 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    H S5    Sheet    Excel 2  mb     x  FILE HOME   INSERT   PAGELAYOUT FORMULAS DATA REVIEW VIEW TEAM Yusuf Adriansyah   gy             Fa Conditional Formatting 7    Insert   2    Aw Ah  p F z     if Format as Table   g    Delete 
321. ng the pressure letdown system  hence the name    spot    or if the process gas is delivered in gas  tank canister then the sampling method is administered straight on the canister     The purpose of spot sampling is to verify if your pressure letdown system works properly     no  leakage  no condensation  no dropout  etc  If the soot sample record is very close to the regular mole  composition record  taking the lag time into account   then generally soeaking your pressure letdown  system should be fine     To enter spot sample data  select the device from the device panel then open the Mole Composition  form through View menu  gt  Mole Composition  Open the Action menu  then click Spot Sampling     Page 94 of 388    Action    ri    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Spot Sampling    Import Data   CSV  Set Status     Set Status     Bulk   Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Add Comment    Normalisation Scale    ISO 10723       This brings forth the Spot Sampling form  First thing first  enter the date and time of when the    sample was taken  Once the record commits to database  you cannot change its timestamp but you    can set it as inactive and re enter a same record with the correct timestamp     The next step is to key in mole composition value of each gas  The composition you are entering now    is the unnormalised composition     Device  Test4    Date and time O4    Heptane  Propane  1 Butane  n Butane  neoPentane  1 Pentane  n Pentane    Nitrogen    Methane  Carbon diox
322. ngle point mole  compositions versus CV based on multilevel calibrated mole compositions  To do so  first graph ISO  6976 trend with ISO 10723 dropdown set to single point  Next  change the ISO 10723 option to  multilevel calibrated and hit    Refresh to graph the ISO 6976 trend on MLC  Finally  click 2 Show  previous chart button  Current chart  dark blue  is the CV based on MLC compositions  while previous    chart  light blue  is the CV based on single point compositions     Page 238 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14        Mise ISO 6976 Trend  Test Ege aE    Data source and options    Plot from  13 Jun 2015 11 25  Sly   to  13 Jun 2015 15 25  ale    Device name  Test6  ISO 6976 outputs ISO 6976 properties    Stream Records to plot  96  Calorific value Base pressure    _  Molecular weight atm et ISO 10723 conversion  Convert to multilevel calibrated KA    C  Wobbe index  L  Relative density     Standard density ec sis C  Display mean and 2 standard deviations    Combustion metering temperature  Compare both    View summary    Drag a rectangle to     Zoom   Select    Chat Comments    CV Trend        Previous CY    CY       Example of a bad GC  Current CV  dark blue  ts based on multilevel calibrated compositions  while  previous CV  light blue  is based on single point compositions  If these two drift too far apart  this  indicates problems within the GC  A good GC should have these two be really close or even co incide     Be reminded that only one previous cha
323. no permissions are given  you will not see Change MLC Constraints in the Action menu  from the beginning        Which override level should I apply to     Be careful with the first option in Apply Constraints dialogue box  Yes  that option means you are  changing the value of global constraints  All other devices in the same GCAS database will use the new  constraint values you just specified     Condition Recommended override level    You are unsure whether the new constraints would Record level   produce unwanted side effects on other records    Some records are broken  while some others are Coefficient level if those broken records use   not  the same MLC coefficients  otherwise apply  record level override to each of those one by  one    All records are broken  but records on other GC Device level   devices are not     All records are broken  regardless of what GC device   Global    they belong to   A very ultra rare case   Also check all MLC coefficient values for potential  mistakes         Page 273 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    22 5 3 Revoking  Cancelling  an Override    Open MLC Conversion Constraints dialogue again through Change MLC Constraints submenu in ISO  10723 in the Action menu  Next to the blue info badge    you shall see what override level the record  is using  If no text is displayed  then the record is still on global MLC constraints       MLC Conversion Constraints  RF  b   E   Set constraints to filter out bad solutions   MLC to sing
324. nt set automatically for you  However if this is not the coefficient set you want  you can  change which coefficient set in the database to load  Click Choose existing coefficient set  then  GCAS Desktop displays the familiar Select a coefficient set dialogue     Page 146 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Select a coefficient set    Time Status    03 October 2014      First set      qq d Page  1 w  of 1    Filter Options        List all coefficient sets Entries per page   30    C  List coefficient sets between  30 Mar 2014 Sort     Newest te oldest    03 Oct 2014    Oldest to newest    Show  Any status Cancel       Hover your mouse over the list item  on its date column  to reveal a tooltip about the description of  the coefficient set   Due to  NET Framework limitation  tooltip can only appear at the first column    Click OK or double click the list item to load the coefficient set     You can edit the coefficients after you load them from database too  Just go to the cell  double click or  hit  F2  to invoke edit mode  and enter the correct number  However  this change is only temporary as it  is only used in current session of uncertainty calculation  If you need a permanent edit  you have to use  Uncertainty Coefficients form then either create a new coefficient set or edit the existing one  Click  Edit this set to open Uncertainty Coefficients form and invoke its edit mode  This link is only available  if you haven t changed any numbers since the coefficie
325. nt set is loaded from database  To undo all  changes and revert back to the original coefficients from database  click Reload set     11 3 3 2 GC Linearity  Formula displayed on this wizard page is very similar to GC repeatability       2 x3  s   a   bx   cxi   dx     However the s here is different from the previous s  This formula is used to calculate the standard  deviation of mixture gas and sample gas  The coefficients a  b  c  and d here are called response  concentration coefficients or parameters of true calibration functions     Similarly  you need to enter these response concentration coefficients on the provided data grid   Double click the cell or press  F 2  to enter edit mode  Alternatively  you can paste from Microsoft Excel    Page 147 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    or other spreadsheet processing software as long as there are 4  four  columns and equal number of    rows     Uncertainty from GC linearity    El INPUTS Pa P  3    Uncertainties to includ s at bx   CX   dx  Uncertainty from the c a  b  c d   response concentration coefficients  parameters of true calibration function   a Uncertainty from GC re x  normalised mole fraction of each component  Py s   standard deviation of normalised component    Repeatability    Enter these response concentration coefficients  Paste Reset all  i Mole percentage ra Component  Uncertainty from GC re  ISO 6976 inputs  ff CALCULATIONS Carbon dioxide    OUTPUTS  2 Summary Fropane  Uncertainty of CV i Buta
326. nu calls the  Set Status and k Number dialogue  then choose the new k value     Certificate number  CERT 0001  Install date  01 June 2014    Set status Set k Nurmber      Active   k          Inactive    k 2       After you click OK  the form reloads the certificate and recalculates absolute uncertainty values  according to the new coverage factor     Page 117 of 388    Mole Absolute    Component percentage   uncertainty    Methane       GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Absolute    Component uncertainty    Methane    Nitrogen  Carbon dioxide    00st a    a    preme  e     am    Calibration certificate on k   1  left  and k   2  right   Data ts fictional     9 7 Insert Comment    If you need to put notes or other properties that were not supported by New Calibration Certificate    form  post them in comments     Comments    User ID      Comment    comment    Open the Comments tab or go to Action menu  gt  Add Comment        Write your comment on the text box at the lower section of the form  then click Submit     3  Make sure the comment Is correct  e g  free from spelling errors  because once inserted into    database  you will not be able to remove the comment     If you do not see the textbox and the Submit button  i e  the comment grid fills up the entire form     your user account may not have action permission to write comments or your user role is Read only     Contact your GCAS administrator     Page 118 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    9 8 Send to
327. o    C  Use the middle one if there are three  or largest if there are two     _  Use the largest one       Change the constraints as necessary by paying attention to which gas that causes silly values followed  by which degree of polynom the MLC coefficients of that gas is  Click OK and GCAS Desktop presents  the familiar Apply Constraints dialogue box  Select an override level and hit OK again to commit     Page 272 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Apply these constraints to   C  Everything   These constraints are applied to all records of all devices in this GCAS database    D This device only   These constraints are applied to all records of this device only  Test        This coefficient set only   View coefficients    These constraints are applied to any records of this device which uses MLC coefficients  of 02 October 2014        This record only    These constraints are applied only to this specific mole composition record     Note    Each option in this dialogue box requires its own action permission  The GCAS administrator has  authority to assign which user roles can change global constraints  device level  coefficient level  or  record level  For example  an administrator may prohibit regular users to change global and device   level constraints  but permit them to change coefficient level and record level constraints  If your  administrator didn t grant you permission for a specific override level  its radio button will be disabled   Ultimately if 
328. o what has been set in Windows Control Panel  using current page setup  default is A4  portrait      fa      amp  p   0 0pm B    cose                Calibration Data  Test Page 1 of 2  o  Calibration timestamp  Footprint timestamp  l   vizii auz   14 April 2015 14 57 14 April 2015 14 28  Response Factor  5 334 495 i Pentane 66 385 Hexane  62455 Propane  17 747 030 i Butane    n Butane  neoPentane    Retention Time    Response Factor    ng Pon  Rng tg Rig ag  Ag Me    C1 C2 C6 C3 C4 C5 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6  R    0 9929 R    0 0408       7 5  7        s  6s      6  ac    Print preview dialogue     GCAS Desktop has different print layout for portrait and landscape orientation  GC health status and  user comments are printed on subsequent pages     Page 89 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    8 Mole Composition    Mole composition  formerly    mole percentage     is a record of  as its name suggests  mole composition  of either calibration gas or process gas in one chromatography cycle     Note    In order to use features related to mole composition e g  Mole Composition form  mole composition    data capture  and mole composition data analysis  you need GCAS feature Live Data Analysis in your  GCAS licence        Early versions of GCAS Desktop only recognises mole percentage  but now GCAS can work with any  scale  We generalise mole percentage  fraction  or whatever scale it is  into one name     mole  composition  From this chapter onward  the term    mole composition 
329. oP ee oer re 90  8 2 VIOW GAG ENA LO LU  op  lt 16 6  oo  seen ener ENOn mentee nT Ent E a 92  8 3 Import New Composition  Data siirsmissiicsicrinieaai oi a ee eE eee 92  8 4 SPOT SIMPING aera TA aAA 94  8 5 Change Record Status  Single Record            ses esseesssessseessessssesssessseesserosseesstesseessseosseossresseesserossresseesseesseeoseee 97  8 6 Change Record Status  Multiple Records             cc esssssssssssssessssssessessseesssesessssessesssessesssessesssessesssssesssesseeesess 98  8 6 1 SIDISE V EW esnan a A a E O N 99  8 6 2 BON OEV eean a a Hr VE TITOUnT TON SPIVE Cun tunT Ca ewet toe 100  8 7 Heert COmMent n aa a A 103  8 8 Automatic OM FIXCO SCIE eee a a a O OS 103  8 9 sena ToS O69706 C IUO iene cscs a E ETE E E E E 104  8 10  Muiltilevel Calibrateda MC  ISO 107 23  sect ccsfoccectiec cxcidestoelteeid eavechadesdicsbiencidvsiocd  denl sastdvobuasisehi aassoobueideroies 105  SIO mg  ECO f  ft 5 kOe re ern ep etre oie tinct tint tet Penn ef ne fem eT ere ese 107  8 10 2 Mark As versus Convert 1O ccccnenaremannncceman aciainai ean aiaw A eae 108  O03     Change  MLC Flag Bit  M  ltiple Records  sosirosssencsectucococetug r pnn n a R e OR 108  9104  IVICA INS Tant aeieea EE E E A E E E usted ber dna 110   9 Calibration Gas Certificate secccs sesso  secicecsseeceess rioei o earn iano oaea oaa ees apaa ieo raa TORni 111  9 1 TRG eCGUDIGHON Gas CeHHINCGLe FOr tansan aa ciara coat eo ia aco aac ces 111  9 2 View  PREVIOUS  COMUTGAL CS es ssrcis ccs aac east pearl
330. oceed        2  Click Install  It may trigger a UAC prompt  Click Yes on the UAC prompt or ask your computer  administrator to type the required password  GCAS Desktop will update the licence and the    Page 27 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    window similar to this one shall appear     GCAS Activator  Copyright    1 Vigilant Technologies Ltd   2014   Version  3 3 1 0         The licence has been installed       Licence version  3   Licensed to  ken hee TEHET  Licence type  Lifetime    Licence start date  N A   Licence expiry date  N A  does not expire   Features included  22 features  Ox0F 1FFDB   Number of GC  100   Computer code  18AB 1747 771C   Thank you for using GCAS        3  In rare cases where UAC is disabled by your system administrator  or if GCAS Desktop is running  in elevated mode  run as administrator   the notification window will appear green instead of  yellow  The licence is updated automatically and you don t have to click the Install button     Your GCAS licence has been extended to  01 December 2016     GCAS has successfully installed this new licence  Thank  you for using GCAS        To configure how GCAS should check licence update automatically  go to the Help menu  gt  Licence  gt   Configure Auto update     Check for licence update on startup    Check for licence update every hours                   Page 28 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    1 4 7 Manual Licence Update    1 4 7 1 If you are online    You can force GCAS
331. oducibility  and ISO 6976  calculations     You can see all installed calibration certificates through Calibration Gas Certificate form  That form  also provides a way to submit a new certificate if the desired certificate has not been entered to the  database     11 3 3 Uncertainty from GC Repeatability and Linearity    To calculate Urepeatability  GCAS Desktop requires three sets of information  repeatability coefficients   response concentration coefficients  and mole percentage range     11 3 3 1 GC Repeatability      2  3  s    at bx    cx    dx     In this formula  si is the standard deviation of unnormalised component i  The letter i is a simplification  of enumeration from methane  e g  from i   0  to the highest carbon count  Four coefficients a  b  c   and d are called repeatability coefficients or parameters of precision factors  Detailed explanation of  this formula is available on journal article Sutan  A  and Daniel  P    Gas Chromatography     Conditional  Based Monitoring and Live Uncertainty Calculation   North Sea Flow Measurement Workshop  2012      You need to enter these repeatability coefficients on the provided data grid  Double click the cell or  press  F 2  to invoke edit mode  Alternatively  you can paste from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet    Page 145 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    processing software as long as there are 4  four  columns and equal number of rows  Click the Paste  link above the grid to do so  The next link R
332. oh ab Offline  database   5  ie GCAS is not connected to any database servers  Go to  isconnecte  File menu  gt  Reconnect Database to reconnect     Status indicator displays general status of GCAS Desktop and status bar notifications  which are       usually related to database  licence update  and later on   software updates  Specific status associated  with specific module will not be displayed on the status bar  but on their own form instead  For  example  Footprint form  Calibration Data form  Mole Composition form  and Data Analysis form have    their own      busy indicator on each user interface  Most of the time  status indicator reads  Ready      4 3 Choose Devices Dialogue    Choose Devices dialogue appears if you open a GCAS database having number of GC devices exceeds  the limit permitted by your GCAS licence  This dialogue lets you choose which GC devices to be  accessible during current session of GCAS Desktop        Gas Ch  File Profile Subscriptions View Comms Tools Window Help             S  No device selected        j Vigilant  New server  Microsoft SQI           This copy of GCAS Desktop is licenced  for use up to 10 devices      However you are trying to open a GCAS  database containing 18 devices       Choose which 10 out of these 18 to be  accessible during this session        a L     CASE STUDY   CG CaseStudy1   O Le CaseStudy2   CG CaseStudy3   Clar CaseStudy4   CAF CaseStudy5    CG CaseStudy6  a    gt  Demo     Demo  Af DEMO     AF 370XA DEMO       R
333. on      a Timestamp RF Methane RF Nitrogen RF Carbon dioxide RF Eth      gt  Peete Caene Sess Footprint 6 709 539 00  8 264 363 00 11 003     08 November 2014 13 20   Calibration Data 9  562 649 00   11 006  7  08 November 2014 13 27   Calibration Data   6 709 592 00  8 266 032 00 9 559  701 00   11 003     r 2014 13 34   Calibration Data   6 709 493 00  8 266 375 00  _9 562 141 00  11 004  08 November 2014 13 42   Calibration Data 8 264  127 00 11 0046 y     gt                    Forward calculation must include the last footprint before this data point  Hence this is what we meant  by  last footprint    in chapter 13 2 6  not the  reference footprint   This footprint should be at the first  row on this grid     Backward calculation may or may not have footprints in this grid view  For example  you are graphing  uncertainty trend with backward calculation for 30 days  If the footprint was 40 days ago  that  footprint won t be included in the calculation  On another data point where the footprint was 25 days  before  this footprint should be at the last row if you set the form to trim at footprint  If you set to  continue through  i e  include data before footprint  there may be more records preceding this  footprint     Had the records on the displayed grid do not conform to the two paragraphs above  this indicates a    bug  Kindly please report the bug to support i Vigilant com    13 4 Insert Comment   Click View comments button at the bottom of the Uncertainty Trend form  
334. on direction whether  from MLC to single point or single point to MLC     Eei MLC   Single Point RF Offline Converter   1  Which conversion do you need     Direction   MLC     Single point  Convert multilevel calibrated RF te single point RF      Single point     MLC    Coefficients i i i i  Convert single point RF to multilevel calibrated RF    Constraints    Composition       Page 275 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Next  enter the MLC coefficients  This page has similar layout to MLC Coefficients form  You can paste  from Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet processing software as long as the data has 4 columns and  15 rows  for 15 gases   click Paste to do so  If the footprints calibration data to convert don t have  gases such as octane  nonane  decane  or neopentane  leave the coefficients of those gases to all   zeroes         feel    Enter the coefficients of MLC analysis function  This converter tool supports up to C10  decane    lf your GC does not have certain gases such as neopentane or octane or nonane  leave the coefficients  of those gases to all zeroes     y a bx cx      dx       MLC   Single Point RF Offline Converter    y   multievel calibrated peak area  x   single point peak area   Coefficients a  b  c d   coefficients of analysis function  b  0     Component b    Methane  Nitrogen    Carbon dioxide    Ethane  Propane  i Butane    n Butane    Neopentane    i Pentane    n Pentane    a   0 000304   0 072477    0 00635   0 002101   1 3E 05  0
335. on menu and select ISO 10723  The first submenu is not clickable but it tells you what  the flag bit of current record is  In the screenshot below  it tells us the flag bit for this record is MLC   even though RF chart displayed at the back is single point     Tools Administrator Window Help    ae   Import Data Sq      Import Data   CSV     Import Data   Manual Entry hinner lines Show footprint    DEVICE NAME Sea TION DATA TIMESTAMP FOOTPRINT TIMESTAMP   Test Ac Add Comment ember 2014 08 23 01 December 2014 15 47       Send to Correlation Calculator       Change calibration data    Be Lo    Charts   Tables   Health status Comme E Print Preview  O fm Print   A  Show    iene      20 000 000 se MAR AS  OF LOT  Mark As     Bulk        View MLC Coefficients  aa Change MLC Constraints       10 000 000    Response Factor  Single Pointi    3 000 000    You can change the MLC flag bit if necessary  however there is one important difference between   Mark As    and    Convert To     Read more on the next chapter  7 11 2     7 11 2 Mark As versus Convert To    Open Action menu  select ISO 10723  then select Mark As    or Convert To    and GCAS Desktop  reveals this dialogue box     Page 86 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Convert to    Mark    changes the flag bit only            Mark as single point RF    Ol a Mark as multilevel calibrated RF       Current flag bit is highlighted in yellow to clarify what the current flag bit is  Next  decide whether you  need to mark t
336. on of GCAS Desktop would  set up six user roles     e System administrator  e Engineer 1  e Engineer 2    e Partner  e Read only  e Custom    Similar to user types  system administrator has access to all actions in both GCAS Web and GCAS  Desktop  On the other side  read only role has the least access     You can also define your own user roles and aszsign action permissions to them if you are the GCAS    administrator  Go to chapter 27 2 Define new user types and roles and 27 6 Action permissions to read  more     Page 44 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    3 2 Groups and Workspaces  Concept     Group is the highest hierarchy of all GCs  Each GC device has to be a part of a group  A GCAS  database should have at least one group  For example  a company called ACME Ltd  has three  different platforms  These three platforms are all part of  Platforms  group     Workspace is a way to separate GC devices which belong to the same group  Each group may have  several workspaces  For instance group Platforms has three different platforms  so each platform has  its own separate workspace  Platform A  Platform B  and Platform C     You should see workspaces of the groups assigned to you on the device panel in the main user  interface once you have logged in  Underneath these workspaces are GC devices  If you don t see  anything on this panel  your GCAS administrator could have not assigned your user account to any  groups yet     File Profile    Subscriptions View Comr    
337. on such as  the package you want  any feature add on packs  how many GCs and how many PCs  We generate  your licence based on this information thus your licence is ready when you go through online    activation process     Currently our website offers 1  3  or 5 computers  Contact us if you need more than 5 computers so we  can arrange a discount for you  This number of PC becomes the activation count  One successful  online activation will reduce this number by one  If you don   t have internet access and request offline  activation by sending your computer code  we will send your licence via email then we will also    Page 21 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    decrease your activation count by one  When this activation count reaches zero  you have used up all  your available licences and cannot activate GCAS Desktop on other PCs     1 4 3 Online Activation    If your computer has a working internet connection  we advise to activate your GCAS online  During  online activation  GCAS Desktop contacts GCAS Activation Server maintained by i Vigilant  Technologies to retrieve your licence     1  The first time GCAS is run  it requests for activation  The following window pops up     Activation required    GCAS requires a valid licence to run  Please enter your licence  now     Instant 4 day trial Il Activate offline    Activate online       2  Online activation requires internet connection   3  Click Activate online button and you shall see this window     Activatio
338. one Europe London       3  Enter the information then click Save     Regarding time zone    If you use i Vigilant central database  all user comments  e g  in the Footprint or Calibration Data  have  their timestamps converted to server time zone  GCAS Desktop uses this time zone information in  your user profile to display timestamps of user comments in the correct time  including times when  you are travelling  If you enter a time zone other than the actual time zone you are living in  GCAS  Desktop may display user comments with wrong time     If you use local corporate database or local offline database  GCAS Desktop assumes the server time  zone is the same as your time zone  No time zone conversion is performed        Page 46 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Empty time zone information is replaced by the default Europe London  UTC 0 standard time     UTC 1 daylight saving time      3 3 2 Change Your Password    Once your GCAS administrator finished creating your user account  it has usually a default password  of  password   all lowercase   Otherwise  your administrator should have told you about your initial  password  To change your password  follow these steps     1  Go to the Profile menu  gt  Change Password  If you don t see this menu on the menu bar  your  user type may not have the menu permission for it  i e  your GCAS administrator prohibits you  from changing password            Profile  Edit Profile  Change Password    Idle Timeout       Log 
339. ons   provider  TCP Provider  error  0   No such host is known     WE  DEMO3  WE  DEMo4 GCAS is now attempting to revert back to offline mode   by    ES  DEMOS   By fia  C10 for development        Switchover Failure       Recently used devices  BrE  370XA DEMO1          Search device     9 H Q Z  lb Offline   Ready          29 6 Automatic Resumption of Data Capture    GCAS Desktop stops all data capture operations immediately after it detects network connectivity  problem  This is because the connection between GC Connect form and GCAS database server was cut  during this disruption  thus an attempt to commit an incoming new record to database server would  yield an error     If you don t have GCAS feature Work offline Capability in your GCAS licence  or if you never set up a  temporary database beforehand  all GC Connect forms remain stopped after the disruption  This is  particularly bad if you used unattended mode  as no one knows that the operation terminated until  someone visits the computer     With work offline capability  GCAS Desktop can safely resume all data capture operations after  switching to temporary database  To enable this feature  open Work Offline Preferences dialogue  through the File menu  gt  Work Offline  gt  Work Offline Preferences     Page 371 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Work Offline Preferences    Sync data in the temporary database fromthe last   H    months       Stonng too much data in the temporary database will take more
340. onse factor    Log  response factor     6 6  1 0633 1 2853 1 4853 1 6853    Log  molecular weight     Note    Correlation data sent from Data Analysis    context menu Send to Correlation Calculator may include  gases with unrelatable correlation such as i butane  i pentane  nitrogen  and carbon dioxide  GCAS       Desktop display these gases as red dot in the R  chart  indicating they should be removed     Page 221 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    18 3 Any X Y Calculator    Switch to Any X Y Calculator tab on the data table section  This would change the data entry section  to the screenshot below     Add entry  Y    Add    Unlike RF MW calculator  here you can enter literally any real numbers for X and Y values  Click    Add to insert this entry into data table  This entry is also graphed on the chart immediately     Note    If you need to find the correlation of the logarithm of X and Y instead of just X and Y  visit the next    chapter Any log X  log Y  calculator        Similar to RF MW Calculator  to delete one or more entries you need to highlight the row s  and then  press on your keyboard  In addition  to edit the X value or Y value  double click on the  corresponding cell to enter edit mode  Press on your keyboard to commit the change and to  update the chart     RF MW Calculator  Any A    Calculator RE MW Calculator  Any X    Calculator   _  Take base 10 logarithm before calculating R      Take base 10 logarithm before calculating R     X value      
341. ools menu on GCAS Desktop main window and  then select ISO 6976 Calculator  Through this menu  you will enter the mole composition by  hand  manual input  or through copy and paste    2  Sent by Mole Composition form  Open the desired mole composition record  go to the Action  menu  and select Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  If you have GCAS feature ISO 10723 as well   choose which one to send either the single point or the MLC  Through this method  ISO 6976  Calculator form uses the selected mole composition record    3  Sent by Calibration Gas Certificate  Open the desired calibration gas certificate  go to the  Action menu  and select Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  By this way  ISO 6976 Calculator form  uses the mole percentage portion of the selected calibration certificate    4  Sent by Data Analysis  Graph some mole composition trend  put the Data Analysis form in  selection mode  drag a selection rectangle  then right click the chart and select Send to ISO    Page 225 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    6976 Calculator  Records inside the selection area are averaged and then sent to ISO 6976  Calculator form    5  Sent by Mole Composition Comparison  Load a range of records  then right click the  comparison chart and select either Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Selection  or Send to ISO  6976 Calculator  Entire X axis   The former requires a selection area while the latter doesn t   You may need to confirm which device s  stream s  to be sent to ISO 6976 Calculat
342. op GC connection permanently when GCAS  Desktop encounters certain error codes  Typically the error codes in the auto terminate list represent  fatal errors  To turn on this feature  give a check mark on Terminate GC connection if these errors  are encountered during poll  This feature is already turned on by default for error codes 0x00000046  Socket library error and 0x00000086 Invalid MBAP pointer  When GCAS Desktop encounters any of  these two error codes  it will stop GC connection     Terminate GC connection if these errors are encountered during poll       Socket library error  Ox00000086   Invalid MBAP pointer       Remove from list Clear selection    be   i  a    Or add another error code  by     Page 325 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    The error code 0x00000046 Socket library error indicates a problem within Microsoft Windows Socket   winsock   The way to fix this error is you need to open an elevated command prompt  run as  administrator   enter this command     netsh int ip reset  and restart the computer  It is not something GCAS Desktop can fix with a simple reconnection     The error code 0x00000086  nvalid MBAP pointer may happen to a very limited number of GC devices   usually GC with old firmwares  on ethernet connection  It has something to do with the way GC  respond back to the command issued by the computer     Simply explained  MBAP stands for Modbus Application Protocol  When a computer issues a Modbus  command to a machine  the GC   t
343. op displays six digits after the    decimal point     Page 157 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    12 Uncertainty Coefficients    Uncertainty Coefficients  capitalised C  is a tool to store uncertainty coefficients  repeatability  coefficients and response concentration coefficients  in GCAS database so that you don t have to re   enter the same set of coefficients over and over again as they rarely change     Note    This module requires GCAS feature either Uncertainty Calculation or Uncertainty Trend to be included    in your licence        As seen at chapter 11 3 3  the coefficient input page on Uncertainty Calculator form has several links  related to Uncertainty Coefficients  This chapter explains about Uncertainty Coefficients form which is  the place to enter the uncertainty coefficient set     The term coefficient set refers to collection of uncertainty coefficients  a  b  c  d   two packages of them   repeatability and response concentration   of all gases  Every gas has their own coefficients and these  coefficients are bundled together into one coefficient set record in GCAS database     12 1 The Uncertainty Coefficients Form    Uncertainty Coefficients form is accessible from the View menu  gt  Uncertainty Coefficients  But  before that  you need to select the correct GC device from the device panel or recent device panel     Page 158 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    DEVICE NAME STATUS DATE OF TEST  Test3 Active 21 October 2014    Repe
344. or     isol ISO 6976 Calculator  Input composition Pressure and temperature  CE Mole Base pressure   everest composition 1 01325    bar he    Methane Combustion metering temperature         ofc   Orc w    Carbon dioxide  ual  gt  Calculate  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  Neopentane    i Pentane Output    n Pentane Compressibility  2mix   Hexane Calorific value  Heptane Molar mass composition  Wobbe index   Relative density    Standard density    0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0    Octane    Paste Reset    Use a mole composition record       The grid on the left is the mole composition input  Grey cells are not editable  This grid contains all 15  gases from methane to decane  including neopentane  If you are to enter the composition manually   be careful if your GC device does not read several gases  such as C6  devices do not have heptane  through decane   Some GC devices do not read neopentane as well  In such cases  set the composition  of unavailable gases to zero  More details about inputting composition are on chapter 19 2     At the top centre region of the form  set the base pressure and combustion metering temperature  pair  When all inputs are correct  click Calculate     Calculation results are displayed on the grid at the bottom region  In addition of five properties of ISO  6976 standard  the calculator also displays the compressibility factor  Z  of the input composition     19 2 Ways to Enter Composition    Input composition can come from a manual input  copy a
345. or RT chart   but not the  1 s  You can override this behaviour by starting GCAS Desktop with an additional   drawincompleteRFRT parameter     When you view an incomplete record  its response factor chart or retention time chart will display a  text annotation on top of itself  For example     Page 77 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Retention Time    Heptane Era BE Footprint   BS Calibration Data  Propane a28  i Butane    n Butane    neoPentane      1156    i Pentane ET Re   TANA Fe  Ts colibration does not include retention time data     n Pentane  Hexane ems  Nitrogen  Methane  CO   Ethane    2577    I3    0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350    Retention time  5     In the screenshot above  the calibration record does not have retention time data  You only see blue    bars  footprint   but red bars  calibration  are missing  Another example     Response Factor    20 000 000   _ 15 000 000  o   7  bin  a   r     a i j L  J r 7 r    10 000 000 The footprint does not include response factor data     La  Li  a  of   5 000 000       Nitrogen  COs  Ethane  Propane  i Butane  n butane  i Pentane  n Pentane  Hexane  Heptane    neoPentane    w     m   E   a               Footprint        Calibration data      the calibration record has RF data but its footprint does not  You only see red line  calibration  but  blue line  footprint  is missing  The chart displays annotation that the footprint does not have RF data     If you are on Calibration Data form  the annotation may
346. or specific selections  a fr  star indicates a footprint     Mark all records w  of this device  370XA DEMO1  as   4 multilevel calibrated RF w    Mark 24 Jun 2015 00 00  x   and  24 Jul 2015 10 02 G       of this device  370XA DEMO1  as   4 multilevel calibrated RF w    These records Select all    08 November 2014 13 35 Celei Gane    Mark 08 November 2014 13 28 Select latest 30 days    Select latest 30 records       Page 88 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Note    There is no Convert To feature for bulk operation because it may damage multiple records        7 11 4 MLC Constraints    We moved the explanation about concepts and application of MLC constraints to chapter 22 2  Most  of the time  users need not to worry about MLC constraints  However there is a slim chance the  default MLC constraints causes nonsensical RF values  such as 300 billions where it should be about 17  millions  In such cases  you may need to override the MLC constraints in order to get the correct    result  Read more on chapter 22 2 about MLC constraints     7 12 Printing    From an open Footprint or Calibration Data  go to the File menu on the main menu bar  Select Page  Setup to configure paper size and print orientation  Select Print Preview to get a preview or Print to  begin printing  Alternatively  the menu Print Preview and Print are also found inside the Action menu   The Quick Print menu immediately sends the footprint or calibration data to your default printer  according t
347. orary Database    Exit 1 Use Existing Temporary Database  Maintain Temporary Database    Sync Now       Work Offline Preferences    Do not open any forms or dialogue box while initialisation is in progress     Page 364 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14      Initialising      Creating tables     18 of 162 records copied       GCAS Desktop creates your temporary database located in the  installation directory   DB   WorkOffline your username  sdf  GCAS Desktop then synchronises all data from the main  database server since last month to your temporary database  That is  all data having timestamp  greater than today minus one month  On completion  the progress window displays the confirmation  message     fe Initialisation Completed    G  initialisation ts complete   You can work offline now        To change how much data to synchronise into temporary database  go to the File menu  gt  Work  Offline  gt  Work Offline Preferences  Change how many months of data to store on your temporary  database between 1 month and 24 months  2 years   then do a manual sync to enforce the change     Work Offline Preferences    Sync data in the temporary database fran     Storing too much data in the temporary  Treabesasateh  space and more time to finish a synchronisation process    _  Automatically sync to central database server when   go online  Automatically switch to temporary database if network connection is lost  Resume all modbus operations after a successful switchover  Do
348. ord  Using online record wins the record on your main database server and replaces the conflicting  record on your temporary database  On the opposite side  using offline record wins the record on  your temporary database and replaces the offending record on your main database server     Once you clicked the appropriate button  GCAS Desktop applies change to both databases and moves  on to the next conflict if any  To repeat your action whether using online record or offline record for a  particular database table  first tick Repeat my action for all conflicts on the same table and then  click the appropriate decision whether to Use online record or Use offline record  GCAS Desktop  applies the same action for all conflicts on the same database table in the queue  Eventually GCAS  Desktop may load a conflict of a different database table  GCAS Desktop will display both records and  ask you to review and decide an action again  At the end  when all the conflicts have been resolved   the dialogue closes automatically     Page 376 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Note    To leave all conflicts as they are  i e  to let the records be different between your main database and    your temporary database  close the Resolve Conflicts dialogue using the close  x  button on the title  bar  GCAS Desktop will ask you to resolve them later upon next sync operation        29 10 Login Form in Offline Mode    When you are working offline  you can also log out from GCAS as usua
349. osition  comment_calibration_certificate  comment_uncertainty_trend    SET DEVICE status_footprint    SI S S S Sy  S RY RT  RT  AT  RT  S A A A      HAO A A A A y E y e 8  1  81S  0  OO       5    ES    EST     1 R   CS R S   EST E   CS  E R   8  R   C81 E     81  E81     8  JOWK   181  0 S01 OOOO a    i    Define a new user role Cancel       Similar to menu permissions  tick the check box to grant permission or untick to revoke  Click Save to  enforce the change  If other GCAS users are currently logged in to GCAS database on other  computers  the change will take effect on their user accounts after they log out or exit GCAS Desktop     Page 342 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    28 Export Data    GCAS Desktop can export a portion of GCAS database into several file formats for further analysis  Go  to the File menu  gt  Export Data and the Export Wizard window shall appear  If you don t see this  menu  that means you do not have any GCAS feature related to data export in your GCAS licence     Change Database  Reconnect Database    Flush and Backup  Work Offline    Notification Log  Minimise to System Tray  Exit    es    erg Export data from GCAS database    Welcome to the export wizard  This wizard will help you to export data from GCAS  database to a file such as CSV spreadsheet or Microsoft SQL Compact database                       Previous Mex Cancel    The Export Wizard                    Note    If you are working offline  only the data available in your 
350. otprint     11 3 5 ISO 6976 Inputs    To be precise  ISO 6976 calculation requires four inputs     Page 151 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    1  Mole composition to use     here GCAS Desktop uses the selected calibration certificate as the  mole composition   Base pressure  The default is 1 atmosphere  101325 Pa  absolute    3  Base temperature  and   4  Combustion temperature     Many constants depends on the pair of combustion temperature and base temperature  The set of  constants for 0  C is different from the set of constants for 15  C  In order to keep things simple  GCAS  Desktop supports six pairs of combustion base temperature     e 0  C 0  C  e 15  C  0  C  combustion temperature   15  C  base temperature   0  C   e 25  C 0  C    e 15  C  15  C  e 20  C  20  C  e 25  C  20  C    Split numbers are a set of numbers to indicate the composition of components higher than the  device actually supports  For example  a C6  device reads methane  ethane  propane  butane  pentane   and hexane  denoted  C6     The plus sign at  C6   here indicates that higher C numbers such as C7  and C8 are merged into C6 because the device cannot read them  Split numbers are obtained through  lab testing and are expressed using the format n n  n  n      where n is a number  Sum of all numbers  should be 100  For example  a C6  device has split numbers on hexane as 60 30 10  This means mole  percentage of hexane is actually 60  of the current hexane  heptane is 30  of hexane  an
351. ou need to work with Microsoft Access databases or to export data to Microsoft Access  database  You would need a separate licence of Microsoft Office or Microsoft Access 2010 2013   or either the free Microsoft Access Database Engine 2010 or free Microsoft Access Runtime 2013   Get Microsoft Access Database Engine 2010 from hitp   www microsoft com en     us download details asox id 13255 or Microsoft Access Runtime 2013 from  http   www microsoft com en us download details aspx id 39358     Page 18 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    1 3 Supported GC Brands    GCAS Desktop is compatible with gas chromatograph devices which use thermoconductivity  detector  TCD  and use peak area formula to calculate response factor     For the time being  GCAS Desktop supports gas chromatograph manufactured by Daniel Industries  and ABB  GCAS Desktop is able to import files generated by these brands  We plan to broaden this list  in the future     If your GC device is neither Daniel nor ABB  consult our support team to find a workaround  For  instance  if your GC works in a similar manner as Daniel GCs only with slight differences  you can still  designate the device as Daniel GC in GCAS Desktop but the interpretation of the charts will be  different  As long as the device follows Modbus standard  automatic data capture should work without  problems     1 4 GCAS Licence and Activation    GCAS Desktop requires a valid GCAS licence to run  GCAS licence carries the information req
352. ough Test connection button  Make  sure you have your GCAS username and password registered in the desired GCAS database so you  can log in to GCAS Desktop later  When you click OK  GCAS Desktop asks you whether to switch it    now or later     OCAS will disconnect current database server and connect to the new  one        Click OK to proceed with the reconnection  All open forms will close  and you will lose any unsaved data        Click Cancel if you have unfinished work  GCAS will stay connected to  the current database server and you need to restart GCAS manually for  the change to take effect     Cancel       If you click OK  GCAS Desktop will     1   2   3   4    Unload all workspaces and devices from current database   Disconnect from current database    Connect to the new database  and finally   Load workspaces and devices from new database     Otherwise if you click Cancel  GCAS Desktop keeps connection to current database until you exit the    software     You can resume working afterwards if your credential  username and password  is exactly the same in  both databases  Otherwise  GCAS Desktop will log you out and you are prompted to log in again  using the correct credential     Your user account    admin    exists in 101 255 90 246  but your password in  this database is different  Please enter the correct password        Page 35 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    2 4 Change Database before Login    Starting from GCAS Desktop 1 7 3 0  login window d
353. pages below the grid   the converter form  reveals the Notes column and writes device tag name followed by record timestamps  These notes  help you differentiate which rows belong to which device in case you are converting bulk records from  multiple GC devices  or converting mixed data coming from manual entry  CSV file  and device     GCAS Desktop runs a validity check for invalid values such as negative RF  Should it find errors  the  problematic rows will display red exclamation mark on their headers and are highlighted in light red   GCAS Desktop also refuses to move onto next page unless the errors are fixed     Ultimately  click Next to move onto next page and you shall see GCAS Desktop is doing its job  performing ISO 10723 conversion  It may take a while if you are converting hundreds or thousands of  records  When the conversion is finished  you have options to Save as CSV  Export to Excel  or Copy  to Clipboard  The average row  if ticked in previous page  also appears in the conversion result at the  very top  However it is not the actual average of conversion results you see right now  it is simply the  MLC or single point conversion of the average value of all input rows before     Page 279 of 388    Nitrogen      FPO 553 873 73       Carbon dioxide    6 934  734 6927       6 934 s002 7242         8 934  309 35039         8 934  820 19995       GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    4 173 1375     314 144 3955     314 141 9645     41128157     m  7 r9  288 30059
354. panel above  Recent device list is persistent  that is  this list is preserved after you exit GCAS  Desktop and run it again the next time     4 2 3 Search Tool and Toolbar    There is a small toolbar under recent device panel  It has a search tool to help you find a device if you  have a lot of GC devices on your device panel  Type the device name and click   Search  When you  are in search mode  the recent device panel temporarily turns into search results panel  After you find    the device in the search result list  click the device to select it or click  2 Finish searching to close the  search tool     The toolbar also contains three more buttons     4  Hide recent devices Hides the recent device panel  Your main device panel fills the entire  sidebar     f Show recent devices If the recent device panel is hidden  this button brings it back visible   Gt Clear recent devices Clears your recent device list      Refresh devices Reloads all workspaces and GC devices on your device panel        4 2 4 Status Bar  Status bar at the bottom of the form hosts two elements  work offline indicator and status indicator     Work offline indicator appears if you have Work offline Capability included in your GCAS licence   The indicator displays one of these symbols     Page 51 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Icon   depending on network Text  medium   a GCAS is working online and is connected to database    a GCAS is working offline and is connected to temporary  ib wh 
355. pears     Import Data  Import Data   CSV  Import Data   Manual Entry  Set Status  Add Comment  Send to Correlation Calculator    E Print Preview  wm Print      50 10723 d  Flag bit in database  Single point RF   Mark As    or Convert To     Mark As     Bulk     View MLC Coefficients  Change MLC Constraints       Page 269 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Set constraints to filter out bad solutions   MILC to single point conversion only     Linear functions    y   a  bx    Linear functions have one real root  However if it is negative      Take absolute value  to make it positive  not recommended       Reject the solution and set the result RF to zero     Quadratic functions    y   a  bx   ox   sie dacs Quadratic functions may have twa  one  or no real roots  GCAS will always reject any imaginary  c  s root and negative real root  However if both roots are positive        Use the smallest one       Use the largest one    Cubic functions    y   a   bx   cx      dx    Cubic functions may have one  two  or three real roots  GCAS will always reject any imaginary  root and negative real root  However if there are multiple positive roots     _  Use the smallest one        Use the largest one       Use the one that yields result RF inside this range        Use the one that yields result RF inside or closest to this range        Make changes as necessary  In this screenshot example  we are changing the cubic constraint as well  as changing the target RF value range  Whe
356. pen Correlation Calculator  go to the Tools menu  gt  Correlation Calculator  Correlation  Calculator can also be opened through Send to shortcut  such as from Footprint or Calibration Data or  from Data Analysis  This Correlation Calculator form has three sections which are data input section   data table section  and chart section     Correlation Calculator    D ata Add entry  input   S  section  RF     RF MW Calculator Any X    Calculator    Molecular weight Response factor    Data  table       This calculator has two modes  named RF MW Calculator and Any X Y Calculator  The first mode  calculates the correlation value for the given pairs of RF  response factor  and MW  molecular weight    On the other side  Any X Y Calculator computes the correlation value for the given pairs of arbitrary X  and Y values  Use this mode if you need the X axis to be something other than the logarithm of    molecular weight     The active tab on the data table section indicates current active mode  Switch tab to change mode     Page 219 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    18 2 RF MW Calculator    Switch to RF MW Calculator tab on the data table section  This would change the data entry section to  the screenshot below     Add entry  MW   w    Add a new entry by selecting the desired gas from the MW  molecular weight  dropdown  and type its  response factor value in the RF text box  Click   Add to insert this entry into data table  This entry is  also graphed on the chart immedia
357. plete uncertainty calculation has asterisk  symbol on it  For example  the dashboard tile displays U CV      0 12063     By default  dashboard tiles turn red if their combined expanded uncertainty exceeds 0 2   You can  change this threshold or the uncertainty type  absolute or combined expanded  at the rules tab     16 1 1 3 Date of last calibration    Date of last calibration record indicates how long time has passed since GC was last calibrated  On    dashboard tiles  date of last calibration has          calibration data icon  If last calibration was marked as    footprint  it has T footprint icon     By default  the dashboard tile should ve turned red if date of last calibration is older than 3 days   However due to various calibration policy among groups or platforms  this rule is turned off  To  change the threshold  i e  how many days to make it red  and turn on the rule  go to rules tab   Furthermore you can override the rule for date of last calibration at per workspace and per device  level  Visit chapter 16 2 Overriding Rules for more information     16 1 1 4 Date of last mole composition    Date of last mole composition shows the timestamp of latest mole composition record  among all    streams   On dashboard tiles  date of last mole composition has    mole composition icon     Date of last mole composition is useful to monitor the connectivity between your GC device and GCAS  Desktop running in another computer next to the GC device  Should a problem occurred an
358. r 8  Data Analysis is on chapter 10   and Mole Composition Comparison is on chapter 17     Page 288 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    23 Lag Time    Lag time is the total time of gas stream measured from the time it is sampled at the main pipeline to  the time it exits the detector of your GC  After leaving the sample probe  the gas enters pressure  letdown system to have its pressure reduced in order to be safe for the GC  The pressure letdown  system is series of regulators  heating elements  and pipes with different diameter and length  which  affect the travel time  Not to mention the GC device itself has a predefined cycle time and analysis  time  Therefore when the gas finally reaches the detector within GC  it is not the same gas travelling  inside main pipeline at the same exact moment  It can range from several minutes to few hours    behind the pipeline     Bypass flow         t       Heat tracing  i        Analysers  Th    A i Heated regulator    Pressure Let Down System J  Heated plate L    Sample flow  Pipeline        Typical pressure letdown systems          Heat tracing    Fi            Lag time is used by spot samples  Its main purpose is to shift the date and time of the spot sample  record  Spot sample values are then compared to the nearest mole composition data at the  timestamp of spot sample plus lag time  Without lag time taken into account  spot sample will  precede the mole composition record by several minutes to few hours ahead  makin
359. r decane C10  drag them to the trash bin icon  and they will move to the unused gases  pink  area  Drag gases out of the pink area back into the  green area to reuse them if necessary     Page 285 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Or import from CSV file   Or use data from a device  E OneDrive i Vigilant  CSV import test Tes MLC MC csv Browse a Import       This CSV file follows standard GCAS CSV template        This CSV file has data starts at column  1  A  w  row   1 having gas order of       Finally  click Import  GCAS Desktop reads your CSV file and appends data into new rows  Existing rows  are not affected  Also the converter form reveals an additional column named Notes and writes the  CSV file name followed by row number     For data import from a GC device  select the device followed by the desired date time range and the  stream number  Click Import and GCAS Desktop will query GCAS database to get these records     Or import from CSV file   Or use data from a device  Import MC data from this device From  23 July 2015 00 00 B     To 30 July 2015 13 08  alr    Stream    hy     t Import       The converter form reveals the Notes column and writes device tag name followed by record  timestamps  These notes helps you differentiate which rows belong to which device in case you are  converting bulk records from multiple GC devices  or converting mixed data coming from manual  entry  CSV file  and device     GCAS Desktop runs a validity check for invalid valu
360. rcentage plus minus range be calculated  This plus minus range will affect  the final U repeatability value     e Assume universal range  Every gas  component  uses the same range  This is the most  inaccurate option but provides a fail safe estimate if you do not have sufficient data in Mole    Composition module   e Set individual range  Each gas  component  has its own plus minus range and is       independent from one another  This option has better accuracy compared to the universal  range    e Manual range  You will type the minimum mole percentage and maximum mole percentage  directly at WRM RF page later  Accuracy depends on these values  Use this option if you want  to test some unexpected numbers    e Use  2 standard deviation of mole composition  The plus minus range is taken from this  standard deviation        Methane MC Trend  Stream  1     90 5000 Mean   2 stg dev  90 2500  2 std dev  Methane MC  90 2000  90 1500  90 1000  90 0500       06 Jun 08 Jun 10 Jun 12 Jun 14 Jun 16 Jun 18 Jun 20 Jun 22 Jun  2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014             of mole composition records within the given period  This option provides the best accuracy     Page 149 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Balanced gas option keeps your mole percentage low limit and high limit at 100   This option is  turned on by default and you can designate which one as the balanced gas  Typically  methane is the  balanced gas because it is the largest component in the mixtu
361. re and outnumbers other gases many  times  To turn off this behaviour  untick Balanced gas check box     Two tables below illustrate how the calculation will go if balanced gas option is turned off  top  and  turned on  bottom   In this example  balanced gas is methane and a universal plus minus range 15  Is  enforced     Component Mole percentages   Mole percentages   Mole percentages  enn  sicewae ise  ie    Tow   osassos  aaszaz  1143545    Balanced gas option is turned off     Component Mole percentages   Mole percentages   Mole percentages  a  ose ee    Balanced gas option is turned on for methane  While other gases follow  15  range  methane ts          calculated by 100     sum of the others     However if you choose another gas which has relatively small percentage as the balanced gas and it  causes plus minus range to fall onto negative number  GCAS Desktop replaces the negative    Page 150 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    percentage with zero and thus their summation is not guaranteed to be 100   Always choose the  component with largest percentage as the balanced gas     11 3 4   Uncertainty from GC Reproducibility    Uncertainty Calculator  Test3    Uncertainty from GC reproducibility    3 Linearity a    L Mole percentage ra        z    a E   Change footprint  a Uncertainty from GC     50 6976 inputs Include calibration data      Until GCAS bumps into next footprint      CALCULATIONS    Uncertainty of calibrati      WRM RF and standard eae    31 Ju
362. re to stop GC connection temporarily and restart it immediately  or with delay when GCAS Desktop encounters certain error codes  To turn on this feature  give a check  mark on Restart GC connection if these errors are encountered during poll  This feature is already  turned on by default for error codes 0x00000002 Illegal state error  Ox00000044 TCP IP connection  error  and 0x00000045 TCP IP connection was closed by remote peer  When GCAS Desktop encounters  any of these three error codes  it will trigger a connection restart     Restart GC connection if these errors are encountered during poll     CxDQO000002   Illegal state error  On00000044   TCP IP connection error    Ox00000045   TCP IP connection was closed by remote peer       Removefrom list Clear selection  Or add another error code  iy  dd    lf connection restart failed  wait   minute      before another    restart attempt  and stop retrying after  30 w  attempts     Page 324 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To remove an error code from the trigger list  highlight the error code and click Remove from list   The next link Clear selection deselects any selected items     To add an error code to this trigger list  choose one from the dropdown or type the error code in  hexadecimal number  for example 0x00000084  then click Add     When GCAS Desktop restarts a connection  it stops the connection and restarts it immediately   However  there are chances that the first restart will still fail  If you want
363. read has started    Connected to GC    Operation was successful  new data recemed     Record commit succeeded     To save the error log  click ll Save  Connection log is saved in a CSV format  However  this button will    save the filtered log  as only displayed items are saved  To save the entire log inclucing those hidden    items  open the small drop down menu near the Save button and select Save Entire Log     Page 321 of 388    ee     Ly Lod  A Srii    ld m mT Show  hide T  Save Filtered Log  Save Entire Log    06 Oct 2014    06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014  06 Oct 2014    Ae Pit WA    n Le pi g    Pes t3    12 13 32  12 13 36  12 1 16  12 15 19  T21 19  12 1x24  12 1 x24  12 13 24  12 13 24  12 1 48  12 13 48  12 16 58  12 16 58  1  17 07    12 17 07  12 17 07    17 1 File    l   A  Poll   Poll  Information  Information  Information  Information  Information  Information  Poll  Commit  Poll  Commit  Poll  Information    Information    I mek es Sree    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Connected to GC    000000000 Operation was successful  new data receiwed   000000000 Operation was successful  new data recemved   User stopped the connection to GC    Disconnected from GC    Attempting to connect to GC    This is unattended data capture  Starting a record commit background thread   The record commit background thread has
364. ream Registers        F  Add stream    Click Add stream button to define a new   stream  This brings forth another dialogue  see   Stream number     Mark as MLC left  where you can define gas names and their   Register addresses  register addresses  Also remember that each gas  TE v    a consumes two Modbus registers on 16 bit   mode  but only one for each on 32 bit mode    Propane ol   i Butane The last register address is reserved for     unnormalised total  This is the sum of raw data   n Butane   read by GC device  for some devices may   Lapeer automatically normalise mole composition    i Pentane values so they add up to exact 100      n Pentane        Does your GC device not provide unnormalised    Nitrogen total data  Visit chapter 25 1 5 for a workaround     Methane  Users with GCAS feature  SO 10723 in their    licences shall see an additional check box near  Ethane x the top right corner named Mark as MLC  This  EE E E check box controls whether the incoming    Carbon dioxide    composition data on this stream should be  marked as multilevel calibrated or not  Rewind    Cancel    to chapter 8 10 to read more about multilevel        calibrated composition     Page 304 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    After you click OK  the new stream appears on the list  In this Live data analysis   example  it displays 40 65 because we use standard 16 bit Registered mole composition  Modbus thus register 64  unnormalised total  actually uses address _Stf   ams    64
365. record which is using the MLC coefficient set in question  Then open  Action menu  select ISO 10723 and then Change MLC Constraints  The menu brings the MLC  Conversion Constraints  MC  dialogue     Page 271 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Action  28  Spot Sampling  Import Data   CSV  Set Status     Set Status     Bulk   Send to ISO 6976 Calculator  Add Comment    Normalisation Scale   Flag bit in database  Single point MC   Mark As    or Convert To     Mark As     Bulk     View MLC Coefficients  l   View Associated RF    Change MLC Constraints    ee  MLC Conversion Constraints  MC     Set constraints to filter out bad solutions   MLC to single point conversion only     Linear functions    y  a   bx    Linear functions have one real root  However if it is negative    _  Take  absolute value  to make it positive  not recommended         Reject the solution and set the result RF to zero     Quadratic functions   y   a   bx   cx       aaa Quadratic functions may have two  one  or no real roots  GCAS will always reject any imaginary  seca root and negative real root  However if both roots are positive        Use the smallest one   C  Use the largest one   Cubic functions   y   a   bx   cx    dx     Cubic functions may have one  two  or three real roots  GCAS will always reject any imaginary  root and negative real root  However if there are multiple positive roots         Use the smallest one      Use the middle one if there are three  or smallest if there are tw
366. rend Comparison form is locked to your comparison list only  To reset  the form  click Reset and reload device list     Page 213 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Choose a gas and date range Add devices to list Select stream to compare Start graphing  Gas to compare  JE ISO 10723 sample i Show    Device tag   Stream   MLC     BrE Test ai goni  z BPE  Test7        14 June 2015 22 00  lr       15 June 20150830 Er    Collapse all    Device Stream                Set properties and range  ISO 6976 output to compare   23 From  To   15 Jun 2015 B     Base pressure     Combustion metering temperature  y Expand all  E    E r ala e  This form is locked to 3 comparison entries  Reset and reload dewice list W Tx A x   N       CV comparison  MJ m   Device Stream       Send to ISO 6976 Trend Comparison button transmits the entire plot range  To compare ISO  6976 trends for a limited range  switch Mole Composition Comparison form to selection mode and  use the right click menu Send to ISO 6976 Trend Comparison as illustrated in chapter 17 3 8     Page 214 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    17 3 8 Selection Mode Menus    These menus are available if the form is in selection mode and there is a selection area  Unlike Data  Analysis  Mole Composition Comparison requires the selection area to be contiguous  that is  no  record  dots on chart  jumping out from selection rectangle then return back inside  If your selection  area is not contiguous  GCAS Desktop will al
367. rites all five ISO 6976 outputs to Microsoft Excel worksheet   both current ISO 6976  trend and previous ISO 6976 trend values  If there is no previous chart graphed before  previous ISO  6976 trend values are all blanks  No worries  you can export to Microsoft Excel even if current ISO  6976 trend chart has a different date time range than the previous chart                    H 9  Sheet   Excel   GB   Sa  x  HOME INSERT PAGE LAYOUT FORMULAS DATA REVIEW VIEW TEAM Yusuf Adriansyah   g    I amp i  i ob Cut Calibri  Ju 3   I  Ee Wrap Text General 12 y  ey em   i 2 AutoSum   A  m fe saat a pp   Pr     m z  j    te     0  00 a as as en a ae Format vag a a  W Format Painter a a a eee oe Formattingy Tabley Styles   7 7    Clear Filter   Select    Clipboard le Font 5 Alignment iP  Number E Styles Cells Editing A  F8 7  i   gt  f single point v  A B  E D E F G H l J K a   1  2 Device  Test8  3 Plot range  13 May 2015 13 50 16 Sep 2015 13 50  4  Previous plot range 13 May 2015 13 50 16Sep 2015 13 50  5  Stream  2 Previous stream  2  6  Base pressure  1 atm Previous base pres  1 atm  7  Comb  met  tempei 15  C   15  C Previous comb  me 15  C   15  C  8 liso 10723  multilevel calibrated Previous ISO 10723  single point    9  10 Timestamp Calorific Value  MJ m   Molecular Weight Sum  g mol  Wobbe Index Relative Density Specific Gravity Standard Density  kg m    11 Current Previous Current Previous Current Previous Current Previous Current Previous  12   14 May 2015 06 00 40 92506136 40 9
368. rk Offline    Automatic Flush and Backup Preferences    ERE Last Flush and Backup Status  Notification Log    Minimise to System Tray  Exit    Automatic Database Flush and Backup    H 4 Flush the database into hard disk drive periodically  recommended     Cs Flush every  1 0    hour    Backup database file after flushing  C  GCAS DB Backup        Create monthly subfolders  eg  C GCAS DE Backup 2014  December     _   Append  backup  at the end of destination file name     Notify me if backup failed    Backup file name   O Keep original file name  overwrite previous backup file   O  Append number   e g  Training data 2 l sdf  Training data 2 Asdf  Training data 2 3          Append date  overwrite previous backup on the same day    e g  Training data 2 2014 12 11 sdf  Training data 2 2014  12 T2 sd      D  Append timestamp    e g  Training data 2 2014 12 11 15 2  sdf  Training data 2  2014  12 11  15 285         Page 41 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To turn off automatic flush  uncheck Flush the database into hard disk drive periodically  All other  options will be turned off     Set the desired flush interval at Flush every field  You can choose between 0 5 hours  every 30  minutes  and 168 hours  one week   The default is one hour     To turn on automatic backup  check Backup database file after flushing and set the desired backup  directory  The backup directory can be on an internal hard disk of the same PC  an external hard disk   a USB thumb drive  or at
369. rk Offline Preferences       This will delete your temporary database file  You cannot work offline until you set up a new  temporary database or open an existing backup     Page 381 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    30 Diagnostic and Maintenance    This chapter attempts to assist you in case of errors and malfunctions of GCAS Desktop     30 1 Diagnostic Mode    On a rare occasions of malfunctions such as exceptions  unhandled exceptions  crashes  or wrong  calculations  you can run GCAS Desktop in diagnostic mode to collect additional information about the  reason for the malfunction to happen  On diagnostic mode  GCAS Desktop displays an additional  window that acts like a debugger output window  When you report a bug to us  this diagnostic log  helps us a lot in order to resolve the problem     Start GCAS Desktop with an additional parameter  enablediagnostic to activate diagnostic mode   Formerly it was   enablediagnostics   with an incorrect  s  at the end of word   now it is    enablediagnostic            ype the name of a program  folder  document or Internet  resource  and Windows will open it for you     Cancel       The diagnostic window looks like a console  GCAS Desktop runs normally alongside this window and  you can use the software as usual     Page 382 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       eC GCAS Desktop Diagnostics     11 Aug 15 10 27 04  Login form  ReadXMLRememberMe  Dictionary contains 2 entries     11 Aug 15 1  4  Login form 
370. ro  the equation becomes  y  a   bx which is linear  Linear functions are guaranteed to  have one root  however it can be negative     Linear constraint tells GCAS Desktop to disregard the negative  root  then set x into zero   or to take absolute value in order to  make the x positive  The default is to reject  disregard  negative  root     Quadratic constraint    If the coefficient d is zero  the equation becomes   y  a   bx      which is quadratic  Quadratic functions may  have two real roots  one real root  or no real roots at all   solution is imaginary root      GCAS Desktop always disregards imaginary root and sets x to  zero  as well as any real roots which are negative  But in cases  of one or two positive roots  quadratic constraint tells GCAS  Desktop to use either the smallest positive or largest positive   The default is to use the smallest positive     Cubic constraint    If all the coefficients are non zero  the equation is cubic  Cubic  functions may have one real root    2 imaginaries   two real  roots  or three real roots  Even though every possibility  contains real roots  the roots may be negative  GCAS Desktop  always rejects negative real roots  That leaves the positive ones   which are subject to the constraints described below  One  exception  if all roots are negative  GCAS Desktop sets the x  into zero     GCAS Desktop has different cubic constraint depending what  type of record is being converted  For response factor  GCAS  Desktop offers four choi
371. roducibility  Similar to calibration  certificate parameter  there are two options here  Reset reference at each footprint  or pin a particular  footprint for all data  The default is reset reference at each footprint  as illustrated by the timeline    below     Page 169 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Footprint Footprint Footprint  1 May 2014 7 September 2014 20 December 2014  v v v  f l I  i    PAA EAEE EEEE SO RR ESEA a a a a at a a a a aac Gn al oe a ce a a EEE  AA a a a a a oR a oR a  A a ee C eee        A A    Plot range start Plot range end  23 July 2014 31 December 2014  This region This region This region  Reference  Reference  Reference   1 May 2014 7 September 2014 20 Dec 2014    Sometimes users want to test how the uncertainty trend would turn out using several different  footprints  Select the second option  then click Change to select the footprint     Time    November 2014 1 amp 1327  08 November 2014 09 08 21  07 November 2014 11 35 58  21 October 2014 15 04 17  20 October 2014 15 43 49          Filter Options        List all footprints Entries per page   30        _  List footprints between  08 Jun 2014 and Sort     Newest to oldest  1  Dec 2014  O Oldest to newest       The footprint selected through this dialogue box is used to calculate Ureproducibility Of all data in the plot  range  regardless of the timestamp of the footprint   even if the footprint occurs after the plot range  ends     Page 170 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev
372. rpose only  When there are multiple ISO 6976  Calculators open at the same time  add a text description to each of them hence you can easily    identify which is which     ISO 69 6 Calculator  Input composition Pressure and temperature  Mole Base pressure     Gas name composition 1 01325    bar w    Methane 48 541991 Combustion metering temperature     Nitrogen 1 147607 oc  orc W  Carbon dioxide 2 894801    Ethane 16 107826   Calculate    Propane 20 324256   l Butane 3 488935   n Butane 5 637047   Neopentane 0   i Pentane 0 925426 Value Unit  n Pentane 0 772428 Compressibility  Zmix    Hexane ili Calorific value 66 0688353252   MJ m   Heptane 0 025707 Molar mass composition 29 8586515292   g mol  oi Wobbe index 64 788853744   Relative density 1 0399027083    Paste Reset  Standard density 1 3445139498   kg m     Use a mole composition record of  Test       Open the Action menu and select Show Description Box  This reveals a text box above the output  section of the form  Enter any description to this text box  To hide this text box  open the Action menu    and clear the check mark on Show Description Box     Action  Show Description Box    Compare to    Detach from Main Window       Description text is used when you are switching windows through the Window menu on the main  menu bar  and when you are comparing two ISO 6976 Calculators  GCAS Desktop automatically fills  the description text for cases where ISO 6976 Calculator is opened through a Send to shortcut from    Data An
373. rrently installed  licence with a new one  Cannot be combined with  revoke  parameter  Recommended to combine  install with  regkey  parameter so that you install the licence and registration key in one    go     Installs the specified registration key  or replaces current registration  key with a new one  Cannot be combined with  revoke parameter     Uninstalls the current licence and registration key from your  computer  Cannot be combined with  install nor  regkey     Deactivating your GCAS Desktop software does not automatically  increase your activation count in case you bought licences for  multiple computers  Contact us to migrate your licence along with    Page 387 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    attaching the screenshot of command prompt window as a proof of  deactivation      silent   Do not display any message boxes or confirmation messages   Combine this switch with  install   regkey  or  revoke     Note    GCAS Activator  GCASActivate exe  requires elevation  Run GCASActivate exe onan elevated    command prompt  run as administrator  to use the commands above          End of Document      Page 388 of 388    
374. rt data from GCAS database    Choose what kind of data to export and the date range     f TEF Range  Footprints  amp  calibration data    Mole compositions From  26 Juy 205 B    _  Calibration certificates     Uncertainty coefficients   Multilevel calibration coefficients   C  Lag time data  _  Also include records marked as inactive        Comments    10 August 2015       Beiow    Be       Unlike other export modules  you don t set the destination file  Review the export parameters and click    Next to continue           erg Export data from GCAS database    Review that all of these are correct  and click Next to begin the export operation     Export type   Copy to Excel   GC devices to export   devices  show    Data to export   RF RT  mole composition   Date range   01 September 2013 to 31 January 2014    Include inactive records   No  Destination file  gt  N A       Page 350 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    GCAS Desktop commences the export operation  On this screen you should see a new window of  Microsoft Excel opens  possibly minimised in background   If you switch to that Microsoft Excel  window  you see GCAS data is being written to the worksheet      O Export data from GCAS database    Export operation is in progress     Counting records is complete   24 records were queued for export        Previous       For large number of records  the process may take a prolonged time  Do not close Microsoft Excel  until GCAS Desktop displays the final wizard page
375. rt is cached  If you change a parameter the third time  first    chart graphed is lost when you click    Refresh     20 7 Zoom Mode and Selection Mode    These radio buttons control whether ISO 6976 Trend form is in zoom mode or in selection mode     Data source and options    Plot from  15 Jun 2015 09 41  gle   to 115 Jun 2015 13 41  lr  Records to plot  96    ISO 10723 conversion    Convert to single point w    Compare both   _  Display mean and 2 standard deviations          In zoom mode  drag a rectangle on a region you would like to zoom     Page 239 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14          CV Trend    160 00     cy  140 00  120 00  100 00  80 00  60 00        a    40 00  15 Jun 15 Jun 15 Jun 16 Jun 16 Jun  12 00 16 00 20 00 00 00 04 00             CV Trend         CV    109 8714  89 8714    69 8714          Pan the chart using the provided scroll bars  Drag another rectangle to zoom in further  To zoom out  one step  click on the circled minus button    on both scroll bars  To zoom all out  simply press the  button on your keyboard or right click on the chart and select Zoom All Out submenu     In selection mode  drag a rectangle to create a selection area  Right click the chart and you see several  menus are now available  Chapter 20 8 Selection Mode Menus will explain the function of each menu     To clear selection area  right click the chart and select   Clear Selection Area         Chat   Comments                                                       
376. s 10 August 2015 B7     Uncertainty coefficients    Multilevel calibration coefficients   C  Lag time data  _  Also include records marked as inactive        Comments       Beiow    Be       Set the destination Access database file     t G  Export data from GCAS database    Set the destination file     Change file C Usersiryang_000 Desktopi Export 2014 02 06 accdb       Page 354 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Review the export settings  then click Next to begin the export process       gt     erg Export data from GCAS database    Review that all of these are correct  and click Next to begin the export operation     Export type   Export to M  Access   GC devices to export   3 devices  show    Data to export   RFE RT  mole composition   Date range   01 September 2013 to 31 January 2014   Include inactive records   No   Destination file  gt  C Users ryang_000 Desktop  Export 2014 02 00 accdb       Beiow    Be       GCAS Desktop commences the export operation     I D  wen    Export data from GCAS database    Export operation is in progress     Counting records     10 records found       Previous       Page 355 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    This wizard page confirms that the export has been successful  You can now open the ACCDB file     erg Export data from GCAS database     gt       The export was successful  Click Finish to exit the wizard    note  Stream number negative one   1  indicates a spot sample     show the file in File Explorer    
377. s 67  1 4 1 CONDO e a E E TE EE EET E E E O EET 68  1 4 2 GaV IDO a A Ne ron URE nt TMC E an MNT aET Can TeaC Pen TT 70  74 3 ManU   Sl das a Aeron ve ee nren tei me mney ener ery ae ere ere E ere vee ner et rer eee eee oe tree ey tee Sever reer 72   i Change  RECO Fag aN Stat Seegen enar en vet miaa erst tetauciace OS 75  7 5 1 Change RECOra Fagre O T S 75  7 5 2 AOE a es ge Oe ACE Maret RPE REE CT Ie Me sen ar ean aT IS ree 76   7 6 Incomplete Footprint or Calibration Data acca ceneess ee ci ees ee ee 7     Page 4 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    7 1 ZOOM and Scroll   RE Chart ONY ee hele ee Se ede 79  7 8 CERERE E a aN T E EE A EE EAE E OE 81  7 9 NPS STU COMMEN ouaa a E E ETE 82  LAO     Send to Coreldtion Calculator niise eieae EER EE AEE AE REER 83  7 11 Miultiievel Galibrated  RE  ISO  10723 arne A aot clade 84  fb es MECHI Bitroaireneeacne n ero eee reer eee Cee 86  LI  MakAs Versus CONV Gil    setecectcteceratetetustaiccearieettetet titan EE ain R REE 86  7 11 3 Change MLC Flag Bit  Multiple Records     essssessssssessesssessesssesesssessesssessssssessessseesessseesessseesesssess 88  Yala ee 1 Bs Ging io ac   1g cy nee ene etn mmm eee ne ene ne i uve mnnE ea ROPE Oi bo VEEN a 89  MeN LP GANMINN Mss sec R eect ccc ek aaa aa A A T 89   amp  M  lle COMPOSICION aiccsdeececedestscecl eects veesbctesteaseeevensbctesteaevesstestctesteasieesteeletentuasseestneletesteacteentueleeieasees 90  8 1 TheMole Compos On FOr 8 peeneeere mnt tee tetera mn E Tete ere re 
378. s oer ctn a a 112  9 3 Mputa NEW E ENIC E eee rte ee ne nr Pe 113  9 4 Edita COMIC AC tecea street aia ore ieeette E EE ORETTE OTER 115    Page 5 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    9 5 Change Cerificate Stata xictsn as n oaaae a 116  9 6 Change k Number  Coverage Factor           sssesssessssesssesssessseesssrossresseesseesssrossresseesseeossrossresseesseeossrossresseesseess 117  9 7 WPS OTIS OMG anan na T E N T heater  118  9 8 send ta l506976 Calc WatOY sorron ennie RR E EENEN 119  10 Dat AHalySiS reni E E S tecetes steve tesstevesecetceice 120  OGY    TAG II QEG AIG SUS  FOTN iaren EI ATO OA IE IO EEO 120  10 2 Parameters  Chart Types  and Components uu    esessssessesesessesesesessessseseseseseseessseceseesesessesestseseeeeseseens 120  LO RAIOLO S e A aeacde 121  WO2 2  CUA Ty OCS a E E E E 121  1O25  COMPONEN oa a enna namie dane nanalemiat 124  10 3   Date anad  Time Range  PlOWRANGC  esscosicisicreniiiii aia E EEA 126  10 4 Mean and Standard DeviationS           s   sssossoesssessessssessseossessseesseessseossresseesssrosseossresseessseossrossresseesseeossrossresss 127  10 5 Zoom Mode and Selection Mode 2 0    esesssssssesssessesssessessssesesssecsessscsssssscsessseesesssseseseseeseseseeseseseesessssessees 130  TOS CACAK Cc     aE a NE E E E E E E E E A 132  IOF    Save orCopy the Charl rsa vicina etree se A ia adele fawitevidhendiendinnes 133  T08   COIOUMBINAG ASSIS CAIN CC cee edad ar e da cet ack deleted cecil sad tas led elses das us dal barnes 134  
379. s with ISO 10723 feature included in GCAS licence     Users without ISO 10723 feature will not see features related to multilevel calibration  MLC      As mole composition data may come from multiple streams  the stream number is displayed on top of    the pie chart  Some GC designates stream 1 as the calibration stream and stream 2 as process stream     while some others specify stream numbers the other way round  GCAS Desktop can also handle GC    devices with more than two streams  the appropriate stream number is always there on top of the pie    chart     Remove mode check box will hide the mode  Latin  modus  from the pie chart  That is  the datum with    highest value among other data  For example  if you have methane composition at 90   it would be    difficult to see other gases cramped in the remaining 10   Ticking this option will hide methane from    the pie chart     Show legend toggles show or hide the legend of pie chart     High precision causes the form to show all numbers in 8 digit decimals instead of four digits  If you    see some rounding errors  that is because GCAS uses 32 bit floating point for mole composition data    to save database space     Colourblind assist  To aid users with colour blindness  protanopia and deuteranopia   GCAS Desktop    provides an alternative colour scheme for the pie chart     Page 91 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Show unnormalised reveals third column in grid view  the unnormalised composition  If you ha
380. scellaneous    Threshold value   0 200         Include standard calc uncertainty 0 05     This section sets the threshold line on the chart  The default is 0 2   When the uncertainty chart line  crosses the threshold line  it is recommended to perform a preventive maintenance on your GC     The checkbox include standard calculation uncertainty 0 05  controls whether ISO 6976 standard  measurement error of 0 05   or 0 1  at k   2  should be included in the final calculation of each data    point in the chart  By default  this check box is ticked     13 3 Uncertainty Trend Chart    Once you set all the required parameters  click Start graphing at the bottom of the form  Uncertainty  Trend form switches to chart page and begins the calculation     Uncertainty Trend  DEMO1    Show  ucv LJ uimw  O uiw O use  LJ Uio    U CV  Trend   DEMO1           Threshold    U      lt 6 a om           3 a s E  os O es i     ss E        15 00 15 30 16 00 16 30    O O Pause         Stop  Eso     Calculation in progress           Note    Uncertainty calculation is slow because it loads many different data from database  Moreover   uncertainty trend calculation is a sequence of many uncertainty calculations  Depending on how wide  your plot range and how many calibration records inside the plot range  one trend calculation may    Page 176 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    take from few seconds to ten minutes or even more  Fast CPU and good network connection between  your computer and
381. sed by network disruption  GCAS Desktop will never ping    the database server if you intentionally switched into offline mode as described in chapter 29 3 Going  Offline        Page 372 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Work Offline Preferences    Sync data in the temporary database fromthe last   H    months       Stonng too much data in the temporary database will take more disk  space and more time to finish a synchronisation process    _  Automatically sync to central database server when   go online  Automatically switch to temporary database if network connection is lost  Resume all modbus operations after a successful switchover  Do a periodic check if GCAS can return online every   3 S  minutes  And if GLAS can return online       Notify me   D  Automatically switch back to central database       Remember current state  offline online  for next time GCAS is launched         First  automatic switch on network problem must be checked  Next  tick Do a periodic check if GCAS  can return online and set the desired interval  You can choose ping interval from every single minute  to every one hour     And if GCAS Desktop can return online  choose one of the available sub options     a  Notify me  GCAS displays a panel notification at the bottom of the main user interface saying  you can return online  Pick the appropriate decision whether to go online or stay offline       E              l   GCAS detected the network connection has been restored  Would you li
382. see only three  resize the form so that it becomes larger to the  right side  Unattended mode options may not be visible if your screen resolution is 1024x768     There are two grids at the lower part of the form  one for calibration parameters and one for mole  composition  If you only see the grid for calibration parameters  it means you do not have GCAS  feature Live Data Analysis included in your licence     To expand the grids and hide the options panel  click the cy Expand button  On the opposite  to  restore the options panel you would click 5 Collapse button   25 2 2 Connection Settings    This section configures the connection medium between your computer and your GC device  GCAS  Desktop supports two media  serial cable RS 232 and Ethernet  or Wi Fi  if your GC device supports it      Page 311 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14       Connection settings Connection settings  Serial cable Ethernet   Serial cable   Ethernet  Serial port  COMI v  IP address              Baud rate 19200 W Port   502    Data bits  Stop bit  Parity     g        None    To use serial cable connection  you need a GCAS feature Modbus over serial to be included in your  GCAS licence  Similarly to use Ethernet cable  you need a GCAS feature Modbus over TCP     For serial cable connection  enter the appropriate COM port where the cable plugs to  followed by the  baud rate  data bits  stop bit s   and parity bit  These configuration should match the same  configuration as your GC devic
383. select Import Data   Manual Entry  This menu displays the Manual Data  Entry form  If you do not see this menu  your GCAS user account may not have the action permission  for manual entry or your GCAS licence does not include Manual Data Entry  Contact your GCAS  administrator     Action    Import Data  Import Data   CSV    Set Status   Add Comment   Send to Correlation Calculator  Print Preview   Print       IS0 10723       Page 72 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    i Manual Data Entry    Device  Test4    Footprint timestamp          June 2014 B   l09 03 27   Ee opoe    Have Response Factor Have Retention Time  Response factor walues Retention time gas order      are readily available O Follow RF gas order   D are inverse of these values     Use default sort order       are calculated from peak area    Methane LF   Heptane  Nitrogen   Propane  CO  AF   i Butane  Ethane F  n Butane  Propane AF   Neopentane  i Butane RF   i Pentane  n Butane   n Pentane  Neopentane RF  Hexane  i Pentane RF   Nitrogen    n Pentane KF   Methane  na    Always double check for typing errors before clickim Save Cancel  ay typing g       First things first  set the footprint or calibration timestamp accordingly  Next you can begin entering    RF and RT values in the available input fields     If your footprint or calibration data does not have retention time data  untick Have Retention Time   This will disable all RT input fields  Similarly  if you do not wish to enter RF values  untic
384. ses an error code     We make a distinction between error codes and exceptions  Error code indicates an error in the   Modbus protocol communication  The cause may be the computer  the GC device  or the medium  between computer and GC device  Exception  by definition in technical term  is an error caused by  problems inside GCAS Desktop itself and not your GC device  Both error codes and exceptions are    logged in the connection log     25 3 1 About Error Codes    If there was error in Modbus protocol communication during data capture  the GC Connect form will  display the error code above the countdown  For example  the most common error is 0x00000044  TCP IP connection error  This error happens only in TCP connection     not in serial cable connection      and indicates problem such as congestion  corrupted TCP packet  wrong TCP checksum  or Wi Fi  connection between your computer and GC  if your GC supports Wi Fi  is experiencing problems   Another common error code is 0x00000045 TCP IP connection was closed by remote peer  This  error code indicates problems like the Ethernet cable is unplugged or the main power to GC was cut     Some error codes are temporary  such as 0x00000084 Reply time out  By temporary it means the  error may vanish by the next poll  However some error codes are persistent  which means the error  code will be repeated during next poll and next poll and next poll until you stop the connection  This  is particularly bad for unattended mode  In order 
385. sion of GCAS Desktop supports C1  methane  to C10  decane   GCAS Web only supports  C1 to C7  heptane     Notation Alternative Gas name Formula  notation    merme  CH  fehene  GH  Pome  GH    C2H6  C3  NA  l  PrN  Cs  5  6H14  7H16  gH    oe   rc   T   T  CO  ae  se  O    a    In case of butane and pentane  C4  without prefix N or I  refers to n Butane while C5 means n        Pentane     Page 59 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    7 Footprint and Calibration Data    A calibration data is one record or snapshot of gas properties of the analyte read by the GC device   GCAS records two main properties  which are the response factor  RF  and retention time  RT      GCAS assumes the response factor is calculated using peak area formula     peak area  RE               ____   _  mole composition  If your GC device uses peak height formula  that is  peak height divided by mole composition   unfortunately your GC device is not compatible with GCAS  Or to the least  the RF chart on both  Footprint form and Calibration Data form may not help you in the analysis of GC health status     Some GC devices use the inverse formula  which is mole composition divided by peak area  These  devices are still compatible with GCAS Desktop however  with a few differences     RF chart will descend downwards instead of the usual ascending shape    RF values will be somewhere within the order of 10   to 10 8  instead of 10   to 10     Correlation charts will show a downward slope or negative
386. solution      Minor updates for contents here and there     Updated screenshots    Page 16 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Revision    4  Finalised on   6June 2014    Based o    Revision    n   GCAS Desktop version 1 0 4 114    Skipped revision 3 because revision 3 is only available in the HTML version of manual guide   Included support for Daniel C9  and C10  GCs    Updated chapter 4  6  7  8  10  11  12  13  and 18   Updated screenshots     2    Finalised on   29 April 2014  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 0 2 37    Added chapter 1 3  Supported GC brands     Added chapter 8  Mole composition     Included support for ABB GCs    Updated chapter 10  12  and 18    Reserved chapter 9  Lag time calculator     Corrections on chapter 14 3  Manage groups     Expanded chapter 17 into 17 1  Diagnostic mode  and 17 2  Bug report wizard    Updated screenshots     Corrections on grammar and spelling errors     Revision 1  Finalsed on   20 February 2014  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 0 0 1    First release     Page 17 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    1 Welcome    Thank you for choosing GCAS   Desktop as a companion for your gas chromatograph devices  These  help files provide guides about GCAS Desktop operation     1 1 What GCAS is    GCAS    Gas Chromatography Analysis Software  is a software tool specifically designed for GC  Gas  chromatograph  conditional based monitoring  The main purposes of the monitoring method  embedded in the software are  
387. st_c9       7 1 data capture operation is running in background        Search device    PIDez       ai   Online   Ready    Page 315 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    When multiple data capture operations are running in background  these two buttons become Show  all and Stop all     25 2 6 Stop Capture and Commit Data  Click the E Stop button to stop the operation     Note    If you click Stop button when GCAS Desktop is in the middle of polling GC device  GCAS Desktop  waits two seconds in order to allow the poll to finish before terminating the connection  If the poll  takes very long  e g  on an extremely slow network or over VPN connection   GCAS Desktop waits for  additional two seconds  up to five times  10 seconds  maximum     Connection settings Device settings Data retrieval options  _  Enable unattended mode     Serial cable   Ethernet Test_C9complete Poll every    15     seconds w   IP address   192 168 2 103 Protocok eee  Mat 502 Slave ID   1 D    Timeout  5000 ms    Data destination        Push to database   O Save to CSVs   Poll delay    100 ms Change destination files        gt  START A    Mole composition  unnormalised   C  Show delta to previous row    Stream Timestamp Heptane Propane i Butane n Butane neoPentane  i Penta  2014 05 06 130136     _  Detect changes on RF only  Methane RF Nitrogen RF Carbon dioxide RF Ethane RF Propane RF  endin Footprint v   2014 06 06 12 57 21  5145340  6199312 7243368  3332248    a E Calibration data _ w   2014 0
388. start capture operation of first GC Connect  form in the queue will be delayed by the specified amount of time     If you tick Delay the start of subsequent GC Connect forms  the start capture operation of the  second  third  and the rest of the queue will be delayed by specified amount of time one after another   Furthermore if you tick Randomise within  the delay between GC Connect forms is randomised within  the specified delay  For example  let s use 1 minute delay  Without randomisation  GCAS Desktop will  start GC Connect forms in the given order exactly 1 minute one after another  With radomisation  the  delay is randomised between immediate  0 second  to 1 minute  As an example  GCAS Desktop may  start the second GC Connect form after 27 seconds  the third GC Connect form 56 seconds afterwards   and the fourth GC Connect form 43 seconds after the third     Hit    Start timer to begin the delay start  While the timer is running  a command link Cancel will  appear to the right side of Start timer button  Click Cancel to stop the timer and abort the delay start     Delay first GC Delay subsequent   What would happen  Connect form GC Connect forms  check box Is    check box Is       Checked  10 Checked  1 minute   1  GCAS Desktop waits 10 minutes then starts the first  minutes GC Connect form     2  GCAS Desktop waits 1 minute then starts the second  GC Connect form        Page 327 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    3  GCAS Desktop waits 1 minute then starts
389. stop all data capture operations and abort any GC  Connect form in reconnecting state  If there are some GC Connect forms being hidden  the Comms  menu displays another menu called Reveal Hidden GC Connect Forms which pretty straightforwardly  will unhide all hidden GC Connect forms     Page 326 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    25 4 1 Start Multiple Data Captures with Delay    This menu is accessible if you open multiple GC Connect forms but haven t started some or all of them   Configure every GC Connect form to the correct parameters such as IP address or serial port  poll  interval  data destination  and so on  However  leave them and do not start any data capture  operation  Next  go to the Comms menu  gt  Start All Connections  gt  With Delay  This menu displays  the GC Connect Delay Start form     GC Connect Delay Start  gt    E  Queue of idle GC Connect forms  _  Delay the start of first GC Connect form by  SEAFMC2015 demo2 t Move up 10    Test4    Delay the start of subsequent GC Connect forms by    minutes      Refresh 1 minute         Randomise within    Tick all    Tick none  gt  START TIMER       On the left side  there is a list of idle GC Connect forms  Those with check mark will be queued for  delay start  Reorder this queue by selecting one item and click Move up or Move down  GC Connect  form at the top will be started first  and subsequently so according to the order of this queue     If you tick Delay the start of first GC Connect form  the 
390. t       Propane be   oO  Clipboard Ta  i Butane  n Butane  neoPentane  i Pentane  n Pentane  Hexane  Nitrogen  Methane    Carbon dioxide    Ethane    1  2  3  4  2  6  T  ts   9  10  11     k  rh    13  14  15  16  17  18    Cance  19    The Hl Copy button does the opposite   it copies register addresses from GCAS Desktop so you can  paste it onto Microsoft Excel spreadsheet  The greyed out fields  if any  are also included in the copy    Unnormalised total        operation     25 1 5 What if my GC device cannot provide data for some gas     Depending on the make  model  and configuration of your GC device  the device may not be able to  provide some data  For example  a GC device does not provide data for unnormalised total of mole    composition   25 1 5 1 GC device does not provide retention time data    Simply untick Read retention time as described in chapter 25 1 3  The same applies if the GC device  does not provide whole set of response factor data  you would untick Read response factor     Page 306 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    25 1 5 2 GC device does not provide response factor data  but it provides peak area    Unfortunately GCAS Desktop does not have the tool to calculate response factor from peak area and  mole composition right on the GC Connect form  We suggest two workarounds     1  Do not capture live data through GCAS Desktop  but obtain the data of peak area through other  means  e g  via the bundled software or report output   Later  go 
391. t  Calibration Data     Response factor chart and retention time chart display the calibration data values in red and footprint  values in blue  You can hide the footprint  blue  line or bar by unticking the Show footprint check  box on top of footprint timestamp display     Unlike the other two charts  RF MW logarithm charts only calculate the logarithm  regression line  and  R  value of calibration data  red  record only     Page 64 of 388    Show  Single point RF   Response Factor    Response factor          3   E      a a           Footprint        Calibration data  MW RF Log Charts  C1 C2 C7 C3 C4 C5 C6  R    0 9998 R    0 9611       0 93 1 18 143 1 68 193 2 18 1 57 1 77 1 97    Retention Time    Heptane  Propane  i Butane  n Butane  neoPentane  i Pentane  n Pentane  Hexane  Nitrogen  Methane  co   Ethane       0 50 100 150 200    Retention time  s     Page 65 of 388    neaPentane    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14         Pentane  n Pentane  Hexane  Heptane    C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7  R    0 9927    1 39 1 64 1 89    B Footprint  B Calibration Data    2528  2663  207 9  272i  ar70  303 6  ce  3261  ERE  250 300 350    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    In the same way as Footprint form  switch to table view to see exact numeric values  Here you will see  the comparison to footprint value side by side     Charts Tables   Health status   Comments  Calibration data Footprint    Component i RT Component 3 RT    Methane  Nitrogen    Paice diets 7 316 314 187 24    Ethan
392. t calibration certificate  Uncertainty calc  settings   Which footprint to use   Display style  Miscellaneous x MAp P   How many calibration data to include        From footprint to today   C  Latest 30    days          Follow last uncertainty configuration  My Device w    R    0 9967     26 Oct 2014    Cancel       This tab configures several inputs used by uncertainty calculation of all devices  If your GCAS licence  doesn t include Uncertainty Calculation  this tab only displays a text your GCAS licence does    not include uncertainty calculation     Some uncertainty calculation inputs always follow last uncertainty configuration  like uncertainty  coefficients and ISO 6976 settings  Last uncertainty configuration is the configuration you have set on  the input pages the last time you opened Uncertainty Calculation form  Every device has its own last  uncertainty configuration     Which calibration certificate to use  Choose whether to use latest certificate of each device  or to  follow last uncertainty configuration of each device     Which footprint to use  There are three choices  Use latest footprint  use first footprint found after  the certificate timestamp  or follow last uncertainty configuration  If you selected first footprint after  certificate but there are no actual footprints after certificate timestamp  GCAS Desktop falls back to  the latest footprint  If a device doesn t have any footprints  Ureproducibility won t be included in the  uncertainty calculatio
393. t point   Footprint Footprint  7 July 2014 1 December 2014      l I  o  j l  E           l      l NN A l  f   l  g i i  5 l  I l     i l     l   Calibration   K I         in use I   l  l    l    Date  Jul   Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar    2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014   This picture ts animated in the HTML version of GCAS Desktop Manual     Set how many days or how many records to travel backwards  The default is 30 days  You can go  backward to as far as 2 years  730 days   At some occasions the GC devices has 30 data in one day     you might consider to go backward 30 records  not days     When GCAS Desktop travels backward  it may find a footprint before it fulfils the specified x days or x  records  Decide what GCAS Desktop should do when it bumps into a footprint  whether to stop or to  continue  The default is stop at footprint  trim at footprint   By stopping at footprint  the number of  calibration data included in the calculation is less than x days or x records  but GCAS Desktop does not  include data before the footprint which are usually calibrated under different configuration     13 2 7 Plot Range    Plot range  From  12 November 2014 00 00  ly to  12 December 2014 09 08 Ir    Set the plot range start and end date  GCAS Desktop displays a warning label if the footprint reference  is a pinned footprint and that footprint occurs within this plot range or after this plot range     Page 175 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    13 2 8 Mi
394. t when you are working  offline because database structure of full database and temporary database are different     eB      gt   Sa    Ge    Export data from GCAS database    Choose an export type     d  g Ti    Export to CSV Copy to Excel Export to MS f Export to SOL  Access Compac    Export data to a Microsoft SOL Server Compact Edition  CE  database  The export result file  is a complete GCAS database  i e  you can use the sdf file as a    local offline  database      You cannot export to Microsoft SOL Server Compact Edition while working offline           Pa Next ee                            Tick all GC devices you would like to have their data exported     Page 358 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    S amp S    eu Export data from GCAS database    Tick all GC devices you would like to have their data exported     File  Exhibition sdtf Tick all  j Platform A  Ad Tick none  A2    Ex all  a    Platform B  i Collapse all  B2  a    Platform C    lt 1  C2   _  Renamed workspace       Choose the data kind and a date range to export  If you tick Also include records marked as  inactive  inactive footprints  calibration data  mole composition data  calibration certificates   uncertainty coefficients  MLC coefficients  and lag time data  including comments for them  if selected   within the defined date range will also be included in the export     A  eu Export data from GCAS database    Choose what kind of data to export and the date range       n Range  Footprints
395. ta analysis module      Show or hide comments for ISO 6976 trends      Show or hide comments for uncertainty trends        15 3 Filter Comments by Date    When you open the Comments form for the first time  it loads comments from the last three months   You can change the date filter by selecting the desired filter on the dropdown  or choose  Custom  Range  and enter the desired date interval on subsequent dialogue box            Gli fell   A aT  B  amp  Search           ilter    A A  sc        Filter by date of topic from    1 year ago                15 4 Search Comments    Type the search term in search box and then click    Search  The search box accepts any of the  following     e Words in user comments   e Usernames    e Full date in British English format  e g   07 February 2014       this will search for any matches  in both Date of Topic and Date Posted column        Test   Filter by date of topic from    1 year ago s   Filter   A   E   Ei  w  isol   A A      Pes Search  fs pe        Any match will be highlighted in yellow  If you do not see any results while you know there should be  some  make sure the active filter does not hide some comment types or try changing the date range     To finish searching  click 2 Clear search results     15 5 Delete Comments    In order to maintain auditability  GCAS users are not allowed to remove any comments  Not even  GCAS administrator can erase comments     Some scenarios tolerate comment deletion  For example  you post comment 
396. tal  as one message box like this one       Error code      Error type   SqlCeException  0x80004005    Error message   The column name is not valid    Node name  if any        Column name   LASTMODIFIED         Database Sync Error Log    Exception type    DBconnectExcept  ion    Sync stage    DBconnectExcept  ion    Error message    Recordset  25   2013 09 24 15 20 00   49  1  1  NULL   Error   080004005 Cannot add or update a child row  a foreign key  constraint fails  gcas t_fp  CONSTRAINT    FK_FOOTPRINTS  FOREIGN KEY  DEVICE_ID   REFERENCES t_dewice   DEVICE_ID   Recordset  26   2013 09 24 16 55 00   49  2  1   NULL   Error  0x80004005 Cannot add or update a child row  a  foreign key constraint fails  gcas t_fp  CONSTRAINT     FK_FOOTPRINTS FOREIGN KEY  DEVICE_ID  REFERENCES     tdevice     DEVICE ID  Recordset  27   2013 10 09 13 17 58    30 1  1  MULL    Error  0x80004005 Cannot add or update a child  row  a foreign key constraint fails  gcas t_fp  CONSTRAINT   FK_FOOTPRINTS FOREIGN KEY  DEVICE_ID   REFERENCES     tdevice     DEVICE ID     Recordset  3   2013 09 24 15 20 00   49  28 200000000   315 800000000  62 200000000  20 200000000  90 000000000   103 900000000  132 100000000  146 800000000  397 500000000   333 800000000  368 300000000  329 200000000    Error   0x20004005 Cannot add or update a child row  a foreign key  constraint fails  qeas t_rt  CONSTRAINT   FK_RESPONSE_TABLE_VALUES    FOREIGN KEY  DEVICE_ID    REFERENCES    t_device     DEVICE_ ID     eigne  5  
397. tart over     Note  Maximum number of entries in comparison list is 15 entries     GCAS Desktop will alert you if there are duplicate comparison entries  A duplicate means same GC       device   same stream number    same MLC single point switch if you have  SO 10723      17 2 3 Start Graphing      Go     _  Equal scaling  Mole fraction    Clear MLC cache    When everything else are correct  simply click Go  GCAS Desktop loads the required mole composition  data and renders the chart  The Go button turns into Refresh button unless you change the selected  gas  comparison date range  devices  stream numbers  or single point MLC switch     Equal scaling  if ticked  forces all comparison entries to use the same normalisation scale  Tick this  option if you are comparing multiple devices having different scales  such as this GC uses fraction and  that GC uses percentage  More about scaling equalisation on chapter 17 3 2     Users with  SO 10723 feature in their licences see an additional command link Clear MLC cache  This  clears the cache used by ISO 10723 conversion  The cache contains MLC coefficients  calibration    Page 206 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    certificates  single point RF  MLC RF  and MLC constraints  Click this link if you notice the multilevel   calibrated streams are graphed incorrectly  Once the MLC cache is emptied  refresh the chart     The chart legend lists the device tag name and the stream numbers  Multilevel calibrated streams are  in
398. te exe    2 Algebra dll    IG   Register URL bat File is missing        This notification does not prevent you from using GCAS  you could still dismiss the notification  through OK button and log in to GCAS as usual  However  there is a higher risk of GCAS crashing at  some point later  Especially when there is a  dll file missing  this will raise DL1 Not Found    Exception or File Not Found Exception error message later on     If you see this warning every time you start GCAS Desktop  the first step to try is to reinstall GCAS  Desktop  Have your registration key and your licence string or QR code ready in case you need to  reactivate GCAS Desktop again     Should the reinstall action provides no remedy to the problem  you can disable this feature by running  GCAS Desktop with an additional  disablefilecheck parameter  You might want to modify the  shortcut to GCAS Desktop to include this additional switch     Page 31 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Type the name of a program  folder  document or Internet  resource  and Windows will open it for you        Page 32 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    2 Database    GCAS Web and GCAS Desktop reads and stores data into GCAS database  This chapter explains further  about GCAS database     2 1 Where Your Data is Stored    There are three different choices of data storage     1  i Vigilant central database  Data is stored in database server s  maintained by i Vigilant Technologies  Customers using this 
399. tely     Note    You cannot add the same gas more than once  Should the selected gas has existed in the data table    section  GCAS Desktop presents a warning message     You cannot put negative number in response factor entry field because logarithm of negative  numbers are undefined        To remove one or more entries  click row header s  to highlight data row s  you wish to delete  Next   press on your keyboard  The corresponding dot s  on the chart will disappear as well     RF MVY Calculator Any       Calculator    Molecular weight Response factor    Methane 4 284 540    Propane 7 090 170       You can edit the response factor value should a mistake happened  Double click the response factor  cell  enter the correct value  then press to commit  The corresponding dot on the chart shall    move upwards or downwards according to the new response factor value     Page 220 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    RF MW Calculator Any X    Calculator    Molecular weight Response factor       Whenever there are minimum three entries in data table  GCAS Desktop computes the regression line  and calculates their correlation  The R  value is displayed at the top of the chart  Regression line and  R  value are also updated after changes of existing RF values are committed  If you remove several       entries leaving less than three in data table  both regression line and R   value disappear from the  chart     RF MW Calculator Any X    Calculator    p Molecular weight Resp
400. temporary database   which is a subset of    GCAS database   can be exported  If you choose to synchronise your data for the latest 6 months for       instance  you cannot export data beyond 6 months ago     Page 343 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    28 1 Export to CSV    This exporter module exports GCAS data into a standard comma separated value  CSV  spreadsheet   Choose Export to CSV to begin     Note    You need the GCAS feature Export to CSV to be included in your GCAS licence in order to use this  feature        SO Export data from GCAS database    Choose an export type     Sew    Export to CSV   CopytoExcel ExporttoMS Export to SQL  Access Compact    Export data to a standard comma separated value spreadsheet        Tick all GC devices you would like to have their data exported     Page 344 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    S amp S    eu Export data from GCAS database    Tick all GC devices you would like to have their data exported     File  Exhibition sdtf Tick all  j Platform A  Ad Tick none  A2    Ex all  a    Platform B  aa Collapse all  B2  a    Platform C    lt 1  C2   _  Renamed workspace       Choose the data kind and a date range to export  If you tick Also include records marked as  inactive  inactive footprints  calibration data  mole composition data  calibration certificates   uncertainty coefficients  MLC coefficients  and lag time data  including comments for them  if selected   within the defined date range will also be i
401. that never expire  Lifetime licences are  intended for customers who purchased retail copies of GCAS Desktop  i e  one off purchases     On the contrary  subscription licences are licences that renew periodically  They are intended for  customers with subscription plan  Depending on customer preference  renewal period can be monthly   quarterly  semester  annual  or biannual  Customer with subscription licence should check for licence    update periodically or leave the automatic licence update on  in order to ensure continuous access to  GCAS Desktop     Trial licence is a subtype of subscription based licence for new and prospective customers   Depending on customer request  i Vigilant Technologies Limited issues trial licences which typically  last between one to three months  Usually  trial licences carry all GCAS features with a limited  maximum number of GC devices  Within their trial period  customers can upgrade their licences to  standard subscription licence with select GCAS features and enough number of GCs to suit their  needs     Instant trial licence is more specific type of trial licence  This licence is issued only once per computer  and only valid for 4 day trial  An instant trial licence is upgradable to a regular trial licence  see the  previous paragraph  which later on  still upgradable again to a full licence  Read more about instant  trial     1 4 2 How Many PCs     When you purchase GCAS Desktop from i Vigilant s website  the website asks for informati
402. the date of latest mole composition record is displayed on the dashboard tile   If your GCAS licence doesn t have Live Data Analysis  this option is not available    e Open Uncertainty Calculator form  This action opens Uncertainty Calculator form for the  device represented by the dashboard tile  but that s it  The settings at the Uncertainty  Calculator form may be different from the settings defined by the uncertainty calculation  settings tab  hence may produce different uncertainty values  Both dashboard tile and the  Uncertainty Calculator form should produce the same values if everything on uncertainty    Page 198 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    settings tab was set to  follow last uncertainty configuration   If your GCAS licence doesn t  have Uncertainty Calculation feature  this option is not available     16 2 Overriding Rules    Rules for date of last calibration and date of last mole composition record are overridable at device  level or workspace level  Rules for R  and uncertainty are not  however  Overriding at device level  causes the dashboard tile of this device to ignore the general date rules and use the overridden date  rules instead  Overriding at workspace level causes all dashboard tiles under this workspace to use the  overridden date rules     For example  you have set the general rule for date of last calibration stating all devices who were  calibrated past 3 days ago shall be red  However  there s this one platform called Workspac
403. ties      then browse the devices to compare     and add them to  the comparison list       select which stream of these devices      and finally click Go  0  to start    graphing     21 2 1 Plot Range and ISO 6976 Properties    F     E Ig DL   r e i A LET      Qa Fori     bey  mg    ISQ 6976 output to compare   Calorific value id    From        06 Oct 2015 E   lo Oct 2015 Hr       Base pressure     Combustion metering temperature     ie ore be    ia    First thing first  select which ISO 6976 output to compare  The default selection is calorific value  CV    but other options are molar mass sum  Wobbe index  relative density  and standard density  Going  down  there are date and time pickers to set the plot range  Scroll down once more and you see the  ISO 6976 properties  base pressure and combustion metering temperature pair      Default base pressure is the atmospheric pressure  1 atm   GCAS Desktop supports six combustion   metering temperature pairs  which are    e 0  C 0  C  e 15  C   0  C  combustion temperature   15  C  base temperature   0  C   e 25  C 0  C    e 15  C   15  C  the default   e 20  C   20  C  e 25  C   20  C    Page 247 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    21 2 2   Devices and Comparison List    Add devices to list Select stream to compare          ISO 10723 sample  HFRS  Test    PES  Test     Show  Devicetag    Stream MLC         gt     Device tree view is on the left  It lists all your workspaces and devices within each workspace  The gr
404. tilevel calibrated RF  Fill O for single point or 1 for MLC    If you don t have  SO 10723 in your licence  always fill O  zero    Methane retention time    Nitrogen RT    Carbon dioxide RT    Ethane RT    Propane RT    i Butane RT    n Butane RT    Neopentane RT  If your device doesn t read neopentane  fill in O  zero    i Pentane RT    n Pentane RT    Hexane RT    Heptane RT  If your device doesn t read heptane  fill in O  zero    Octane RT  If your device doesn t read octane  fill in O  zero     Nonane RT  If your device doesn   t read nonane  fill in O  zero     Decane RT  If your device doesn t read decane  fill in O  zero      In case your GC device does not provide RF data at all  or no RT data at all  set all RF values or RT    values to  1  negative one   This will cause GCAS Desktop to regard these data as incomplete footprint    or calibration data  RF or RT chart will not be rendered instead of being graphed as all zeroes     Page 71 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    7 4 3 Manual Entry    Aside from text and CSV import  you also have an option to enter the RF and RT values by hand   Manual entry also provides additional options to accommodate some GC devices which calculate RF  value using the inverted formula  i e  mole percentage divided by peak area  or GC devices providing  only the data of peak area  Nevertheless  this method is the least recommended way to import data  because it is very suspectible to human error     Open the action menu and 
405. tionally  make sure that Microsoft SQL Server Compact    Edition v4 0 has been installed on your computer  it is already a pre requisite anyway   Otherwise  the    Export Wizard will raise an error        What included in the export result will be     The information about of the selected devices in wizard step 1    The agreement records for these devices    Analysis parameter of these devices    Footprint and calibration data of these devices  if selected in wizard step 2     Mole composition data of these devices  if selected in wizard step 2       oo   ee YS    Calibration gas certificates of these devices  if selected in wizard step 2       Page 357 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    7  Uncertainty coefficients of these devices  if selected in wizard step 2      8  Multilevel calibration coefficients of these devices  if selected in wizard step 2      9  Lag time records of these devices  if selected in wizard step 2      10  Comments for these devices  if selected in wizard step 2      11  The groups to which these devices belong    12  The workspaces belong to these groups    13  Login data of all users who joined these groups  yes  they can log in to the exported database  file too     14  User profile data of all users who joined these groups    15  All user types and roles including custom ones    16  All menu permissions and action permissions      within the selected date range     Choose Export to SQL Compact to begin  You cannot export to SQL Compac
406. tions     Options  Plot from  01 Sep 2011 00 00 E    to  05 Nov 2011 00 00 E        Calculate x and o from        25    records on each footprint onwards      All records on each footprint onwards      What being displayed    Drag arectangleto     Zoom  _  Select    ae   E s  x    2    There are three options for mean and standard deviation calculation     a  x records from footprint  default x   25 records     Mean and twice standard deviations are calculated from first x records  default is 25  after each  footprint     fi SV Soe r     Mey   a Pb AT  Je   E L p Ii    en L L t p Il        Mean and standard deviations  are calculated from these x first  records after footprint    Mean and standard deviations  are calculated from these x first  records after footprint    Special case if you are drawing RF or RT deviation trend and you have chosen a particular  footprint as a comparison base  this option will calculate the mean and twice the standard  deviations from x records after that footprint only     Alare fmm r    h BEW 2 m e n  Oe  lew Tootprint ew TOOTprint        i  I Al    NUAN WANNA MA Y     SSO N    Mean and standard deviations  are calculated from these x first    records after the selected  footprint    Page 128 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    b  All records from footprint    Mean and twice standard deviations are calculated from all records between footprints      New footprint New footprint New t    OOoTD l    WwW TOODO            na A A  V  M 
407. tive   Sets the MLC flag bit of all records within  the X axis range of the selection area as  single point RF or MC    Sets the MLC flag bit of all records within  the X axis range of the selection area as  multilevel calibrated RF or MC    Sends the averaged mole composition  value of each gas of all records contained  inside the selection area to ISO 6976  Calculator    The ISO 6976 output values may be  different from the next menu  sending to  ISO 6976 Trend and then activating the  mean and standard deviation lines     Loads ISO 6976 Trend form and instructs it  to plot the ISO 6976 values for mole  composition records contained inside the  selection area    Sends the averaged RF value of any gases  that intersects with the selection area  to  Correlation Calculator    For example  if your selection area contains  methane and ethane line  only methane  and ethane are sent to Correlation  Calculator  Their RF values inside the  selection area are averaged and then sent   Sends the averaged RF value of all gases of  all records contained inside the selection  area to Correlation Calculator     Page 137 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Send to Mole MC  ISO 10723 Sends mole composition values of the  Composition requires only   and Data selected gas of all records contained inside    Comparison one gas Comparison the selection area to Mole Composition  selected Comparison  then instructs the form to  compare the single point versus MLC       composition of t
408. to Footprint form or Calibration  Data form  open the Action menu and choose Import Data   Manual Entry  Select the third  option   Response factor values are calculated from peak area   and enter the data  Have the  component data table or calibration gas certificate ready because you will also need to input the  mole percentage values  Click Save and GCAS Desktop will calculate the response factor values   Unfortunately  this workaround is effective only for one single record  Inputting multiple records  through manual entry is a tedious work and very error prone     2  Designate the RF register addresses for peak area and run the data capture as usual  But never  send the incoming data directly to database  use the option Save to CSVs instead  After the data  capture session ended  you can convert the peak area to RF values in the CSV file using your       favourite spreadsheet editing software  Afterwards  import the CSV   25 1 5 3 GC device does not provide unnormalised total for mole composition streams    Define a special register on your physical GC device and hard code its value to 100  or any scale you  like  100 is for percentage   Use two sequential registers if you are on 16 bit Modbus  On GCAS  Desktop  set the register address for unnormalised total to the address of this special register  Repeat  this step for every defined stream     25 1 5 4 GC device does not provide RF or RT data of one or several particular gases    Define a special register on your physi
409. to avoid that  GCAS Desktop introduced automatic  connection restart and automatic connection termination  This feature is turned on by default  and  you will go to the Advanced GC Connection Preferences dialogue in order to configure which error  codes trigger the automatic restart or termination     25 3 2 Advanced GC Connection Preferences    Go to the Comms menu  gt  Advanced Preferences  This menu brings the Advanced GC Connection  Preferences dialogue     Page 323 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Advanced GC Connection Preferences ES  a       Restart GC connection if these errors are encountered during poll   00000000Z   Illegal state error    C0000004   TCP IP connection error  45   TCP IP connection was closed by remote peer    Remove from list Clear selection    Or add another error code  hy  dd    lf connection restart failed  wait 1 minute      before another    restart attempt  and stop retrying after   30 w  attempts     Terminate GC connection if these errors are encountered during poll     Ox000000 46   Socket library error  Ox00000086   Invalid MBAP pointer    Remove from list Clear selection    Or add another error code        This dialoge configures the automatic connection restart and automatic connection termination  To  get help on automatic connection restart  go to chapter 25 3 3  To read more about automatic  connection termination  head to chapter 25 3 4     25 3 3 Automatic Connection Restart    Automatic connection restart is a featu
410. top Manual Guide rev  14    Show    Single point RF    Response Factor       e    bri            S 60 000  I       ay        Lr   to       S 40 000  z   7   LL    at    Wa        Single point RF has the familiar graph as discussed so far  it has to be ascending and the values are in  the range of millions to hundreds of millions  However multilevel calibrated RF is different  All values  are close to one  1 0   therefore its chart is somewhat horizonally flat  Multilevel calibrated RF has no  much use as it is not usable for correlation calculation  but you can easily detect anomalies if the chart  is not flat     ISO 10723 conversion for footprint calibration data requires     1  A multilevel calibration  MLC  coefficient set installed before the timestamp of the  footprint calibration record  and   2  An active calibration gas certificate installed before the timestamp of the footprint calibration  record     If these two conditions are not met  the footprint or calibration record is said to be not convertible  For  calibration data  these conditions must be fulfilled for both the calibration record itself and the  preceding footprint  GCAS displays a A  warning icon next to the MLC dropdown selector if your  footprint or calibration data is not convertible  also if the calibration data is convertible but its  preceding footprint isn t  In the latter case  the MLC coefficients are between the footprint and  calibration record timestamp  Click on the warning icon to see the 
411. tor computes the lag time and    displays the calculation result in the list view on the right hand side  Total lag time is displayed in bold    face     Lag Time Calculator    Global parameters    Pressure letdown stages GC time Lag times    Ist 2nd   3rd  4th 5th  GE  Add stage     Stage  Sample stub  Stub to 1st regulator  Line temperature 10  C w ist regulator to 2nd  2nd regulator to 3rd  3rd regulator to GC    Stage name Stub to 1st regulator    Line pressure 60    bar        gauge  Line compressibility 0 91864   e g  from AGA  amp   GC analysis time  Tube inner diameter 8    mm Total lag time  Tube length 4580    Bypass flow 5        Remove this stage    Prev  Global parameters Next GC time      gt  Calculate    Click Clear calculation results to empty the list and start over     Page 292 of 388    Lag time  seconds   321 095   151 439   266 117   21 819   604 875   475 000   1 840 345    Lag time  canonical   00h 05m 21 095  00h 02m 31 435  00h 04m 26 115  00h 00m 21 815  00h 10m 04 875  00h 07m 55 005  00h 30m 40 345    Clear calculation results       GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    23 2 The Lag Time Form    Under construction     Lag Time form is a planned record viewer form of lag time records tied to GC devices  Because device   bound lag time calculation is not yet finished  Lag Time form is not yet available  When this feature is  implemented  Lag Time form will be accessible from the View menu     One lag time record may survive for years because users n
412. trend  chart  the summary also includes differences between the two   GCAS Desktop looks at the X axis range only  Data points  excluded by the selection rectangle  having Y axis values  outside of selection rectangle  are also included for statistical  calculation    Literally puts a rectangular frame around the selection area  for   presentation purpose only    CV Trend    Removes all rectangular frames created through Frame This  Selection menu     As it says  this menu sets all underlying mole composition records    within the selection area as inactive  Once it s done  the ISO 6976  trend chart will have a gap on it and the mean standard deviation       values are invalidated  Refresh the chart to get the correct values     Page 241 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    20 9 Other Visual Cues    Set the chart to zoom mode  Click anywhere on the chart to place these crosshair cursors  These  dotted pair of line acts as a ruler to compare Y axis values between several data points  To remove    them  click    Hide crosshair cursors     CV Trend       11 00 12 00 13 00 14 00    Hover your mouse pointer over a data point to show a tooltip about its value     CV Trend            CV    CV at 13 June 2015 14 10   62 764885 MJ m        13 30 14 00 14 30 15 00    Or click   Show values to display values on labels     CV Trend    62 8102         62 7945    27493  oeir y AE 62 7239    62 6542    627910  62 7255            62 6058       62 6785  62 6507       13 10 13 20 1
413. ts on the chart  We do not  recommend to display value labels on line charts with over 100 dots because it will clutter the chart  area     Too Many Data Points    These comparison entries have over 100 dots on the chart  which may  clutter the chart even more if you display their values      Test  stream 1      Test   stream 1     Do you want to continue displaying labels for these devices  This action  may also cause GCAS to appear    not responding    for a few seconds    Recommended  No        62 6 CV comparison  MJ m      Device Stream  62 4 IE a a n ade a a        a L     Tet  1          1000 1030 1100 1130 12000 1230 13 00 1330 1400 1430 1500 1530    These dashed lines are called cursors  Cursors appear when you click on a chart or as a remnant of  zoom operation  Cursor may act as a ruler line to compare Y axis values of two data points  Click TX  Hide crosshair cursors or right click the chart and select Hide Crosshair Cursors to hide these lines  from view     Page 259 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    62 23   CV comparison  MJ m      Device Stream  S  a       ire i  62 03 LIEN r     Te e  AAt N A     Tet  1  N74 i     Te 1  M     61 83  61 63       11 15 11 30 1145 12900 1215 12 30 1245 13 00    21 3 8 Colourblind Assistance    To aid users with colour blindness  protanopia and deuteranopia   GCAS Desktop provides an    alternative colour scheme for the chart  Use the de Colourblind assist button to switch colour       scheme   62 40 CV comparison  M
414. ttings on the toolbar  Alternatively  return to  GCAS Desktop main window and go to the View menu  gt  Dashboard Settings  This shall bring forth    the Dashboard Settings dialogue     ee Dashboard Settings    Health status to display Health status to display    Available status  choose one  These will be displayed  rnax  4     Uncertainty of MW composition   Lowest R  of last calibration  Uncertainty cale  settings Uncertainty of Wobbe index   Move up  Uncertainty of relative density Date of last calibration  Uncertainty of standard density  Date of last mole composition    Rules    Move down    Display style    Miscellaneous    My Device w    R    0 9967  U CV    0 1769   27 Oct 2014    Reload Dashboard after   click OK i Cancel       Dashboard Settings dialogue has five tabs  and each of them is explained in its own subchapters  below  A preview tile is available at the left region reflecting new appearance as soon as you change a  setting     16 1 1 Health Status to Display    List box on the left contains all available GC health statuses to display  If you see some items missing   the missing items may require a GCAS feature in your GCAS licence      No    Health status  CAS licence requirement  i    7   Date of last calibration record  Date of last mole composition record Live Data Analysis    Click an item and click Show to display the health status on the dashboard tile  Dashboard tiles hold    E Uncertainty of standard density Uncertainty Calculation       maximum 4 
415. u can rename it via Rename button  or delete it through the Delete button     Note    You cannot delete  System Administrator  user type and user role     You cannot delete a user type or role if there are users of this type or role  Change the user type or    role of these users before deleting the type or role        Do not forget to assign menu permission for the new user type or action permission for the new user  role  later     Page 333 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    27 3 Manage Groups    Go to the Administrator menu  gt  Groups and Workspaces to manage groups  This menu displays the  Groups form which lists all groups registered in the GCAS database  Note that your GCAS user account  may not have been assigned to all these groups even though you are a GCAS administrator  Click  Show my groups on the toolbar to highlight which groups are assigned to your user account     Ch  New Edit     Delete    ID Group Name Workspaces Agreements    training    1 group  Your user account is assigned to this group     Note    The last column  Agreements  lists the number of agreements linked to the group  Agreements are no  longer part of GCAS Desktop  However  the last column is preserved to maintain compatibility with  older GCAS local offline databases which were used before GCAS Desktop version 1 4   It will be gone  in GCAS Desktop version 2 where the database uses a completely new schema  and won t be  compatible with any GCAS 1 x databases     Agreement column
416. u don t have sufficient permission to perform conversion when you select Convert To in this  dialogue box     Important    Be extra cautious when using Convert To  Performing permanent conversions on wrong record will    damage the record permanently  Furthermore because single point compositions and MLC    compositions are similar in terms of numeric values  always double or triple check before using  Convert To        8 10 3 Change MLC Flag Bit  Multiple Records     Chapter 8 10 2 explained how to change flag bit for one record  Mole composition records usually  come from data capture operation  thus you may need to change flag bit of tens or even hundreds of  records  To save your time  open the Action menu  select ISO 10723 and then click Mark As     Bulk      The dialogue box is slightly different from Set Flag Bit for Multiple Records dialogue belonged to  footprint and calibration data  The Set Flag Bit for Multiple Records dialogue for mole compositions    lets you filter by stream number  and later  optionally  by date or specific selections of records     Page 108 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    of this device  3 044 DEMO  as    multilevel calibrated mole compositions    Mark 09 Nov 2014 13 49 E    and  24 Jul 2015 1643 Hr    of strearn 1 as   4 multilevel calibrated mole compositions w    EEA m       Filter by date    J4 November 2014 12 29   EJ Filter by stream number  24 November 2014 13 13 select all  Mark 24 November 2014 13 09 Select none  C  
417. uide rev  14    Main device General General rule   Device Device Result  Dashboard tile  override rule threshold override override becomes red if last    switch active  active  threshold calibration ts older than    OFF OFF 15 days Rule is turned off    Click OK to close the dialogue box and you shall see the Dashboard applies your new rules  For       example  we overrode Device 2 to turn off its calibration date rule in the screenshot below     Device 3   Device 4   Device 5      R    0 9963 R    0 5955 R    0 2791 R    0 6605  UI   no certificate Ui   no certificate UIO   no certificate UIV   no certificate UIV   no certificate    09 Oct 2014   16 Sep 2014   02 Oct 2014 Law  03 Oct 2014   05 Oct 2014       16 2 2   Per Workspace Override    To override date rules at workspace level  right click the heading text or click the i gear icon     Custome Nga 7    SF Override date rules for this workspace        O U    R    0 9977 R    0 9974 R    0 9947  U Cv     0 1858  Uv    0 1206  Upcy     0 4237   29 Sep 2014 H 30 Sep 2014 H 01 Oct 2014       This also brings the Override Date Rules dialoge box  However this time  it applies to all devices within  this workspace     Override Date Rules    Workspace  Customer X  Override date rules for all devices in this workspace    Make dashboard tiles red if dates of last calibration are older than    days  instead of 3 days     Make dashboard tiles red if dates of last mole composition record are older than    4 hours  date of last mole 
418. uired    GCAS requires a valid licence to run  Please enter your licence    AoW     Instant 4 day trial F Activate offline    Activate online    2  Offline activation does not require internet connection        3  Click Activate offline  UAC prompt may appear   4  GCAS Activator window is displayed     Yourcomputercode  18AB 1747 771C    G   For offline activation  send the computer code above via email or fax to us  Once you  received our reply  enter the licence string  or the QR code image  and registration key  below     Enter licence string        5  Tell us your computer code via email to support i vigilant com or via fax  We need this code to  generate your licence  After we generate your licence string  we will reduce your activation count  by one  1  accordingly    6  Once you have received our reply  either enter the licence string or load the QR code image  Then  enter the registration key as well    7  Licence string is a long encoded text which looks similar to this   ZZPgHRyhHRqMsZijmaukdJaWlaghpZulp4SuroCR76Oum6KXogiZmJ3mkaC1 eZq2qpidn6eOp4wy  l4GYrYukuHmnl6KutqqupkKqKqZyU3e brLWklouss5qgspajqoGTkRSEqeabie6GqqqRnL92obilqamk       vaKsoLSsjaCegaKnrKigpaV 7uA      Page 24 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    8  QRcode jiti file looks like the following        This is a standard QR code image that contains the licence string itself  You can use your    smartphone or any QR code scanner to verify its content   9  Click Install on GCAS Activator form   1
419. uired such  as what features are available to you  how many number of GC devices you can use  and the expiry  date     Current version of GCAS operates a GCAS licence version 3  GCAS licence version 1 was used for  development purposes and is now obsolete  GCAS licence version 2 was used by beta  test  version of  GCAS Desktop  Although current GCAS Desktop can read GCAS licence version 2  some features will  be unavailable and we strongly recommend users of licence version 2 to upgrade their licences into    version 3     Customers can select which GCAS features to include in order to suit their need  The features are listed  here     o Modules   e Basic features  always included      Analysis parameter  Footprint  Calibration data   and Comments    e Data Analysis   e Live Data Analysis   e Data Comparison   e Calibration Gas Certificate   e Uncertainty Calculation  automatically unlocks calibration gas certificate module    e Uncertainty Trend  automatically unlocks calibration gas certificate module too    e ISO 6976 Calculator   e ISO 6976 Trend   e ISO 10723   e Lag Time Calculator    o Device communication    Page 19 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    e Modbus   over Serial  e Modbus   over TCP  o Data import  e Text Import  for Daniel or ABB GCs   e CSV Import  e Manual Data Entry  always included   o Data export  e Export to CSV  e Export to Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition  e Export to Microsoft Office  o Databases  e i Vigilant Central Database  e
420. up on the left pane        Page 340 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Reassign an unassigned user to a group  To reassign an unassigned user back to a group  drag her    to the desired group     To move an existing user into different group  drag the user  to the new group  To assign that user to multiple groups   hold the Ciri key while dragging     4 User A  4 User_D  4 g   Another group  4 User_Readonly  4  Another another group    To remove d user from a  particular group  drag the user  under that group from the left  pane and drop them here    UNASSIGNED USERS    These are users who do not belong to any  group  To re assign these users fo a group   drag the user from this list to the desired  group on the left pane     L User_B  4 User       27 5 Menu Permissions    Menu permissions are a part of access control list  ACL  that controls which menu is available to each  user type  Go to the Administrator menu  gt  Menu Permissions to show the Menu Permissions form     Use this form to assign privileges to each user type  Please be informed that GCAS licence has  higher precedence than this menu permissions     Parent menu Menu    System Administrator Super User General User    Profile   O pa   v   Subscriptions     Accounts      Action Permissions      i    os       Page 341 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    To grant or revoke permissions  tick or untick the corresponding check box  Administrator always has  access to all menus  Click Save to
421. ups  ID     Group Name Customer  Owner           1 group  Your user account is assigned to this group        That button brings you to the Workspaces dialogue where you can manage workspaces for this group     Workspaces for    training      Workspace name Number of devices    training 2    T  Rename 5 Delete       To define a new workspace  click Add  Enter the name of this new workspace then click the    red  arrow to commit     Workspaces for    training      Workspace name Number of devices  training 2    new nope ae          Page 336 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Similarly  to rename a workspace you need to select the corresponding workspace on the list and then  click Rename  Type the new name and press on your keyboard to commit the change     m Workspaces    Workspaces for  training    Workspace name Number of devices    training 2    Geass   OO      Delete Close       To delete a workspace  click the corresponding workspace on the list and then click Delete   Note    You cannot delete a workspace if there are devices assigned to this workspace  Move them into a       different workspace or delete the devices before deleting a workspace     27 4 Assign Users into Groups    To assign users into groups or remove users from groups  go to the Administrator menu  gt  User   Group Relationship  The menu takes you to the User Group Relationship window     This form has two views  user view  and group view  Both carry the same information  but under  differ
422. us bar Updating GCAS licence      24 Jul 2015 11 23 13 Status bar Ready   24 Jul 2015 11 23 13 Status bar Loading workspace  Training  1  of 18   24 Jul 2015 11 23 12 Status bar Loading workspace  TEST4  16 of 18   24 Jul 2015 11 23 12 Status bar Loading workspace  TEST 3  15 of 18     Clear notification log       4 5 Standard Colour Palette    This chapter is hidden on the HTML version of GCAS Desktop manual  It only serves as a link  destination target from chapters explaining alternative colour scheme for colourblind users     This table lists the standard colour pallete which GCAS uses for all charts across different modules     Page 55 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    8    When colourblind assist is turned on  GCAS Desktop switches to this alternative colour palette and       turns on several visual assistances  This is to aid users with protanopia and deuteranopia     Dashed line   Horizontal black dash  Kad al A  a S  black shadow      black shadow    o4   715   219   Solid ine   Diagonal white stipes  a   33   74   193   30   42  110   Dashed ine   Diagonal white crisscross      a  2  0 Soidiine  Sold A   case 8 es eee ee  black shadow   60   s  0  solide  Sold Je       Page 56 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Mean   2 std dev Solid line Not applicable       Mean     2 std dev 146   162   235   Solid line    Page 57 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    5 Analysis Parameter    Analysis parameters are collection of information
423. ve          DATE Current computer date  e g   15 September 2014      TIME Current computer time in 24 hour format  e g   16 28 44      DATETIME Current computer date and time  e g  15 September 2014  16 28 44        For instance  this comment macro     This record was set as  NEWSTATUS at  DATETIME  Calibration gas tank is  used up therefore the unnormalised total gradually declines     will be replaced with actual values such as     This record was set as inactive at 02 October 2014 14 24 01  Calibration    gas tank is used up therefore the unnormalised total gradually declines     Which you can easily verify by visiting any record included in bulk operation  like this one     Eene eevee     sigs     aes l ir i    Fi Mole Composition  Test  p  ea       E Change record    E Load latest record    DEVICE NAME STATUS TIMESTAMP  Test4 Inactive 26 September 2014  15 55 58      Refresh comment      User ID    Date posted   Comment    ae 02 October 2014 14 24 16 This record was set as inactive at 02 October 2014  14 24 01  Calibration gas tank is used up therefore  the unnormalised total gradually declines     ee Submit    comment       Page 102 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14  To switch back into simple view  click Simple button at the left side of OK button     8 7 Insert Comment    Like footprint and calibration records  users can also put comments on a mole composition record         i   Lr ya   Fe rai Tiar  ls ac    ae      E4 Load latest record                   
424. ve ISO  10723 feature in your licence  this check box also reveals the unnormalised MLC composition as well   Nonetheless  the pie chart always displays normalised composition     Show difference check box is available for customers having  SO 10723 feature in their licences  This  check box reveals an additional column in grid view called the delta  It contains the difference  between normalised single point composition and normalised MLC composition  Delta is computed  as single point minus MLC     8 2 View Previous Records    To load previous mole composition data  click bie Change record button at the top region of the  form  Select a different record  then click OK or double click the list item     Select a Record    Date Time   28 March 2014 15 58 00  28 March 2014 15 57 45  28 March 2014 15 57 45  28 March 2014 15 57 40  28 March 2014 15415  28 March 2014 15 57 00  28 March 2014 15  5645    Se m    a SS      Filter      List all analysis data Entries per page   30      List analysis data between    T    16 Mar 2014 00 00 Sort      Newest to oldest    16 Apr 2014 16 23  _  Oldest to newest    Stream    All streams  Show    Any status Cancel    Select Record dialogue  Timestamps on this screenshot are fictional  actual records are usually 4 7       minutes apart     You can always load the latest mole composition data through E gt  Load latest record button     8 3 Import New Composition Data  Unlike footprint or calibration data import which allows text files  CSV files
425. ved for future updates     Updated chapter 19  ISO 6976 calculator      Chapter 20  ISO 6976 trend  and 21  ISO 6976 trend comparison  are reserved for future  updates     Inserted chapter 22  ISO 10723      Updated chapter 23  Lag time      Chapter 26  Report  is reserved for future updates     Removed chapter 30 2  Bug report wizard     Page 14 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Revision   11  Finalisedon   22 December 2014  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 4 5 0      Updated screenshots     Inserted chapter 13  Uncertainty trend      Complete rewrite on chapter 16  Mole composition comparison     Updated chapter 11  Uncertainty calculation      Updated chapter 27  GCAS startup parameters      Minor update on chapter 1 4    Revision   10  Finalised on   5 November 2014  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 3 4 0      Updated screenshots     Updated chapter 12  Uncertainty coefficients      Updated chapter 23  Export data      Updated chapter 24  Work offline  minor changes     Revision ae  Finalised on   30 October 2014  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 3 3 0      Inserted subchapter 8 8     Inserted subchapter 9 7     Updated chapter 14  Dashboard      Updated chapter 17  ISO 6976 calculator     Minor updates on chapter 1 4    Revision   8  Finalised on   13 October 2014  Based on   GCAS Desktop version 1 3 1 0      Updated chapter 11  Uncertainty calculation     Updated screenshots    Page 15 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Revision  gt  7  F
426. view    Print       IS0 10723    Data source file  fo Browse       Select importer  Maea    module    import       Likewise if you do not see this menu  your user account may not have the action permission for it or  the CSV Import feature was not included in your GCAS licence  Contact your GCAS administrator     Page 70 of 388    Lost your template     GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    GCAS Desktop has two CSV templates  one is for footprint and calibration data import while the other    is for mole composition import  For footprint calibration data import  the column assignments are     Column    20  21  22  23  24  25  26  2   28  29  30  31  32  33  34    Excel name    A    a AAO uuU OZ is Gs nl em  a g    a E 8 eS     gt   gt   gt   gt     Description   Device tag name   Yes  you can import data for multiple devices in one go    Record flag  Fill 1 for footprint or 2 for calibration data    Record timestamp in the format of dd mm yyyy hh mm  24 hour clock    Methane response factor    Nitrogen RF    Carbon dioxide RF    Ethane RF    Propane RF    i Butane RF    n Butane RF    Neopentane RF  If your device doesn t read neopentane  fill in O  zero    i Pentane RF    n Pentane RF    Hexane RF    Heptane RF  If your device doesn t read heptane  fill in O  zero    Octane RF  If your device doesn t read octane  fill in O  zero     Nonane RF  If your device doesn t read nonane  fill in O  zero     Decane RF  If your device doesn t read decane  fill in O  zero     Is it mul
427. xis scale adjusts itself  accordingly so the variations of the uncertainty values become more clear  To show or hide the  threshold line  click    Show threshold line or right click the chart and select Show Threshold Line     Uncertainty Trend  DEMO1    Show  uev O uimMw  O Udw  O ues  O Ulp    U CV  Trend   DEMO1    0 103900    0 103890    0 103870    16 00 16 30 17 00       Back to parameters View comments  gt        To go back to the parameter page  click Back to parameters at the bottom of the form  To read or  write comments instead  click View comments     Note    If you went back to the parameter page but didn t change anything then clicked Start graphing  the    form quickly returns to the chart view  However if you changed one thing on the parameters  Start    graphing button will clear the chart and initiate a recalculation        13 3 1   Comparing Previous Chart    Uncertainty Trend form remembers one last set of charts everytime it performs a complete calculation   Once the calculation completes  you can compare the current chart to the previous chart  A typical  scenario is first you graph a chart  go back to the parameters page  change one or two things  and  finally graph a new chart     2  Show previous chart button displays current chart  of current parameters  on top of previous    chart  of previous parameters   Previous charts have the same colour  only lighter  All five line charts  have their  previous  line charts     Page 178 of 388    GCAS   Desktop
428. xt next to the blue icon badge     Finally click Cancel  yes  Cancel button  to dismiss the dialogue  Clicking OK instead of Cancel button  will show another Apply Constraints dialogue which you don t want anymore     22 6 Offline Converter Tools    Offline converters are intended for one time conversion of bulk records such as those in CSV files  The  term    offline    means it is not associated to any GC devices in GCAS database  which implies you can  test any arbitrary MLC coefficents  calibration certificates  RF values  and custom constraints as  conversion prerequisites without affecting any records in GCAS database     Page 274 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    GCAS Desktop ships two converter tools  They can be found inside the Tools menu  Select MLC e  Single Point RF Offline Converter to convert response factor values of footprint calibration data  or  MLC   Single Point MC Offline Converter to convert mole composition values     Tools   Administrator Window Help  Correlation Calculator   ISO 6976 Calculator   Lag Time Calculator    Mole Composition Comparison Ctrl M    IS0 6976 Trend Comparison         MLC   Single Point RF Offline Converter  MLC   Single Point MC Offline Converter    RI       Converter tools have a wizard like appearance  To get help about specific converter tool  read the  following two chapters     22 6 1 MLC   Single Point RF Offline Converter    This is an ISO 10723 converter tool for response factors  First  select a conversi
429. yCoefficients table because UncertaintyCoefficients_Details is already  linked to this table  Rep stands for repeatability coefficient  while Rec means response concentration  coefficient  Similarly you need to open MultilevelCoefficients  not the _Details one     COEFF_ID    DeviceTag   DateOfTest v Status   Description v Click to Add    1 ies F 27 08 2014 Active Data active from 27 8 2014   GasName   Rep A   v v v Rcc A   Rec B   ma Rcc D   ClicktoAdd     q Methane 621180 67861000 9777000 0   2 Nitrogen 33237 207910 13068000  41238   3 Carbon dioxide  277 06 8925 4 15725000 0   4 Ethane 18153 1750 4 17794000  34203   5 Propane 4547 4  105690 22305000 122260   6 i Butane 3599 7  31355 26333000  271010   7 n Butane 5931 2  64700 27800000  449000   8 Neopentane 7617 9  17200 29200000   9 i Pentane 5146 5  4400 30000000   10 n Pentane 6434 8  16400 31100000   11 Hexane 1272 7 52500 33900000   12 Heptane 0 0 0   13 Octane   14 Nonane   15 Decane    New     eo e196 e196 1c 010 010 010  O S    So o c Glo ec G  o 10o 98 19  I E 8  6   8c  S    0 0 0  0 0 0  0 0 0  0 0 0          28 4 Export to Microsoft SQL Server Compact Database    This exporter module exports GCAS data to Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition database file   sdf    The export result is a complete GCAS database thus you can use it as a  local offline  database     Note    You need the GCAS feature Export to Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition to be included in your  GCAS licence in order to use this feature  Addi
430. ype                                        i a Display mean and 2 std  deviations Records to pl    Between 25 September 2014 16 27 and  7 November 2014 12 14        RF O MC     RF trend pe ae a ae Mean and standard deviation is calculated from the first 1  records   a X n oe      Mean 6 920 372     RT OR  Q RF deviation trend    gt  25 2  records on each footprint onwards Standard deviation   71 214 47  H j Mean   2 std dev 7 062 801  Select component    All records on each footprint onwards Mean   2 std dev   6 777 943      s i     What being displayed Maximum and minimum are not limited to the first 1  records   lv  Methane   WS IEY Maximum   7 029 540  C  Nitrogen View summary Minimum   6 820 180  C  Carbon dioxide Drag arectangleto     Zoom    Select    _  Ethane v i ae A 5134                Between  7 November 2014 12 14 and  8 November 2014 09 10     Select all Change footprint          i ix   ew Mean and standard deviation is calculated from the first 11 records   Mean   6 718 784  Standard deviation   179 360  Chat   Comments Mean   2 std dev   7 077 504  Mean   2 std dev   6 360 064  Methane RF Trend Maximum and minimum are not limited to the first 11 records   Maximum   6 897 093  7 200 000  a Minimum   6 348 420  n      2 std dev       2 std dev  6 360 000    e Methane RF    Between  8 November 2014 09 10 and  8 November 2014 13 12     Mean and standard deviation is calculated from the first 4 records   6 720 000 Mean   6 804 535  Standard deviation   68 479 89  6 
431. ys follows last uncertainty calculation configuration  If last  configuration is not available  GCAS Desktop tries to find the latest coefficient set  If no  coefficient sets are available  Urepeatability Is not included in the uncertainty calculation    e Mole percentage range  This always follows last uncertainty calculation configuration  If last  configuration is not available  GCAS Desktop assumes a range of  20  universal    e Footprint  Configurable through uncertainty calculation settings tab with fallback default to  use latest footprint  If a device doesn t have any footprints  Ureproducibility Is not included in the  uncertainty calculation    e Calibration data  Configurable through uncertainty calculation settings tab with  fallback default to all calibration records from the footprint to today    e ISO 6976 calculation  This always follows last uncertainty calculation configuration  If last  configuration is not available  GCAS Desktop assumes base pressure of 1 atmosphere   101 325 Pa   combustion temperature 0  C and metering temperature 0  C     Last uncertainty calculation configuration is the configuration on the input pages the last time you  opened Uncertainty Calculator form  Each device has its own last uncertainty configuration     Page 193 of 388    GCAS   Desktop Manual Guide rev  14    Complete uncertainty calculation   all three Ucal gas  Urepeatability  ANG Ureproducibility are Present   is  indicated by no asterisk symbol on dashboard tile  Incom
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Toshiba SD-W1111 DVD Recorder User Manual  取扱説明書  iTNC 530 HSCI The Versatile Contouring Control for  Fiche technique Bona Prime Classic    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file